.dt Rambles in Yucatan, by B.M. Norman-A Project Gutenberg eBook
.de body {width:80%; margin:auto;}
// Transcriber’s notes in a nice box.
.de .tnbox {background-color:#E3E4FA;border:1px solid silver;padding: 0.5em;margin:2em 10% 0 10%; }
// control css attributes of a table.
.de #std-table1 {font-size:85%}
.de #std-table2 {font-size:85%}
.de #std-table3 {font-size:85%}
// paragraph formatting, indent paragraphs by 1.0 em.
.nr psi 1.0em
// MACROS
// verse
.dm verse-start
.sp 1
.in +1
.fs 85%
.nf b
.dm-
.dm verse-end
.nf-
.fs 100%
.in -1
.sp 1
.dm-
.dm ch-head
.sp 1
.fs 85%
.in +2
.ti -2
.dm-
.dm ch-head-end
.fs 100%
.in -2
.sp 2
.dm-
// footnote
.dm fn-start
.ni
.fs 85%
.fn #
.dm-
.dm fn-end
.fn-
.fs 100%
.pi
.dm-
// include a cover image in HTML only
.if h
.il fn=cover.jpg w=600px
.ca
The cover image was created by the transcriber and is\
placed in the public domain.
.ca-
.pb
.if-
.sp 4
.h1
RAMBLES in YUCATAN
.sp 4
.bn 001.png
.pn i
.sp 4
.if h
.il fn=frontis.jpg w=600px id=frontis
.ca
MOON LIGHT,
UXMAL RUINS.
.ca-
.pb
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.nf c
[Illustration: MOON LIGHT, UXMAL RUINS.]
.nf-
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 002.png
.pn +1
.if h
.il fn=title.jpg w=456px id=title
.sp 4
.if-
.pb
.sp 4
.nf c
RAMBLES in YUCATAN
INCLUDING
A VISIT TO THE REMARKABLE RUINS
OF
CHI-CHEN, Kahbah, ZAYI, UXMAL &c.
[Illustration: SISAL.]
BY B. M. NORMAN.
NEW•YORK,
J. & H. G. LANGLEY, 57 CHATHAM STREET.
MDCCCXLIII.
.nf-
.bn 003.png
.pn +1
.bn 004.png
.pn 1
.sp 4
.pb
.sp 4
.nf c
RAMBLES in YUCATAN;
OR,
NOTES OF TRAVEL THROUGH THE PENINSULA,
INCLUDING
A VISIT TO THE REMARKABLE RUINS
OF
CHI-CHEN, Kahbah, ZAYI, AND UXMAL.
WITH NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS.
BY B. M. NORMAN.
SECOND EDITION.
NEW YORK:
J. & H. G. LANGLEY, 57 CHATHAM STREET.
PHILADELPHIA: THOMAS, COWPERTHWAIT, & CO.
NEW ORLEANS: NORMAN, STEEL, & CO.
MDCCCXLIII.
.nf-
.bn 005.png
.pn +1
.sp 4
.pb
.sp 4
.nf c
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1842,
By J. & H. G. LANGLEY,
in the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Southern District
of New York.
STEREOTYPED BY REDFIELD AND SAVAGE,
13 Chambers street, N. Y.
R. CRAIGHEAD, PRINTER, 112 FULTON ST.
.nf-
.bn 006.png
.pn +1
.sp 4
.pb
.pi
.sp 4
.h2
PREFACE.
.hr 10%
.sp 2
To those who intend to bestow upon the following pages the
honor of a perusal, it may seem almost supererogatory for the author
to mention, that it has formed no part of his purpose to prepare a
book which should owe its leading interest to its literary merits.
His life has been necessarily more devoted to the dissemination
of books than to the study of their internal fabrication; he has
had but slender opportunities for the cultivation of letters, and
little of the preparation requisite for a task, to the results of which
he now solicits the candid consideration of the public.
Circumstances, however, of which all that is worthy of detail
will be found in the following pages, brought under the author’s
observation a portion of our continent which was strewed with
gigantic and monumental ruins of ancient cities, and which, to
the several departments of Cosmogony, Archæology, and Ethnography,
appeared in his eyes to be of vast importance. Impressed
with this conviction, although the author left his country
without the remotest intention of making a book upon any subject
whatever, or even of seeing the wonderful places he has attempted
to describe, yet, with very inadequate scientific qualifications—without
instruments, except a knife and compass, and without a
companion, save an Indian boy—entirely ignorant of the country
and its people—he was enabled to explore many objects of interest
and curiosity; and he has resolved to present the substance
of his observations and researches, in as succinct a manner as possible,
that those who are competent to avail themselves of his
labors may digest and present them to the public in such a form as
will most contribute to the advancement of true science.
.bn 007.png
.pn +1
It is, therefore, to the facts which it has been the author’s privilege
to witness and reveal, and not to the garniture of those facts,
that he looks, for the interest which he desires to awaken in the
minds of his readers, and upon which he relies for his own justification
in having for once trespassed ultra crepidam into the charmed
circle of literary enterprise. The almost universal curiosity which
has manifested itself in every quarter through which public feeling
has utterance, concerning the vast and unexplained ruins of our
hemisphere, found in Central America and Yucatan, has not been,
in modern times at least, excelled by that upon any subject not
involving some immediate and practical interest, not even excepting
the discoveries of modern antiquarians in Egypt. It is neither
the author’s duty nor purpose to analyze this movement, or to discern
its cause; it only concerns him to show that he had good
reason for presuming that further developments of, and explorations
among these mysterious relics of antiquity, could not fail to
awaken some portion of that interest which the public mind, in
this country at least, has already manifested.
A portion of the ruins which are noticed in detail in the following
pages had never been visited, to the author’s knowledge, by
any modern traveller before his arrival. Others, which had been
summarily alluded to, he has portrayed as elaborately and adequately
as his circumstances and scientific qualifications would
admit; and, he has no hesitation in saying, far more minutely
than they had ever before been described. In corroboration of
these remarks, he ventures to call the reader’s attention to the
chapters which include the ruins of Chi-Chen, of Kahbah, Zayi,
and Uxmal, of which cities, the last only excepted—to which Mr.
Stephens devotes a few sentences near the conclusion of his recent
popular work upon this subject—no other published accounts,
it is believed, have appeared.
The author avails himself of the present opportunity to make
those acknowledgments to the people of Yucatan which could
not be incorporated with propriety in the body of his work.
He feels himself under grateful obligations for the uniform kindness
which he received at their hands; and he begs to assure
those of his American friends who may feel disposed to visit the
.bn 008.png
.pn +1
province of Yucatan, that whatever inconveniences they may experience
indirectly from an unfavorable climate and an unsettled
political organization, they may count upon meeting, among the
higher ranks of the Yucatecos, a kindliness of feeling and a spontaneity
of hospitality which will compare favorably with their
experience in any other portion of the globe.
In acknowledging his obligations to the friends who have assisted
him in the preparation of these pages, he would be guilty
of great injustice did he not tender his most sincere thanks to
an American gentleman, who has long resided in Yucatan, to
whom he is indebted for most of the facts connected with the
political history of that country, which are embodied in the thirteenth
chapter. The long residence of that gentleman in the country,
and his evident familiarity with its political history, give the
author reason to rely implicitly upon his acquaintance with the
subject, as well as upon his fidelity as an historian.
The author regrets that he is not permitted to give the name
of the gentleman to whose aid he is indebted for the philological
remarks contained in the fourteenth chapter, which he ventures
to believe will prove to the scholar and the antiquarian not the
least interesting feature of the work.
It has been the author’s intention upon all occasions to acknowledge
his indebtedness to any preceding or cotemporary writer in
appropriate modes and places in the text, and he believes that he
has seldom failed in his aim; at the same time, he feels that to
Waldeck, a distinguished French traveller, who spent a number
of years in Central America and Yucatan, his obligations are of a
character not to be passed over without a special acknowledgment.
The illness of the writer during the time the following pages
were passing through the press, must constitute his apology,
should inaccuracies be found to disfigure the work.
The Map is intended to show the geographical position of the
ruins, and of the towns passed through before arriving at them;
and the Plans to define the relative locations of the structures,
neither of them, however, is laid out with scientific exactness;
it is hoped, nevertheless, they will still be found sufficiently correct
to illustrate the descriptions.
.bn 009.png
.pn +1
If the public shall find the work now submitted to them possessed
of sufficient merit to deserve their regard, or if others shall
be induced, by reading it, to extend their researches in a similar
direction, or shall, through its aid, eliminate one new ray of light
to illumine the dark mystery of its subject, the author will feel
amply compensated for the trouble he has taken, and will think
himself entitled to indulge the assurance that his life has not been
altogether without profit.
New Orleans, November, 1842.
.bn 010.png
.pn +1
.sp 4
.pb
.h2
CONTENTS.
.sp 2
.ta r:5 h:40 r:8 id=std-table1
Chap.| | Page
I. | Setting Out—Accommodations—Arrival at Sisal—Geographical\
and Political view of Yucatan—A Christening—Lady Smokers—Off\
for the Interior—Merida—A Feast-day—Christmas Eve—Christmas\
Day—Conclusion of a Feast—Holy Unction—Indian\
Character—Soldiers’ Return—Holy Days—Gaming |#13:ch01#
II | Description of Merida, Geographical and Historical—The City—Public\
Squares—The Market—Trade—Habits and Customs—Health—The\
Public Buildings—A way to get a Husband—New\
Year Eve—New Year Day—The City and Environs—A\
Touch of Music—A Country Seat—Congress of Yucatan—Franciscan\
Ruins—More Holy-days—Cock-fighting—A Drill—The\
Bishop at Home—The College—Miracles |#34:ch02#
III | Mechanical Pursuits—The Circulating Medium—A Ball—A\
Remnant of Franciscans—Signs of Decay in the Suburbs—The\
Cemetery—The Weather—A Whole Congregation Flogged—The\
Wise Men—The Gentlemen—Extra Civilities—The\
Appearances of Trade—Products of the Soil—Education—Language\
of the Indians—The Ancient People—Waldeck’s\
Opinion of them—The Maya Language—The Lord’s Prayer\
in Maya—Grammars of that Dialect—Difficulties in Speaking\
it—Traits of the Indian Character | #53:ch03#
.bn 011.png
.pn +1
IV | Preparations for the Interior—Outfit, &c.—The Indian Boy—Departure\
from Merida—Arrival at Tixcoco—Calcachen—A\
Feast-day—Isamal at a distance—Arrival there—Our Palace—A\
Procession—Ancient Mounds—The Church—A\
striking Indian—Wrong Impressions—Tuncax—A Dilemma—Philosophy\
of the Road-side—A Dinner—Visit to a Curate—A\
Touch of Comfort—Mail Carrier—Sitax—An Indian\
Alcalde—Tinum—An Allusion—Valladolid—A Mistake\
rectified in time |#73:ch04#
V | Festival of the Purification—A Factory discovered—New Quarters—Appearance\
of Public Buildings—Church—Singular\
Display of Taste—Population and Health—The Town—Its\
Suburbs—Monastic Ruins—Remarkable Sonato—Amusements—The\
Riband Dance—The Market Place—Cotton—Ancient\
Ruins—Difficulties of Strangers—A Norther—Kaua—The\
Churlish Curate—End of a Feast—The Route—Approach\
to Chi-Chen—A Glimpse of the Ruins |#91:ch05#
VI | A Visit to the Ruins—Reflections—Indian Visiters—Detail of\
the Ruins of Chi-Chen—The Temple—The Pyramid—The\
Dome—The House of the Caciques—General Ruins—Mounds—Foundations—Characteristics\
of the Ruins—Materials and\
Manner of Building—The Finish—Fresco Paintings |#108:ch06#
VII | An Arrival—Unexpected Honors—Usurpation of Office—Prices\
of Labor—Indian way of Living—A Sonato—An Incident—Departure—Yacaba—Sonato\
at Tabi—Arrival at Sotuta—“Las\
Ruinas”—A Benediction—Cantamayec—Turn Physician—Successful\
Practice—The Reward of Merit—Route to\
Teabo—Its Curate—Mani—Arrival at Ticul—Description\
of Ticul—The Church—Curate—Market-place—Pretty\
.bn 012.png
.pn +1
Women—Convent—Occupations—Health—Roads—Sugar\
Estates—Ruins of Ichmul—Departure—Cross the Cordilleras |#129:ch07#
VIII | The Ruins of Kahbah—Those of Zayi—Scattered Ruins—Church\
at Nohcacab—The Padre—The Town—Departure\
for Uxmal—Arrival at the Hacienda—Quarters and Arrangements—The\
Scenery—General Character of the Ruins of Uxmal—The\
Governor’s House—The Nuns’ House—The Pyramid—Other\
Remains—Pyramids, Walls, and Mounds—Reservoir—Moonlight |#148:ch08#
IX | Introductory Facts—Ruins of Yucatan and other parts of Mexico—Ruins\
of North America—Mississippi and Missouri—Look-Out\
Mountain—Ohio River—Mount Joliet and others—Indian\
Races—Ledyard—Bradford—Dr. Morton—Diversity of Opinions—Pyramids of\
Egypt—Speculations—Vassalage—Comparison—Traditions—Embalming—Priesthood—\
Siamese—Japanese—Astronomy and Mythology\ |#168:ch09#
X | Waldeck’s Remarks on Uxmal—Ancient Tools—Soil and\
Health—Ancient Customs—End of Time—The Coronation\
of an Emperor—Religious Beliefs—Marriage Ceremony—Infant\
Baptism—Origin of those Rites—Horse Worship—Amusements—Markets—Idols—Candidates\
for Matrimony—Their\
Worship Varies—Refinements |#183:ch10#
XI | Departure from Uxmal—Abala—The Road—The Curate’s\
Hacienda—Arrival at Merida—Hotel de Diligencias—Bishop\
Preaching—Strange Scenes—Parting with José—Departure\
from Merida—Coach and Passengers—Scenes of the Road—Zibackchen—Accommodations—Arrival\
at Campeachy |#199:ch11#
.bn 013.png
.pn +1
XII | Reception at Campeachy—The City—Public Buildings—The\
Convent—The Market—Charity—An Ancient Custom—Population—The\
College—Foundations of the City—Subterraneous\
Caverns—The Suburbs—The Harbor—Climate\
and Health—Various Ruins—The Author’s Collection of\
Idols—Dr. Morton on the Archæology of Yucatan—Other\
Ruins—Reptiles and Insects—A Concealed Nation—The\
Brothers Camachos |#209:ch12#
XIII | Political History of Yucatan—The Rochelanos—A Civil Revolution—A\
Tumultuary Movement in the Interior—Santiago\
Iman—Attack on Espita—Retreat to San Fernando—Quiet\
Restored for a Time—Colonel Roqueña—Attack on Tizimin—Return\
of the Troops—Attack on Valladolid—Capitulation—Succession\
of Events—A New Constitution—The New\
Congress—New Party—Opinions—Physical Incapacity for\
Independence—The Press of Yucatan |#224:ch13#
XIV | Remarks on American Languages in general—Conflicting Opinions\
of Philologists—Religious Zeal a Stimulus that has produced\
the Grammars and Vocabularies of the American Languages—Sketch\
of the Grammar of the Maya Tongue—Concluding\
Observations respecting its Origin |#236:ch14#
.ta-
.sp 4
.pb
.sp 4
.h2
APPENDIX.
.sp 2
.ta l:45 r:8 id=std-table2
A Brief Maya Vocabulary | #303:vocab#
Numbers, 1 to 100 | #311:numbers#
Tradition of the Mexican Natives respecting their Migration from the North | #313:migr#
Traits of the Mosaic History found among the Azteca Nations | #317:mosaic#
Origin of Fire-Worship | #327:fire#
Great Stone Calendar of the Mexicans | #329:cal#
Scientific Acquirements of Ancient Builders in the West | #333:sci#
Predilection of the Ancients to Pyramids | #336:pyr#
The Remains of Cities | #339:cities#
Ruins of the City of Otolum, discovered in North America | #340:otolum#
Ancient Languages of the First Inhabitants of America | #349:lang#
Historical Sketch of Mexico | #354:sketch#
FOOTNOTES. | #363:footnotes#
.ta-
.bn 014.png
.pn +1
.sp 4
.pb
.sp 4
.h2
LIST OF EMBELLISHMENTS.
.ta l:45 l:14 id=std-table3
| Page
Map | #12:map#
Moonlight—Uxmal Ruins |#Frontispiece:frontis#
Vignette | #Title-page:title#
Indians of Yucatan |#30:i032-f#
The Plantain Tree |#33:i033#
Yucateco Indian’s House |#72:i072#
The Road-side |#90:i090#
Sonato near Valladolid |#98:i098-f#
Plan of the Ruins of Chi-Chen |#108:i108-f#
Indian knife and sheath |#111:i111#
Ornaments of Buildings |#112:i112#
The Temple |#112:i112-f#
The Pyramid |#115:i114-f#
The Dome |#118:i116-f#
The Front of the House of the Caciques |#119:i118-f#
The House of the Caciques |#120:i120-f#
Ornaments of Buildings |#121:i121#
The Agave Americana |#128:i128#
Zayi Ruins |#150:i150-f#
Plan of the Ruins of Uxmal |#155:i155-f#
Façade of the Governor’s House |#156:i156-f#
Ornaments of Building |#157:i157#, #158:i158#
The Governor’s House |#158:i158-f#
The Nuns’ House |#160:i160-f#
Ornaments |#159:i159a#, #159:i159b#, #162:i162#
The Pyramid |#162:i162-f#
The Pigeon Houses |#165:i165-f#
Yucatan Coach Crossing the Mountains |#199:i199-f#
Campeachy |#209:i209-f#
Plate No. I.—Idols |#216:i216-f-1#
Plate No. II.—Four Idols |#216:i216-f-2#
Plate No. III.—Four Idols |#216:i216-f-3#
Plate No. IV.—Fragments of Idols or Ornaments |#216:i216-f-4#
Plate No. V.—Vessels |#216:i216-f-5#
Plate No. VI.—Turtle and Household Utensils |#216:i216-f-6#
Vignettes, &c., &c.|
.ta-
.bn 015.png
.pn +1
.sp 4
.pb
.sp 4
.if h
.il fn=i013-f.jpg w=600px id=map link=i013-f-h.jpg
.ca
Map of Yucatan Mexico
(click on map for larger version.)
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
[Illustration: Map of Yucatan Mexico]
.sp 4
.if-
.bn 018.png
.pn +1
.pb
.sp 4
.nf c
RAMBLES IN YUCATAN.
.nf-
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch01
CHAPTER I.
.pm ch-head
Setting Out—Accommodations—Arrival at Sisal—Geographical and
Political view of Yucatan—A Christening—Lady Smokers—Off
for the Interior—Merida—A Feast-day—Christmas Eve—Christmas
Day—Conclusion of a Feast—Holy Unction—Indian Character—Soldiers’
Return—Holy Days—Gaming.
.pm ch-head-end
The prospect of leaving one’s country for a season,
affects different people in very different ways.
To some, it suggests only the loss of friends, and the
want of the conveniences which habit may have
made to them the necessaries of life. By their formidable
equipments, their groaning trunks, and systematic
leave-takings, they intimate a foregone conclusion,
that every nation except their own is peopled
with Ishmaelites, whose hands are ever raised against
the rest of mankind. There is another class, who
have faith in man wherever he exists, and who rely
upon the permanence of the laws of Nature; who
do not imagine that a man is necessarily a cannibal
or a troglodyte because born in a different degree
of latitude, nor that water will refuse to run down
hill at a foreigner’s request. Through their confidence
in the uniformity of Nature’s laws, they feel
.bn 019.png
.pn +1
it unnecessary to equip themselves for a campaign
into chaos when they leave their native land, always
presuming every corner of this planet, however remote
from the illuminating centres of civilization, to
be possessed of some of the elements of existence,
such as air, fire, water, &c., which a traveller may
spare himself the trouble of bringing from home in
his trunk. With the latter class, kind reader, the
author of the following notes deserves to be associated.
He would require nothing but a valise to
contain his outfit for a circumnavigation of the globe,
and would include the moon in his circuit, if practicable,
without materially enlarging his equipage, except,
perhaps, by some device that would diminish
the inconveniences of a rarefied atmosphere. This
faith in the future, this trust in the resources which
a mind of ordinary intelligence can always command
under any sun and in any clime, sustained the writer
in his determination, last fall, to visit some of the
islands of the West India seas, almost without notice,
and with scarcely more preparation than a
domestic man would deem essential for an absence
from home of a single week. The cork-legged
merchant of Rotterdam did not commence his journeyings
more unexpectedly to himself, nor less formidably
panoplied against the emergencies of his
unfortunate tour. To the writer’s unpreparedness,
a term which, in such cases, usually signifies freedom
from anxiety, he feels indebted for most of the pleasure
which this excursion has afforded him; and he
has only cause to regret the want of more elaborate
.bn 020.png
.pn +1
preparation, inasmuch as it may have deprived these
pages of a portion of their interest and value.
It was at the conclusion of the long and frightful
season of epidemic disease, which caused many a
desolated home in New Orleans to be hung with
cypress during the summer of the year 1841, and on
the 26th day of November, that I embarked from
the Crescent city for Havana. My original intention
had been, to visit the Windward Islands; but,
not finding the facilities of intercommunication which
I had anticipated, and excited by the curiosity of
seeing a region of country of which but little is
known to citizens of the United States, I was induced
to change my contemplated route. Accordingly,
after a detention of ten days in Cuba, where
I had passed some of the happiest days of my youth,
I resolved to embrace the first opportunity that presented
itself to run down to the coast of Mexico.
I was soon enabled to secure a passage on board of
a Spanish brig bound to Sisal, of which I was prompt
to avail myself.
Early on the morning of the 9th of December, we
slipped by the Moro Castle with a fine breeze, and
had but just effected a good offing when the vessel
was suddenly hove to, much to our surprise and alarm,
and without any apparent reason. Our alarms were
soon dispelled, however, by the welcome intelligence,
through the cabin-boy, that “breakfast was ready!”
Our own countrymen are not indifferent to the
“family comforts,” and the English relish still less
any interruption at their meals; but with the Spaniard
.bn 021.png
.pn +1
eating seems to have risen to the importance of
a religious ceremony. Heaving to for breakfast, in
a Yankee craft, would be looked at with astonishment
by an American tar—we question if it would
not cancel the ship’s insurance policy. Every country,
however, has its customs, and this is one peculiar
to the flag under which we were now sailing.
The meal happily ended, the yards were squared
away, and the brig quietly pursued her course.
The cabin formed a part of the hold, without
berths, bulk-heads, tables, or chairs. Planks were
laid down for our accommodation, upon which our
mattresses were distributed, the cargo forming sides,
which, as the vessel rolled, served to retain us in our
places. There were eight Mexican fellow-passengers,
perfect out-and-outers in the way of eating,
sleeping, and smoking, which they seemed to consider
the ends for which they lived and moved and
had their being. The captain proved to be a right
good sailor, and his vessel, which was dignified by
the name of a packet, shall be suffered to pass without
censure, as deserving a better fate than awaited
Sodom, in having at least one good man on board
in the person of her excellent commander. After
eleven days of continually pleasant weather we arrived
in sight of the port of Sisal, on the north-west
coast of Yucatan, on the 20th of the month; and,
as the bills of lading might conscientiously have
testified, “in good order and well-conditioned.”
This coast presents a line of shore scarcely merging
from the ocean, with no distinguishing highland
.bn 022.png
.pn +1
to conduct the mariner to his destined port. The
unpretending little town to which our course was
directed, at this time, however, very innocently on
its own part, loomed up from the horizon to an immense
height, and it was not until we had approached
very near the land that our false impressions were
corrected.
We came to anchor about two miles from the
shore, that being as near as it was deemed prudent
for vessels of our burden to venture. A felucca,
manned by three Indians, now boarded us, for the
purpose of receiving the passengers. The place of
landing was a long pier-head, loosely put together,
composed of spiles and plank, the only one in the
harbor where the imports and exports are received
and shipped. When once fairly on terra firma, we
all started under the escort of our worthy captain
for a public house, followed by a retinue of Indians,
that gave us for a time at least the consequential appearance
of Eastern nabobs. This numerous troop
belonged professionally to the class which in our
Northern cities besiege the wharves upon the arrival
of a steamboat, as hackmen, porters, dock loafers,
&c., but in justice to the Indians be it observed, that
they are much less clamorous and more civil than
their more pretentious brethren of the North.
Early on the morning of our arrival, our baggage
was sent to the custom-house; but the politeness of
the gentlemen attached to that establishment made
the examination a matter of mere form. This civility
is acknowledged with the greater pleasure, in consequence
.bn 023.png
.pn +1
of its having been accorded without solicitation,
and contrary to our expectation.
With the permission of my reader I will here step
aside, for one moment, from the detail of my ramblings,
to say a single word about the geographical
and political condition of the country in which I
now found myself a denizen, pledging myself, however,
to detain the narrative upon nothing which will
not be pertinent to and explanatory of the subsequent
pages.
The peninsula of Yucatan extends over a surface
of some eighty thousand square miles, lying in a
north-east direction from Laguna de Términos, and
jutting out north into the Gulf of Mexico, between
the Bay of Campeachy and Honduras. It is about
five hundred miles long, and one hundred and sixty
broad, and is divided into five departments, eighteen
districts, and containing two hundred and thirty-six
towns. It is inhabited by something short of half a
million of people, the majority of whom are Indians.
The country is almost one entire plain, half of
which, to the north, consists of a light soil formed
upon solid and broken masses of a white lime and
flint rock. The other, the southern half, is a deep
rich loam, but much affected by the heavy rains of
summer, which present serious obstructions to the
exertions of the agriculturist. There are no rivers
in the interior. The inhabitants are supplied with
water from sonatos, or natural wells, which are liberally
distributed throughout the country by the
formation of supposed subterraneous rivers.
.bn 024.png
.pn +1
Yucatan was formerly a part of the Mexican confederacy,
but having recently declared her independence,
she has her own President and Congress of
legislators, elected by a limited class of qualified electors.
Various attempts have been made, by menaces
and by offers of negotiation on the part of the Mexicans,
to reduce the refractory provincials to their
allegiance, but hitherto without success. The deficiency
of means, and the distracted condition of the
Confederacy at home, have doubtless prevented the
Mexicans from qualifying their diplomacy with physical
force, which is probably the only kind of logic
that will be conclusive.
Sisal, the place (as I have already mentioned) at
which I disembarked, is situated upon the north-west
side of the peninsula of Yucatan, and is the second
port of the province. It presents an open roadstead,
which, during the prevalence of the northerly winds,
is considered very dangerous. The continuance of
these storms frequently compels vessels to get under
way and stand out to sea. The town has little of interest
to strangers. Its population is about one thousand,
consisting principally of Indians, and the residue
are Mexicans. The houses are built of stone,
are one story high, covering a large space of ground,
with a court in the centre, embellished with trees
and plants of the tropics. The roofs of the dwellings
being thatched, give to the streets a somewhat
singular aspect to strangers. The rooms of these
buildings are large and airy, and their floors are
formed of mortar and sand. Glass is not used; but
.bn 025.png
.pn +1
large openings are formed, protected by gratings and
doors, which admit the necessary supply of light
and air.
Near the beach is a small square fortification,
rudely constructed and oddly enough garrisoned, if
one may judge from the appearance of the soldiers
upon guard. The Indians, who exclusively perform
the menial services required throughout the country,
seem to be happy and contented. Their wants are
few and simple. The men wear loose white cotton
trousers, extending a little below the knee, with a
shirt of the same, or striped gingham, a palm-leaf hat
and sandals. The women wear a simple loose dress
hanging from the shoulders, loose about the neck,
and falling negligently to the ankles. These garments
are more or less ornamented with needle-work,
according to the taste or the means of the wearer.
Although so near home, this scene was so entirely
new to me, that I was exceedingly anxious to get a
glimpse of the surrounding country. Unsuccessful,
however, in finding an immediate conveyance to
Merida, the capital of the province, we loitered about
the town during the day, but could not discover any
very especial signs of business. Every thing appeared
to be dull and inanimate.
In the evening we were invited, through the politeness
of the Collector of the Port, to attend the baptismal
ceremony of his infant. The priest was early
at his post, and the whole population of Indians was
soon collected about the dwelling, and preparations
were made for a grand procession to the church,
.bn 026.png
.pn +1
where the child was to be baptized. Every thing
being in readiness, the whole mass started, led off by
half-breed Indians and boys, making all kinds of discordant
sounds, with drums, horns, and whistles; then
the priest and the parents, with the child dressed out
with flowers and ribands, and gold and silver ornaments;
after these came the relations and friends,
followed by the multitude. When they had arrived
at the church, the performances were conducted in
the usual Catholic style. The child appeared to be
the only one who had any cause of complaint. The
rough hands of the priest, and the continual pouring
of cold water upon its delicate head, fully justified
its boisterous protestations against such harsh
treatment. Its restoration to the arms of its mother
seemed to give great satisfaction to all parties present,
except perhaps to the deaf and the blind.
The company now returned to the house. On
the route, small pieces of silver coin were distributed
among the Indians. The evening was spent,
as is the custom on such occasions, in the greatest
hilarity; and none appeared to enjoy it with a better
relish than the priest. Dancing was kept up till
nine o’clock, when supper was announced. The
ladies being seated, a place was assigned to me by
the side of the divine, to whom I had previously
been introduced. This secured to me a seat in the
vicinity of the choicest wit as well as wine, that
was in circulation; for, after paying his respects
once or twice to the wine that was before him, his
good humor and sociability soon convinced me that
.bn 027.png
.pn +1
he would not willingly become the victim of too
rigid fastings and carnal mortifications.
Supper being over, dancing was resumed. Those
ladies and gentlemen who were not upon the floor,
were smoking. The ladies here are general smokers;
and do it, too, with a grace which, to a smoker,
is a study. At first, it appeared rather strange
to receive, from the delicate fingers of a female, a
lighted cigar, yet fresh with the flavor which her
own lips had imparted to it; but, with such tuition,
we were quickly qualified to assume the customs of
the country, and we now flatter ourselves that we
can go through all that delicate etiquette with as
much ease as though we were “to the manner born.”
The ladies were dressed in the Spanish style, and
appeared quite charming; they chiefly require animation.
Their complexion is rather brunette, their
hair dark, eyes black; and, generally, they are of a
low stature.
We withdrew from the party at an early hour,
after presenting our sincere congratulations to the
mother of the “orator of the day,” and bidding adieu
to the hospitable family. Once more in the street,
we were lost in meditation. The incidents of the
day came into review before us—the first day that
we had passed here among strangers in a strange
land. We found ourselves absolutely regretting to
part from friends of an hour’s creation. He who
has wandered much in the world may have experienced
similar sensations. These are some of the
transitory passages, “the sunny spots” of life, which
.bn 028.png
.pn +1
memory most dearly cherishes. They are snatched,
as it were, from the dull round of existence, and are
sanctified by the unexpected gratification that attends
them. These are a part of the items that constitute
what man calls happiness—the jewels, no
doubt; and we shall make them lawful prize wherever
and whenever they fall in our way. These reflections
brought us to our lodgings, where preparations
were yet to be made for our departure for
Merida the next morning; and, in spite of old philosophy
or new acquaintance,
.pm verse-start
“The hour approaches, Tam maun ride.”
.pm verse-end
At nine o’clock in the morning my conveyance
was ready at the door. It was a rude vehicle, called
here a calesa, somewhat resembling the old-fashioned
New England chaise, but as heavy and uncouth as
wood and trappings could make it. The machine
was drawn by three mules abreast, attached to it by
plaited ropes. All the preparations having been
completed, we started under whip and spur, Jehu-like,
rattling over the rocks, to the no small hazard
of bones and baggage. Fortunately, this speed did
not continue long. The road, for two miles, was
overflowed; and the Indian guide was necessarily
compelled to direct his team with a greater degree
of circumspection.
The road, for the first sixteen miles, was over a
low marshy country, partially Macadamized, and
raised in the form of a causeway; rather rough,
but smooth compared with very many of our own,
.bn 029.png
.pn +1
even in the State of New York. The sides were
filled in with brush-wood as far as Hunucuma, about
sixteen miles from Sisal. We stopped here, at noon,
two hours, to give our faithful mules an opportunity
to refresh, after a sultry morning’s travel. This
pleasant village stands about half way between Sisal
and Merida, and is surrounded by beautiful shrubbery.
From this town, which possesses little interest
to the foreign tourist, the open country appears to
advantage; but it is not under a high state of cultivation.
The road hence to Merida is finished in a
style that would have done credit to the imperial
enterprise of Hadrian. We passed through several
small villages, occupied principally by the huts of
the Indians, and, at five o’clock in the afternoon of
the 22d instant, arrived at the metropolis, thirty-six
miles distance from the place of landing, and drove
up to the door of the amiable Doña Michaelé, who
keeps the only public house in the city—not for her
own personal advantage, as she informs her guests,
but solely for their accommodation. Blessings on
her kind heart, although her professions of philanthropy
“something smacked, something grew too,”
yet we believed every word of them, and made ourselves
perfectly at home in the shortest possible time.
The residence of this lady stands in about the
centre of the city, occupying a large space of ground,
is one story high, with ranges of rooms and stables,
forming a square, which is filled with fruit-trees of
the tropics. The rooms are spacious and airy: they
have large doors, and balconied windows, grated, but
.bn 030.png
.pn +1
without glass. The floors are laid with stone, set in
mortar. Of the Doña and her table, I may be permitted
to say, that when I paid my bill I felt that I
had cancelled all the obligations which her bounty
had imposed upon me. Chocolate, with “panadulza,”
a sweet bread made by the nuns, is served early
in the morning, according to the general custom of
the country; breakfast is ready at nine o’clock, made
up of Spanish American dishes, composed of strips
of meat, eggs, tortillas, and frejoles, (that is, corncake
and black beans,) with coffee and wine. Her
guests consisted of two Americans besides myself,
who came here to trade, and remained, not to pray,
but to be preyed upon by the most dismal prospects—three
Mexican officers, who were exiled by Santa
Ana; and three Spanish Jews, who were from Havana,
with merchandise. Dinner was served at three
o’clock. The Doña undoubtedly gave her boarders
the best the market afforded, for she certainly exerted
herself to render them satisfied with their fare.
It would be absurd to enumerate dishes, and to object
to the style of cooking because it did not happen to
be in accordance with my own preferences or habits.
Among the Mexicans of our company, however, it
may not be improper to remark, that etiquette in the
disposition of their food was but little observed; and
knives and forks were unceremoniously thrown aside
for the more primitive utensils with which nature
had provided them.
The 23d of December was the festival of St.
Christoval. It was made, like all the saints’ days in
.bn 031.png
.pn +1
Catholic countries, a gala-day. Measures were taken
accordingly, a week previous, to give to this festival
its full effect. In front of the church is a large
square, around the sides of which were placed poles
and staging, forming an amphitheatre, adorned with
rude paintings of various animals, and dressed off
with flags and evergreens; the area of which was to
be the scene of a modern bull-fight. The morning
was ushered in by the firing of guns and squibs.
The stores were closed, churches opened, bells ringing,
and the population was literally emptied into the
streets. At twelve o’clock signal rockets were fired,
and the gates of the amphitheatre, which appeared
to be the principal point of attraction, were thrown
open, and a bull was led in by four Indians. Indians,
mounted on horses, attacked him with spears, whilst
others goaded him almost to madness with barbed
sticks. A great noise was made with drums and
horns, and by the acclamations of the audience, composed
of ladies and gentlemen of Merida and its
vicinity. The major part, however, of the assembly
was composed of Indians. This portion of the festival
was continued during the day; at the close of
which the amphitheatre was deserted, and the neighboring
houses were filled with people, abandoning
themselves to the excitements of every variety of
games, and to the dance.
This was the first bull-bait I had ever witnessed,
and the impression it left upon me I shall never forget.
These spectacles, however, have been so often
and so graphically described by others, that it would
.bn 032.png
.pn +1
be almost presumption in me to attempt a description
of the scene, or an analysis of my own feelings.
The performance disgusted me to a degree, and has
struck me as one of the most extraordinary psychological
phenomena in nature, that any body of human
beings could be found to whom such exhibitions
should be, as they are to the Spanish, sources of the
deepest interest and excitement.
To-day I had the pleasure of making the acquaintance
of several gentlemen of the place, who gave
me a most cordial reception; among whom was the
President of Yucatan. He is a successful merchant,
a plain, unassuming, practical man; apparently, however,
not much versed in political intrigues. The
people have recently declared themselves independent
of Mexico, and the government is now about
sending commissioners to the capital of that republic
to treat with Santa Ana, offering again to return
to the Mexican Confederacy upon certain conditions;
which, if acceded to, will give to this province
most decided advantages, besides being still under
the protection of the Confederacy.
Christmas eve we passed upon the Alameda, the
public promenade of the city. The occasion brought
together the great mass of the population. The ladies
were prettily dressed, with veils tastefully thrown
over their heads; and a beautiful moonlight evening
was rendered still more charming by their smiles.
The great majority were Indians. Their white,
loose, cotton dress, bordered with colored needlework,
with the janty veil, carelessly worn, gives
.bn 033.png
.pn +1
them an airy appearance, and embellishes features
that are naturally pleasant and mild. There probably
were six thousand Indians in this collection,
mingling with the multitude, without any apparent
distinction of rank or race, quietly indulging themselves
in their walks. No loud talking or noisy merriment
could be heard. Everything appeared to be
conducted in a spirit of harmony and kind feeling.
The temperance pledge was alike unnecessary and
unknown.
At twelve o’clock (midnight) the crowd dispersed;
a portion of them to the cathedral, to attend the performance
of high mass. An immense crowd was
assembled in this place. The aisles, domes, and fretted
work of the windows were illuminated. The
sound of music and the voice of the priest only
were heard—all else was silence. The multitude
knelt. It was an imposing sight—the dark ages
were forgotten; and the prejudices of a thousand
years were subdued in a moment. At two o’clock I
left the cathedral and returned to my lodgings, with
more liberal feelings, and a better man.
Christmas, as a holy-day, is strictly observed by
the general suspension of business, and service is
performed at all the churches, as in most other Catholic
countries. The only exception to this uniformity
perhaps consists in the devotional ceremonies
usually offered to a cross affixed to the walls of the
Bishop’s palace, which rites concluded the religious
offices of the day. These services were performed
.bn 034.png
.pn +1
by the Indians—and give but too painful evidence
of the influence of their priesthood.
The next day was Sunday, and concluded the
feast of St. Christoval. The churches were crowded,
as is usual, during the morning; but the majority
of the multitude that attended the service consisted
of females, mostly Indian. In the afternoon we
proceeded towards the church of St. Christoval, for
the purpose of witnessing the closing scene of a festival
which is finished by a procession. Before
reaching our destination, however, we met it, and
took a position in a door-way, the better to observe
it and be out of the crowd. It was headed by eight
or ten Indians, with long brass and tin horns, making
the most discordant sounds imaginable. Then
followed Indian boys, drumming on hollow pieces of
wood, squalid and dirty in their appearance, and who
were the only ones of a like character that presented
themselves to view among the immense multitude.
Next came the priests, chanting for the saints, and
waving the burning incense, followed by drums and
fifes in advance of a large image of the Virgin, decked
in various colors, interspersed with tinsel ornaments,
surmounted with glass vases, in which a
lighted candle or a bouquet of flowers was alternately
placed. This imposing display was borne
upon the shoulders of eight Indians, surrounded by
priests. The rear was brought up by a company of
soldiers with fixed bayonets; the whole surrounded
by an immense crowd, filling up the streets for a
great distance. All were uncovered, and many knelt
.bn 035.png
.pn +1
during the haltings of the procession, which were
purposely frequent, so as to enable the people to salute
the image. This grand display occupied about
three hours, the procession passing through the principal
streets and back to the church, where it was
dismissed. The whole dispersed with the utmost
quietness; some to their homes, and others to places
of gaming and dancing.
In returning to our lodgings we met a calesa, preceded
by two Indians with lanterns, tinkling small
bells, followed by four Indian soldiers, armed with
muskets. The carriage contained a priest, who was
going to administer holy unction. The people, as
is the universal custom here, knelt as he passed.
To obviate a similar necessity, we retreated into the
nearest house; thereby escaping a charge of heresy,
and the unpleasantness of coming in contact with
muddy streets.
A stranger, on his first arrival in this country, is
at a loss where to place the Indian in the scale of
social life. He sees him clean and well dressed,
mingling with the whites, and without distinction.
To have Indian blood is no reproach, and family
groups, in many cases, show this most palpably. It
is not unusual to hear mothers threaten to send their
children home to their respective fathers, whenever
their rudeness requires chiding. The Indian, however,
performs the menial labor of the country—and
there is an appearance of apathy in his looks and
actions, which seems to carry with it the signs of a
broken, or at least a subdued spirit—resting upon
.bn 036.png
.pn +1
him like a melancholy vision, a dreamy remembrance,
of better days. For, say what we please of him, he
is the humble descendant of a once great and powerful
people—the “children of the sun,” who were
lords of that soil on which their offspring are now
held in humiliating vassalage.
We were roused early this morning by the tramp
of horses. It was a body of cavalry returning from
a neighboring town, where they had been ordered
for the purpose of quelling an émeute. They were
headed by a small bloody-looking Mexican, with a pair
of mustachios that the proudest Castilian might have
envied. He was dressed in a blue roundabout, loose
white trousers, and a glazed Mexican hat. His followers
were mounted upon mules of the most jaded
appearance, saddled and caparisoned with manilla
matting and ropes. Each wore a shirt, trousers, and
straw hat; and was bare-footed, except a pair of huge
spurs, which embellished the otherwise naked heel
of each rider. Their usual arms were the broadsword
and pistols, but this squadron was not well equipped;
and the common bayonet, with them, was frequently
compelled to do duty for one or both of the other
weapons. After so particular a description of these
soldiers, it is a matter of extreme regret that the
result of the expedition cannot be minutely stated.
I feel entitled, however, to indulge a little pride in
making the announcement, that they did return
crowned with wreaths of victory.
.if h
.il fn=i032-f.jpg w=600px id=i032-f
.ca
INDIANS OF YUCATAN.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: INDIANS OF YUCATAN.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
This season of the year is the high noon of the
holy-days, which engrosses the best part of the year,
.bn 037.png
.pn +1
and which formerly included two-thirds of it. Their
number, some time since, was reduced by a bull from
the Pope. The people testify their respect for these
festival days (for such they are denominated) by processions
and such amusements as are suited to their
taste. Notwithstanding the acknowledged debasing
effects of their sports and pastimes, which wholly
consist of bull-baiting, cock-fighting, and gambling,
they are not disgraced by any riotousness or drunkenness.
It is a singular fact, that, although the degrading
habit of gambling is general among all
classes of society, male and female, drunkenness and
its concomitant vices are unknown. The priests
give countenance to these recreations, if they may be
so called, both by their presence and participation.
It is but due to the Yucatecos to say, that during
my residence in their province, I never observed any
cheating or quarrelling at the gaming table, nor have
I observed others tempted by improper means to participate
in the hazard of the gaming table, after the
manner of people at the North. Gambling seems to
be a passion peculiar to the Mexican’s character, which
he indulges from motives quite independent of mercenary
considerations. They usually gamble with
cards; but of the skill or even the names of their games,
I must plead an utter ignorance. Their interest would
sometimes become perfectly intense, as every lineament
of their countenances abundantly testified.
Hope, fear, satisfaction, and disappointment followed
each other in quick succession over their faces, while
the portly priest and the flippant señora, who stood
.bn 038.png
.pn +1
.bn 039.png
.pn +1
.bn 040.png
.pn +1
near, with their bets vibrating with the chances of the
game, seemed scarcely less interested in the result
than the more immediate parties. Had a spell of enchantment
been laid upon the whole group, they could
not have been more completely at the mercy of the
uncontrollable hazards of their game. All moral accountability
seemed to disappear before its irresistible
fascinations.
.if h
.il fn=i033.jpg w=300px id=i033
.ca
THE PLANTAIN TREE.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: THE PLANTAIN TREE.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 041.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch02
CHAPTER II.
.pm ch-head
Description of Merida, Geographical and Historical—The City—Public
Squares—The Market—Trade—Habits and Customs—Health—The
Public Buildings—A way to get a Husband—New Year Eve—New
Year Day—The City and Environs—A Touch of Music—A
Country Seat—Congress of Yucatan—Franciscan Ruins—More
Holy-days—Cock-fighting—A Drill—The Bishop at Home—The
College—Miracles.
.pm ch-head-end
Merida, the capital of Yucatan, is situated about
the twenty-first degree of north latitude, and is elevated
some twenty-five feet above the level of the
sea. The thermometer ranges at about eighty of
Fahrenheit, and the maximum length of the days is
nearly thirteen hours. The city was built upon the
ruins of an Indian town, which was destroyed by
the Spaniards in their superstitious zeal, so madly
manifested in the destruction of every thing throughout
Mexico that was found belonging to the people
whom they had conquered. The present population
is calculated at twenty thousand, the majority
of whom are Indians and half-breeds.
The city was founded in 1542. From the few
scattered facts which have been handed down to us
by history, we gather that, prior to the Spanish conquest,
there existed in Yucatan a people of an origin
remote and unknown, who were under the subjection
.bn 042.png
.pn +1
of rulers, with fixed principles of law and order;
had passed through the ordinary vicissitudes of
nations, and finished their career by losing, at once,
their liberty and their dominions. The triumphant
forces of the Spaniards having obtained full possession
of the country, the Church came in to execute
its part; and their language, manners, customs, and
religion, were disseminated by the steady and persevering
arm of Catholic power and management.
To complete the work, every thing that had a tendency
to remind the vanquished of the past was
obliterated, in accordance with the grovelling policy
or the blind fanaticism that marked the times. Ancient
pictorial and hieroglyphical manuscripts were
burnt; their idols, images, and planispheres, were
destroyed, and their temples and cities were razed
to the ground. It is melancholy to reflect that a
chasm has thus been made in the early history of
the country, which the historian must despair of ever
seeing filled up.
Merida, since it was rebuilt, has not rendered itself
in anywise historical. Its remote and isolated position
has prevented its participation, to any extent,
in the political struggles which have marked the
history of the city of Mexico; and the inhabitants
appear to have availed themselves of their peace and
political composure by a cultivation of letters, and
general mental cultivation, to an extent certainly
unsurpassed in any province of Mexico.
The streets of Merida are of a good width, laid
out at right angles. The side-walks are four feet
.bn 043.png
.pn +1
wide, paved with rough stone. The houses are quite
uniform in their appearance, and are built of stone.
The mason-work is creditable. The roofs of their
houses are flat, and their exteriors finished in stucco;
some of which are painted in the Moorish style, with
balconied windows, ornamented, and presenting rather
a pretty appearance. The middle of the street
is the lowest, forming a passage to carry off the water.
During ordinary rains, small rivers, comparatively
speaking, form themselves; flooding the streets
to the edge of the walks, and rendering them impassable
for hours after the rain has ceased, without
great exposure. Candles are used for lighting
the city; but, of course, for that purpose, are almost
useless.
This place contains a number of fine squares, the
principal of which is in the centre of the city. It
is bounded by the cathedral, bishop’s palace, government
house, and dwellings occupied by the citizens.
In the middle of this square is a waterless fountain.
No attention is paid to this place, which might justly
be compared, from its deserted aspect, to the “Neutral
Ground” in New Orleans; and, like that, it is
susceptible of being rendered a most beautiful promenade.
On the side of this square is the dwelling
of Simon Peon, Esq. The front is ornamented with
a relic of the times prior to the conquest. It is a
huge door-way, elaborately carved in figures and
lines. The city is indebted to this gentleman for
this display of his liberality and taste, in preserving
a very interesting memento of a people whose history,
.bn 044.png
.pn +1
probably, is destined to remain for ever sealed
to mankind.
The market occupies a large square, in a central
position, having two sides devoted to the sale of
meats, and the other two remaining open. The interior
is provided with accommodations for the venders
of fruits and vegetables. The meats are of an
indifferent quality; they are cut up and sold by the
butcher in long strips. Their variety of vegetables
is limited, and but little skill is shown in their cultivation.
Poultry is abundant and cheap, as are also
the other necessaries of life.
There is but a very limited trade here, of any
kind. The resources of the country are too small
for it to be otherwise. To give some idea of the
state of trade in the vicinity of the great public
square, just described, it is sufficient to state that,
in crossing it, we have disturbed the buzzard and
killdeer at noonday.
At three o’clock in the afternoon, there is an almost
total suspension of business. The stores, generally,
are closed, and the inhabitants betake themselves
to their hammocks, to the enjoyment of their
favorite siesta, which consists of a nap of an hour
or more; an indulgence as indispensable to a Mexican
as his cigar. The calesa is the only wheel-carriage
that is to be found in the streets. Indian porters
take the place of drays, and are seen carrying
barrels and bales upon their backs, secured by a
plaited rope passed over their foreheads. Being
accustomed, from childhood, to this kind of labor,
.bn 045.png
.pn +1
they are enabled to take loads of extraordinary
weight, and to convey them to a great distance
with an ease that is really wonderful.
The climate of Merida, though very dry, and not
subject to great changes, is productive of febrile diseases
at all seasons of the year, from which even the
natives are not exempted. Their bilious, much resembles
the yellow fever; and, in many cases, proves
fatal. The fever and ague is no stranger here. Pulmonary
complaints are common, and consumption
carries off many. This malady most frequently shows
itself after severe attacks of the fever and ague, and
makes a conquest of its victim in a very short
period.
The principal, as well as the most prominent, of
the public buildings, are the churches. The cathedral
is a structure that would attract the attention
of the traveller in any part of the world. It was
erected in the sixteenth century. Its architecture is
of the ecclesiastical style of that age; and, altogether,
it has a most commanding appearance. It has
well-proportioned domes, pinnacles, turrets, and lofty
windows; and it occupies, with the palace of the
bishop of Yucatan, one entire side of the most important
square of the city. The interior is imposing,
from its numerous and splendidly decorated
shrines. Its vaulted roof, supported by immense
stone pillars, gives it an air of solemn grandeur peculiarly
applicable to the ceremonies that are daily
performed within its precincts. The arms of Mexico
are displayed upon the exterior front of the building,
.bn 046.png
.pn +1
which is finished with stone and stucco, with
saints in basso-relievo.
The bishop’s palace, adjoining, is plain. It is of
two stories high, painted green; and is accessible by
a gateway opening into a court, over which are emblazoned
the crosier and mitre. The doors and
windows are much dilapidated. The title of a palace
is somewhat of a misnomer for this edifice, if one
were to judge from its external appearance.
There are fourteen church establishments within
the city and its suburbs; they, generally, are well
built; and many of them are remarkable for the power
and influence of their particular saints—in popular
estimation. For instance, that of St. Anne
is one which the ladies frequent, to pray for good
husbands. Whether the gentlemen go there to ask
for similar blessings, I did not learn; but I was informed
through a source that it would be impolite to
doubt, that, in many instances, the petition of the
lonely spinster has been most favorably received.
In this church is a large collection of bone and wax
figures, representing the various limbs of the human
body; as, also, crutches, left there by invalids as offerings
to the tutelar saint (St. Barbe) who has favorably
heard their supplications. Models of vessels are
deposited here by those who have been preserved
from imminent danger at sea, through, as the devotees
suppose, the efficacy of their appeals and sacrifices
to the saint.
We observed, on entering the church, parts of a
human skeleton set near the vase of holy water; put
.bn 047.png
.pn +1
there, possibly, that all might see and be reminded
that “to this condition we must come at last!”
Whether the priests intended that they should convey
a moral, as did those in use among the ancient
Egyptians, or placed them there for other purposes,
could not conveniently be ascertained. Be that as
it may, they have an imposing effect. The taste
generally displayed in these churches is not very
pleasing to the eye of a stranger. The images of
our Saviour are rude figures, and what made them
appear still worse was, that they were decorated according
to the prevailing fashion of the country; a
style which was calculated to awaken any other than
reverential emotions.
New Year’s eve found me on the Alameda, (the
promenade of the city,) where I mingled with the
multitude which had collected to enjoy the pleasantness
of the evening at this, the most delightful season
of the year in Yucatan.
On the morning of New Year, 1842, I went early
to the cathedral. Dense masses of Indians, principally
females, in their plain cleanly dress, tastefully
arranged, were assembled around the different shrines
at which the priests were officiating. When I returned
to breakfast, I met my fellow-companions of
the house at table; but there were none of those
outpourings of good feelings, those kind wishes of
happiness that, in former days, were wont to meet
me in the land of my birth. For one hearty
greeting of “a happy New Year!” I would have
given for the sake of “auld lang syne,” most cheerfully
.bn 048.png
.pn +1
would I have given—“a thousand returns!”
But “New Year’s,” alas! is no festival day of the
heart in Merida.
The day was dull throughout. After the services
of the church were finished, about nine o’clock, the
streets were quite deserted. I then visited the Indians
in the suburbs. Their simple huts were comfortable,
so far as mud and stone could make them,
and tolerably clean. Their furniture is composed of
nothing more than a few earthen vessels, calabashes,
and hammocks swung across the room. The walls
of some of them were ornamented with rude wooden
crosses; and, occasionally, pictures of saints in
tin frames.
The environs of the city present but few pleasant
walks. In fact they are not required, for the inhabitants
have not a taste for pedestrian exercises, and
scarcely ever walk when they can enjoy any less
fatiguing mode of locomotion. The practice of
riding in the calesa is almost universal. The ladies,
especially, are extremely partial to it; and having an
uncouth gait, they thus appear to the best possible
advantage. Thus mounted and armed with their fan,
(that indispensable appendage to a Mexican lady,)
they go forth fully equipped with fascinations, conquering
and to conquer. Their rides are wholly
confined to the streets, as the scenery in the vicinity
of Merida offers few inducements to the equestrian,
while the roads constitute a special annoyance. As
to the cultivation of the soil, nature has been left
to perform the whole task, almost entirely unaided
.bn 049.png
.pn +1
either by art or industry. Surely, thrift is not indigenous
to this country. The tropical trees and
plants put forth their blossoms, and the rich perfumes
fill the air with their balmy sweets. But there is a
chilling contrast between the loveliness of vegetable
nature about me, and the condition of man, to
whose care it is intrusted. We never have admired
the one without wishing that we had the power to
exalt the other to a position equally worthy of the
hand that made it.
We reached our lodgings in season to hear a Mexican
disquisition on cock-fighting, before the commencement
of a “grand concert,” that was to take
place in the evening, and to which we had been favored
with an invitation. The élite of the city were
to be present, and no small gratification was anticipated.
It took place in a long hall kept for this and
other public purposes. The music was instrumental—and
the performers consisted principally of
amateurs. It was a matter of surprise and disappointment
to find that only seventeen ladies and ten
gentlemen constituted the audience. It was odd to
us, to see the fairer part of the assembly set apart from
the gentlemen; an arrangement which, if we are not
deceived, gave no more satisfaction to the ladies than
to the gentlemen. The former were quite pretty,
and their dress exceedingly neat; the arrangements
of the head in particular exhibited very good
taste.
On the following day I made a visit to a gentleman’s
country place, situated about two miles from
.bn 050.png
.pn +1
the city. It was a beautiful morning. Under the
smiles of a rising sun and a cloudless sky nature
appeared to be embellished in all her charms. After
a very agreeable walk I arrived at the house; but
was disappointed in finding the owner at home.
A few Indians were hanging listlessly about the
premises, under the charge of a major domo, whose
situation was manifestly quite a sinecure. The mansion
was of two stories with piazzas, large, and well
built of stone; but had nothing very peculiar in its
construction. The grounds about it were neatly and
tastefully arranged. The division alleys of the garden
were laid with stone, covered with composition,
ornamentally disposed, and answering the two-fold
purpose of a walk and a gutter to conduct the water
to the parts where it was required. The orange, the
cocoa, the plantain, and the wide-spread banana, were
loaded with fruit. Clusters of smaller tropical shrubbery,
and myriads of flowers, were in perfection.
The enclosures teemed with vegetation, growing in
unrestricted luxuriance. This vegetation is only sustained
by the aid of irrigation. The water is supplied
from immense wells and cisterns, which are
opened in large numbers for that purpose. This
practice was originally introduced into Spain by the
Moors, who thus changed quite barren wastes into
productive gardens. Even the courses of rivers were
sometimes diverted to effect this important object.
Many of the provinces of the parent country, although
since suffered by neglect to revert to their
former uselessness, bear evidence of the important
.bn 051.png
.pn +1
benefits that resulted from the system. The conquerors
of Mexico were aware of its advantages, of
which they availed themselves extensively in their
agricultural pursuits. These reservoirs are frequently
made through a calcareous formation, to the depth
of a hundred feet, and are supplied with water both
from fountains and from the rains of summer. Broad
curbs of stone and mortar are formed around them,
from eight to ten feet high, which are used as platforms
for drawing up the water by means of revolving
buckets, turned by a spindle, and emptying, in
their evolutions, into conductors leading to reservoirs
located near the place where it may afterwards be
wanted. Ascending to the balcony of the building,
I had a partial view of the city, embosomed among
trees, with its domes and turrets peering above their
tops. After acknowledging the hospitality with
which I had been received, I made my adieus, and
returned at an early hour to the city.
The Congress of Yucatan is now in session. It
is held in two rooms, connected with each other by
double doors. These rooms are neatly and plainly
fitted up for the purpose, having a small gallery or
platform at the sides, for the accommodation of spectators.
These apartments comprise a portion of a
convent once belonging to the Jesuits, who formerly
exercised a powerful sway in this province. In 1825
their property was confiscated to the government;
when this and other orders of monasteries and nunneries
were dissolved by the prevailing voice of the
people. Small remains now only exist of this once
.bn 052.png
.pn +1
potent and dreaded class. The whole building, with
the exception of the part mentioned, and the church,
is in a ruinous condition, with broken walls and ragged
casements. Birds of prey, fluttering about and
resting upon the trees that overtop the seat of this
once proud, but now fallen society, present a lesson
that others of a similar cast might profit by; yet now,
in the nineteenth century, there are those living in
Mexico, who not only strenuously advocate the maintenance
of the order of Loyola, but are exerting
their influence to have it reinstated to all its pristine
wealth, power, and ancient privileges. To revert
to the business before Congress—the houses
were discussing the propriety of appointing commissioners
to Vera Cruz, for the purpose of arranging for
a secession from the great plan of independence that
had been proclaimed, and again to return “to their first
love,” under the control of the Mexican confederacy.
The members were good-looking, well dressed, and
of gentlemanly behavior—and the system of duelling
and bullying practised so extensively in many of
our own legislative assemblies, is unknown to the unsophisticated
individuals who constitute this body.
They probably have not arrived to that state of civilization,
which requires such physical agencies to
illustrate and to enforce their arguments.
A temptation to visit the most extensive of the
modern ruins of this province could not be resisted.
The Monastery of St. Francisco, which is situated
nearly in the centre of Merida, was erected upon a
mound or foundation that, probably, was the former
.bn 053.png
.pn +1
site of some important structure belonging to the
original inhabitants of the place, which fell under
the destroying hand of the conqueror. The caciques
and their people were driven out, or perished by the
ruthless sword; and the church, following fast upon
their footsteps, divided the spoils. Where are they
now? The vanquished and the vanquisher are numbered
with the things that were! and we now stand
upon the dilapidated memorial that indistinctly marks
the greatness of the one, and the downfall of the
other.
This monastery was founded in 1520, without
being completed until 1600. It was constructed of
walls, after the plan of a fortification, to ward off the
attacks of the Indians, who made sudden and frequent
attempts to regain their dominions and to annoy
their enemies. It occupies about five acres of
ground, enclosed by walls forty feet high and eight
thick, with walks upon the top. The material is of
hard stone, but composed of small pieces, imbedded
in a firm mass by the means of mortar. This vast
pile, at one time, contained upwards of two thousand
friars. Popular opinion drove them out in the political
changes of 1825. Only few of the order remain
in Yucatan, and they are supported by the church.
The entrance to these ruins is through a huge
doorway into a room which was evidently used for
persons in waiting for egress, when great caution
was requisite in opening the gates, for fear of being
surprised by the lurking foe. The arched ceiling of
the room is painted with flying ecclesiastical figures,
.bn 054.png
.pn +1
and the apartment is now used as a stable. From
thence the entrance leads to a large square, the sides
of which were once occupied by churches, corridors,
and rooms. Passing through these, over the fallen
ruins covered with a rank vegetation, by long halls,
we come to a room that might have been a place of
devotion, judging from the unusual care exhibited
in the architecture of the walls, which now, however,
was more or less broken and defaced. Two
trap-doors were in the centre, through which is a
descent, by stone steps, to an apartment twelve by
eighteen feet, and six feet high. This room contained
piles of human bones, having been a receptacle
for those who died of the cholera. This cell had
passages connected with it, but they were so choked
up with rubbish that they could not be penetrated.
After clambering over broken walls, we reached a
second floor, containing halls and rooms that had been
used for libraries and lodgings, as I inferred from the
words placed over the doors. In proceeding along
the halls, or entering the deserted rooms, the hollow
sound of the intruder’s footstep drives the frightened
bat from his resting-place, and the lizard to his hole.
The descent here leads through a succession of
rooms and cells, under ground, from whence we left
the buildings and passed on through the rank grass
surrounding them to a portion of the area, which
was formerly cultivated as a garden. The stone
walk could yet be seen, and the taste and skill of
the designer were perceptible. Fruit-trees still remain,
.bn 055.png
.pn +1
as also wells and reservoirs for bathing and
fishing.
On returning to the gateway, and ascending the
front or principal wall, the highest summit of one
of the pinnacles is attained by a ladder of ropes;
from which one may obtain a bird’s-eye view of the
city and surrounding country, as also of the immense
pile of ruins around him. In front of the interior
space are two churches, in a tolerable state of preservation,
built in the old Spanish style of pinnacled
roof and arches. On the left, ruins of an immense
hall are seen, with its large broken arch, leaving the
whole interior, with its painted ceilings, exposed to
view. Farther on are crumbling bastions and thick
walls, falling, covered with ivy and other vegetation.
Squares are filled up with masses of rubbish, and overgrown
with trees. Symbols of the cross were scattered
about, bearing evidence of the class of people
that had last been its rulers. On the right, you look
down into the deep recesses where, but a moment
since, you might have stumbled over the emblems of
a once haughty and potent priesthood. All now
is silent. No life is stirring, save the ominous
buzzard fluttering over the tottering pinnacles, or
perched upon the blackened and decaying walls,
finishing this picture of desolation.
The 6th of January is the holy-day of the Epiphany.
At four o’clock in the morning the streets were
completely thronged, principally with females. In
the cathedral, at this early hour, it was quite dark.
The prevailing gloom was rendered more palpable by
.bn 056.png
.pn +1
the distant appearance of lighted candles. The
priests were administering the sacrament, with crowds
of women surrounding them. The long aisles of the
church were filled with kneeling devotees. As the
sun rose, and threw his bright beams in at the windows,
the scene became imposing. A vast multitude
of females were offering up their orisons at the same
moment; and, if the mind of the spectator could be
divested of the prejudice that it was not merely the
performance of a superstitious rite, but a direct and
sincere appeal to the Giver of all good gifts, the sight,
indeed, had been most cheering to the eye, most
gratifying to the heart.
Early on the morning of the following day (Sunday)
I visited the churches. They were filled, as usual,
with the fairer part of creation. In walking through
the streets, after breakfast, great preparations were
observed to be making for a cock-fight, which was to
take place at twelve o’clock. This, next to a bull-bait,
is one of the most exciting scenes that can present
itself to a Mexican populace. The gentlemen
keepers were already wending their way to the pits,
which are always kept in readiness for such amusements.
The patricians of the city, the heads of the
government, officers of the army, scions of the church,
citizens, and the poor Indian, were all present, mixed
up, helter-skelter; and bets, from six and a quarter
cents to three hundred dollars, were freely offered
and as readily accepted. There was much excitement,
but no quarrelling or harsh words. The cock
of the Secretary of War was beaten.
.bn 057.png
.pn +1
The latter part of the day was spent on the Square,
where there were about three hundred Yucatan soldiers
collected for drill. They were dressed in a shirt
and short trousers, with the former article upon the outside,
and a broad-brimmed palm-leaf sombrero. Their
military equipments were in good keeping. They
were officered principally by boys, who had received
nothing more than a common school education, wore
jacket and trousers, and used canes as substitutes for
swords. During the drill a slight shower commenced,
which dampened the martial propensities of our heroes
with marvellous rapidity. Whatever might have
been their preferences to a fight, they certainly preferred
to drill another day.
I embraced an opportunity, which was now offered
me, of visiting the bishop at his palace. Entering
a large doorway in the centre of the court-yard,
and ascending a flight of stone steps to a range of
corridors, I was met by a servant, who conducted
me into an ante-room. My name was taken in;
and, in a few seconds, I was received by the bishop,
in an adjoining room, with a most cordial welcome.
He has a fine head. His person is tall, rather robust,
and looked the bishop to the life. He was clad
in a blue silk gown, and a cap of the same material,
resting upon the crown of his head; and embellished
with a massy gold chain around his neck, appended
to which was a cross. He conversed respecting citizens
and residents of the United States with whom
he was acquainted, either personally or by reputation;
and spoke of the shipwreck of our national
.bn 058.png
.pn +1
vessel, the schooner Porpoise, on board of which he
was a passenger, while on her way to Vera Cruz.
He expressed himself in the highest terms of commendation
of the officers, and gave a glowing account
of the perilous voyage. He showed his library
with a great politeness, and a becoming pride; but
it struck me as being quite limited for one in his position.
He expressed himself liberally; and no doubt,
as his countenance and actions indicated, he is a
right worthy man.
His rooms were fitted up more with an eye to the
useful, than to any apparent desire for display. The
ceiling was ornamented with lithographs of battles,
interspersed with patterns of French fire-boards.
Previous to taking leave, he very kindly offered all
the aid in his power for facilitating my visit to the
towns in the interior. For this, as for other civilities,
I shall probably never have an opportunity of
testifying to him the full extent of my gratitude.
He passed with us through his house to the door
of the college, adjoining, when he left us in charge
of the rector, with instructions to conduct us through
the building. The institution is called “Minerva.”
The first room entered was the library, which was
small and badly arranged. It was comprised of
works principally relating to the church. It contains
a portrait of the founder of the college, a building
which was completed in 1775. It is supported
by certain taxes paid by each curate in the province.
These having been cut off, in a great degree, by the
recent changes in the government, seriously affect
.bn 059.png
.pn +1
the institution, which, at this time, is quite limited in
its means. Though the pay of the president and
professors is small, and the contingent expenses are
light, it is apprehended that it cannot long be continued.
Its studies do not go beyond the high
schools in the United States. We hastily glanced
at this building, and then entered the cathedral with
our attentive friend, who took especial pains to point
out every thing worthy of particular notice. Upon
a close examination of the altars and shrines, it was
plainly to be discovered that the church was poor.
The time is gone by in which churches are made the
depositories of the precious metals, formerly a source
of so much wealth to them.
One of the shrines contains a wooden image of our
Saviour, to which attention was called by one of the
priests that accompanied us through the church. He
stated to us with much gravity, that it was preserved
harmless from a great fire by a miracle, and that it is
now looked upon as a most sacred relic. A room
was shown us containing portraits of all the bishops
of Yucatan. They were badly executed. One of
them was pointed out as having been a great eater;
he would devour a whole turkey at his dinner, and
say, “it was a fine chicken.” Another was shown
who had performed the miracle of changing sour apples
to sweet, a function which has given its proprietor’s
name to a species of apple, which is retained
to this day.
.bn 060.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch03
CHAPTER III.
.sp 2
.pm ch-head
Mechanical Pursuits—The Circulating Medium—A Ball—A Remnant
of Franciscans—Signs of Decay in the Suburbs—The Cemetery—The
Weather—A Whole Congregation Flogged—The Wise Men—The
Gentlemen—Extra Civilities—The Appearances of Trade—Products
of the Soil—Education—Language of the Indians—The
Ancient People—Waldeck’s Opinion of them—The Maya Language—The
Lord’s Prayer in Maya—Grammars of that Dialect—Difficulties
in Speaking it—Traits of the Indian Character.
.pm ch-head-end
Having resolved to visit the towns in the interior,
I was under the necessity of making some preparations
which brought me in contact with the mechanics
of Merida. It being customary and even necessary
to travel chiefly upon the backs of horses and
mules, the saddler and the tailor were first called into
requisition. These professions were principally filled
by Indians and half-breeds, who, though clumsy
in their business, were far more expert than might
have been expected. The custom of the country
invariably exacts the payment of one-half of the
amount agreed upon in advance, in order that the
contractor may be in funds to purchase stock, wherewith
to fill his contract. Though their delays are
very annoying, yet they are generally honest, and may
be depended upon for ultimately fulfilling their engagements.
.bn 061.png
.pn +1
The wants of the people are so limited that few
mechanics are necessary. Nature is kind and lavish.
The articles necessary to cover and protect the body
are not numerous, and every thing requisite for
its nourishment abounds. It looks very odd, I had
almost said humiliating, to see men sitting upon the
public sidewalks, working upon a lady’s dress, and
similar articles hanging around the door-ways of their
houses, as a sign of the services which they hold
themselves competent and ready to render. Manufactories
are nowhere to be seen; the clatter of the
loom or the noise of the hammer never disturbs the
quiet of Merida.
Some idea of the wealth or poverty of a country
may be formed from an acquaintance with its currency.
Silver is the basis of the circulation of Yucatan,
of which the Spanish sixpence is the smallest.
A fractional sort of change, however, is represented
by the seeds of the cacao, two hundred and fifty
grains of which are considered equal to sixpence.
Of these, five grains constitute the smallest amount
ever received in trade. In some of the provinces
of the Mexican confederacy, pieces of soap pass as
a circulating medium, and lose none of their estimated
value for a few washings, provided the balance
of exchange should not be such as to carry it
out of the district where it is known. The great
scarcity of money tends to reduce every thing else
in an equal ratio. Servants’ wages are from three
to five dollars a month, and those of mechanics are
at a proportionate rate. Rents are almost a nominal
.bn 062.png
.pn +1
charge. This is partially produced by the number
of untenanted buildings that are decaying without
occupants.
The manner of doing business is simple. Nothing
of that stir and bustle is seen that is to be observed
in cities and towns of the United States; nor do you
find the care-worn and anxious look that is so often
to be noticed with us. Speculation, kite-flying, lame
ducks, bulls and bears, and all those curses with which
large mercantile communities are usually visited, are
entirely unknown in the province of Yucatan.
During my stay in the city of Merida, a ball was
given at the Governor’s house, apropos of some political
event, which I did not esteem of moment
enough to remember. As usual upon such occasions,
there were grand preparations. The man-milliners
were busily engaged upon female finery—and their
shop-boards were decorated with the most unlimited
gayety. Every door-way along the principal streets,
throughout the day, was filled with ladies seated
upon stools, (their favorite posture,) working fancy
articles, in anticipation of the approaching festival.
But their dresses gaping behind, and hanging loosely
upon their shoulders, and their slip-shod feet, made
them appear exceedingly slovenly at home, and
awakened in me a strong desire to see them in full
toilet at the ball in the evening.
On entering the hall, I passed through a dense line
of ladies arranged along the corridors, principally
mammas, and wall-flowering spinsters garlanding the
corridors. The dancing had already commenced.
.bn 063.png
.pn +1
At first sight, the display was dazzling; but after the
lapse of a few minutes, the fascination dissipated.
The absence of all conversation, even of small-talk,
which upon such occasions is a relief, rendered even
the ball-room, like all their other domestic institutions
here, exceedingly monotonous and dull. During the
dance, not a lip is seen to move—like Marryat’s
wench, they refuse to talk, because they came here
to dance! At the conclusion of a cotillon, the ladies
took seats separate from the gentlemen. They
dressed here in very good taste; though a partiality
for brilliant colors was rather too conspicuously
displayed for a Northern eye. There was no extravagant
display of jewellery or rich brocades, in
which particular I may be pardoned for commending
their example to my own fair countrywomen. There
were many pretty faces, that only required expression
to render them charming. The skill of the
man-milliner, however, deserves full credit. I will
add, for the benefit of my bachelor friends, that there
were in attendance about twelve ladies to one gentleman.
This disproportionate abundance of females
is common in warm climates, and constitutes, I believe,
one of Bishop Warburton’s arguments in defence
of polygamy in Asia. The ladies in the corridors
were silently enjoying their cigars during the
whole evening, and only relieving the monotony of
their occupation, by carrying on a telegraphic correspondence
with some of their neighbors by the aid
of their fans.
The ball, as I have already remarked, was given
.bn 064.png
.pn +1
at the Governor’s house, which occupies a portion
of the great square. The room was about fifty feet
long by fifteen wide. The floor was of mortar; the
ceilings high and roughly finished. The walls were
ornamented with framed engravings, and the windows
hung with white cotton curtains. A fine supper was
provided; but I left the ball at an early hour, and
jostled my way to my lodgings through an immense
crowd of Indians, of both sexes, attracted by the festivities
which I was just leaving.
Within the precincts of Merida, there is a regular
monastery sustained by about twelve monks. In my
rambles I passed the door of one of the friars, who
invited me to walk in. He was a middle-aged man,
clad in the usual garb of his order; a loose dress, and
sandals tied about his ankles with cords. His hair
was cut rounding; giving it the air of a Scotch bonnet
resting lightly upon the top of his head. He was
not only very polite, but a very learned man. In
spite of my sterner judgment, I could not but sympathize
with him, as he dilated upon the historical recollections
of the old and notorious order to which
he had attached himself in his youthful days. As he
spoke of it in its glory, his enthusiasm broke forth
with an almost inspired eloquence.
His room was large and airy, and appeared to
have been arranged for a study. It was furnished
with two chairs and a table. A few Spanish and
Latin works were lying around. He conducted us
through the long halls and corridors of the monastery,
and described to us the various paintings that covered
.bn 065.png
.pn +1
the walls. They were principally representations of
his tutelar saint, in the different periods of his eventful
life, from his birth to his death; also, of the crucifixion
of our Saviour. At a distance they might resemble
pictures; but, on approaching them, the charm
fled. They proved to be most execrable daubs.
The church attached to the monastery is well
worth a visit. It has an immense shrine, formed by
a group of figures in alto-relievo, large as life, representing
saints and angels, and all profusely ornamented
with gold and silver. One of the chapters of the
church contains a representation of the crucifixion
carved upon stone, beautiful, both for its design and
its execution. It was found by the Spaniards on the
island of Cozumel, the place where Cortez first landed,
and has caused much speculation as to its origin.
On returning to the room of our worthy guide, chocolate
was served; and a conversation for an hour ensued
upon the condition of the clergy of the United
States, which arose from an inquiry into the number
and denomination of our monasteries! I left him
alone within his cheerless walls, and wended my way
back to my home; each of us, no doubt, preferring
his own situation to the other’s. I can at least speak
authentically as to one.
I continued my rambles in the suburbs on the following
day. Here, dilapidation and ruin, and the
want of cultivation, are too palpable. Churches
built centuries ago, and now surrounded only by a
few poor Indian huts, form a sad but instructive commentary
upon the insufficiency of arbitrary power,
.bn 066.png
.pn +1
under the control of a religious hierarchy, to develope
the intellectual or the physical resources of a people.
Decay and desolation have overtaken all those institutions
of an elder time, which now but serve, like
the footsteps upon the shore of a deserted island, to
prove the former presence of a more vigorous civilization.
The hand of man has rarely interfered to
protect these solemn memorials from oblivion. The
grounds around them are but little cultivated, and
are mostly covered by a thick growth of furze, with
an occasional cocoa, orange, or tamarind tree. Here,
however, the ramon grows to a great height, and is
very valuable, its leaves and branches affording a
nutricious food for horses.
About two miles from the city is a cemetery, appropriated
to the dead of Merida. It is located in a
beautiful situation; but, like most other public places
in this country, it has been utterly neglected. It comprehends
about half an acre of land, surrounded by
a high wall; and is under the charge of a Catholic
priest, who resides upon the premises. Those who
can afford it are provided with vaults, built upon the
surface of the ground. The poor are interred beneath
the soil. The priest in charge does not seem
to have permitted his solemn vicinage to disturb his
digestion or dampen his spirits. His sleek and portly
appearance reminded me, at once, of the “fat,
round, oily little man of God,” whose repose Thomson
disturbs in his Castle of Indolence. He was
kind and attentive in showing the premises; but his
.bn 067.png
.pn +1
conversation was very feeble, and indicated a mind
almost demented with superstition.
The thermometer now, though the middle of
January, ranges at about eighty. We have occasional
showers, but the weather continues to be delightful.
The mornings and evenings are perfectly
enchanting. The climate is not so uniform as that
of Cuba; rains are more frequent, and the dews more
abundant. Colds and influenzas are common; and
on this account it cannot, I think, be recommended
to invalids with pulmonary affections.
Connected with one of the monasteries of the
Jesuits, is the Church of Jesus. It has partially
lost its ancient splendor by the removal of valuable
plate and embellishments, which formerly belonged
to it; and I should not detain my readers
with a notice of it here, but for a most singular religious
ceremony which I was permitted to witness
within its walls during vespers. The congregation
was composed principally of Indians. After the
usual ceremonies were concluded, a large Indian
prostrated himself upon the floor before the altar,
carefully adjusted his limbs, and laid himself out as
if he were preparing for burial. Men, with coils of
rope about their heads, representing crowns of thorns,
dressed in loose garments, and bending under the
weight of a heavy cross, then entered and tottered
up the aisles. A cross and scull were then passed
around; the bearer repeating in Latin, as they were
handed to be kissed, “This is the death, and this
is the judgment!” When this form had been concluded,
.bn 068.png
.pn +1
we were all supplied with whips, (I declined
to avail myself of their politeness,) the lights
were extinguished, and all was darkness. Nothing
was visible but the gigantic windows, and the outlines
of the stupendous arches and fretted walls
above us. The chamber of death was never more
silent than was that church for the moment. While
I was speculating upon what would probably occur
next in the order of exercises, my meditations were
suddenly interrupted by the sounds of stripes rising
and echoing through every part of the vast edifice.
That there was whipping going on, I had no doubt;
but whether each one did his own whipping, or had
it done by his neighbors, I was, for some time, unable
to satisfy myself; but I soon discovered that the
former was the case, upon the presumption, doubtless,
that each one knew how much his case required
better than any one else. This penitential ceremony
continued for the space of fifteen minutes, at
least, without intermission. When it ceased, which
was at the tinkling of a bell, the candles were relighted,
and the assemblage slowly left the church, apparently
perfectly satisfied that they had received no
more than they deserved.
I had the gratification of visiting a number of the
learned men of Merida, or “sabios,” as they are denominated
by some travellers. In Yucatan, this title
is not inappropriate. They are celebrated here, and
very justly; for they are tolerably well informed;
therein, having greatly the advantage of the mass of
their fellow-citizens. They seem to be a chosen
.bn 069.png
.pn +1
band, living and moving in a distinct body within
their own circle; like Rosicrucians, having no kindred
spirits to whom they can attach themselves, or
from whom they can increase their numbers. Thus,
in the course of ordinary events, as their days approach
to threescore and ten, their order must become
gradually extinguished. One of them, to whom
I paid frequent visits, was already upwards of ninety
years of age, and one of the most interesting old men
I have ever beheld. He seemed happy to see me;
was fond of speaking of his youthful days; gave an
account of his early studies and recreations; and,
withal, a goodly portion of fatherly advice and admonition.
His mind appeared to be vigorous; too
much so, indeed, for the feeble state of his body.
He was pleased to answer questions; and, when adverting
to the state of the country, spoke with much
feeling, but despairingly, of every thing connected
with it.
I had the pleasure of meeting, to-day, with the
gentlemanly owner of the estate upon which are the
celebrated ruins of Uxmal. He was intelligent and
communicative, and had travelled in the United
States. He traced back, as far as practicable, the
title-deeds of his forefathers to this land, in order, if
possible, to gain some clew to its early history; but
it led to nothing that could be made available to the
traveller. He expresses great confidence in Mr. Stephens,
who is now investigating these ruins, and to
whom he had rendered every facility for the prosecution
of his task. I asked him what he would take
.bn 070.png
.pn +1
for the land upon which those ruins were situated;
and he readily replied, five thousand dollars. I declined
to embark in a speculation in these lands, but
did not hesitate to avail myself of the letters with
which he was so kind as to favor me to the majordomos
of his several estates; for which I beg leave
here to express my most sincere thanks.
The social condition of the female sex in Yucatan,
so far as my observation extends, compares very favorably
with that of females of the same rank in the
other provinces of Mexico. The Yucatecos ladies
generally attend to their household affairs, and to the
education of their children; but though their habits
are rather domestic, the standard of virtue is not to
be estimated as high as in the United States. Their
personal attractions are quite inconsiderable. In the
absence of animation and intelligence, nothing is left
to fascinate or to be loved. The brunette complexion,
regular features, black hair, and eyes of the same
color, predominate. They dress in the Spanish fashion—bright
colors are generally preferred—with a
light veil thrown over their heads, and a profusion
of jewellery and other ornaments carefully arranged
about their persons. They seldom walk out, except
to church, where they appear to more advantage
than at any other place. At their houses,
their carelessness of dress amounts to slovenliness.
They may be seen at almost any hour of the day,
swinging in their hammocks, with cigars in their
mouths, or making their toilet in the doorway of
their dwellings. It is a general custom here for
.bn 071.png
.pn +1
the ladies to sleep in this suspended apparatus.
Those who are accustomed to the luxury of a bedstead,
are not easily reconciled to this arrangement;
and I have in vain tried to discover a sufficient reason
for the prevalence of these articles, to the exclusion
of the bedstead.
The gambling propensities of the ladies are as
strong as those of the gentlemen; which, however,
they do not indulge in to so great an extent. They
mingle at the public tables, but good order and decorum
always prevail.
A stranger is particularly struck with the apathy
of the wife in her household affairs. She is seldom
seen in conversation with her husband. Being poorly
educated, she has no literary resources whatever.
She is rarely seen with a book in her hand. The
common topics of her household form the only points
of intellectual contact between herself and her husband.
Sleep is her chief resource; and, in the swing
of the hammock, many of her best hours are lost in
forgetfulness. Music, I found to my great surprise,
was but little cultivated.
Considerable attention is paid to the education of
children; but it is not deemed necessary, by parents,
for them to proceed much beyond the first rudiments.
The public school system is adopted, and kept up
with some degree of ability, by the government and
corporations. The towns are divided off into districts
throughout the state, in which are two colleges and
fifty-seven schools; besides others of select tuition,
in which the elements of an ordinary education are
.bn 072.png
.pn +1
taught, together with the doctrines of the Romish
church.
The impressions which I have received of the
male population are as yet necessarily undefined, and
would not perhaps warrant me in attempting to characterize
them; but, so far as my knowledge extends,
I am inclined to think them a proud, though not a
supercilious people. It is that Castilian sort of pride
which is identified with the old Spanish character;
and which has descended from him as naturally to
the Mexican as his siesta. This gives them, even in
their ignorance, some character. While they have
this pride about them, we may be sure they will not
degenerate into Caffres. Though they have declared
their independence of Mexico, and have promised
to the world to prove themselves worthy of enjoying
entire political liberty, yet it is very evident
to a stranger, that a majority of the population are
perfectly indifferent whether they return or remain
under their present rulers. This apathy in political
matters indicates a condition of the national mind,
which is likely to be but little affected by the form
of government under which it exists. Their constitution
much resembles that of the United States.
They have a President, Vice President, and two
houses of legislators. The elective franchise extends
to all, not excepting either the Indians or the blacks.
The latter class is principally composed of runaway
slaves from the neighboring islands. Their number,
however, is small. All religions are tolerated; but
that of the Catholic is protected!
.bn 073.png
.pn +1
In their private dwellings very little or no taste
is displayed. Their furniture, generally, is plain.
They are not very choice or select in the ornaments
for their rooms, French lithographs in frames, such
as are usually hung about in our bar-rooms and barbers’
shops, being almost universal.
The people throughout Yucatan are exceedingly
polite to strangers. It would be well for foreigners,
however, to know that when, on presenting letters
of introduction to the Yucatecos, they tender you all
their earthly possessions, together with their personal
services into the bargain; it would be wise to get
accustomed as soon as possible to the habit of being
satisfied with their individual attentions, without expecting
an immediate transfer of the title-deeds of
their estates. This would save much disappointment,
as many of their civilities are empty ceremonies, offered
only in conformity with their national customs.
Commercial transactions are limited to the supply
of retail dealers in the city and country. The principal
articles of trade are dry goods, imported from
England and France, by the way of the Balize and
Havana. The exportation of the products of the
country is conducted through the same channel;
but owing to the poverty of the soil, and the supineness
of the people, it is likewise very circumscribed.
On the whole, so far as my personal observation has
yet extended, the land presents a barrenness of appearance
which offers few of those inducements that
have been held out for emigration, either to the husbandman
or the mechanic.
.bn 074.png
.pn +1
The agricultural products of Yucatan are numerous.
Corn, resembling that of New England, which constitutes
one of the principal articles of food, and from
which tortillas are prepared, is raised here in great
abundance. Also black beans, so well known to travellers
by the name of frejoles, constitute an agricultural
staple of the country. Heniken is cultivated, and
prepared for exportation, to a considerable extent.
It is known in the United States as “Sisal hemp,”
and takes its name from the port whence it is shipped.
It is indigenous, and grows upon a rocky and
apparently barren soil, to the height of about twelve
feet, from a short rough trunk. It is cut at a certain
period, and the fibres drawn out and dried, after
which it is prepared and put up for the market. Sugar
and cotton are raised in some of the eastern districts;
but very little attention is paid to their cultivation
beyond the small demand for the home consumption.
Hats, from the leaf of the palm, are
manufactured in the interior in large quantities for
exportation, and are shipped at Campeachy. They
are known in our market as the “Campeachy hat.”
There has been much speculation, to little purpose,
respecting the original inhabitants of Yucatan. It
is a subject so involved in doubt, that any satisfactory
conclusions can scarcely be expected. Waldeck[#]
is of opinion that it was settled by different
.bn 075.png
.pn +1
nations, broken off from Tabasco and other states,
who particularly used the Maya idiom. He gives
further evidence of this fact, from the facial formation
observable in sundry of the Indians at Merida,
particularly in the women, who resemble, in their
physiognomy, the sculptured faces upon the stones at
Palenque. The delicately tapered straight leg, small
knee joints, and large shoulders, are mentioned as
characteristics strongly marking a similarity of descent.
The more distant Indians, and especially
those of the mountains, have preserved their idioms
as well as their ancient customs in a much greater
degree—their language being more pure, and their
manners more uniform.
.pm fn-start
For the use of a French copy of “Waldeck’s Yucatan,” I am indebted
to my distinguished countryman, Mr. Stephens, for which, and
for many other civilities, I embrace this opportunity to make my sincere
acknowledgments.
.pm fn-end
That these people are the descendants of the ancient
Mayas, there is hardly room to doubt. That
tongue now pervades the whole peninsula, and is understood
and spoken even by the whites. They
were well known to be far advanced in civilization
when first discovered, the strongest evidences of
which are scattered throughout the province. Their
calendars have been deciphered; and their astronomical
symbols and hieroglyphical signs have been
identified with those of the Mexicans. They had
also their picture writings, called analthes, which
were executed upon bark, and folded up in the same
shape as books.[#]
.pm fn-start
A specimen of the Lord’s Prayer in the Maya language is here transcribed:—
Cayum yannech ti canoob, cilich cunabac a kaba, tac cokol a kahaulil
utzcinabac, a nolah ti luum baix, te ti caane sa ca zamalkin, uah
toon helelach, zatex ix czipil bay czazic, u zipil uh ziplob toone maix,
a uilic e lubul, ti tuntabale, hanuca lukezon, ichil lobil. Amen.
.pm fn-end
.bn 076.png
.pn +1
Waldeck says, and a residence of several years
gives weight to his impressions, that the Maya now
spoken partakes very little of the ancient language
of the country; more especially in the neighborhood
of large towns and cities. The continued intercourse
that has existed between the Indians and
Spaniards, since the conquest, has Castilianized their
idiom to such an extent, that the original is nearly
lost to those who are now held in vassalage. The
affinity observable between the Maya and Tchole
dialects proves them to be a complete medley; and
that this mixture occurred at an early period, he was
convinced from the proofs he held in his own possession
of the ancient idioms. For instance, in referring
to his vocabulary, he finds that those words ending
in un, in the Tchole tulum, (a circle,) are tulun.
The x has the sound of ch in church. The Mayas
are indebted to Francis Gabriel Bonaventure, author
of a work published in 1560, called Arte del Idioma
Maya; and to R. P. F. Pedro Beltran, who wrote in
1746,[#] two Franciscan monks, for this style of pronunciation.
.bn 077.png
.pn +1
Waldeck affirms, that the language now
spoken in Yucatan is not that for which those authors
laid down the principles.
.pm fn-start
It is my purpose to give a more extended discussion of the Maya
language in a subsequent chapter. I was so fortunate as to procure
from an Indian in the interior of Yucatan the only copy I have ever
seen of R. P. L. Beltran’s Grammar of this language, which is mentioned
in the text. It is entitled, “Arte de el Idioma Maya, Reducido á
Succinctas Reglas y Semi Lexicon Yucateco, por el R. P. F. Pedro Beltran,
de Santa Rosa Maria, ex-Custodio, Lector que sue de Philosophia
y Theologia, Revisor del Sto. Oficio, é hijo de esta Sta. Recoleccion Franciscana
de Merida. Formólo y Dictólo sienda Maestro de Lengua Maya
en el Convento Capitular de N. S. P. S. Francisco, de dicha Ciudad.
Año de 1742, Yolo Dedica á la Gloriosa Indiana Santa Rosa Maria de
Lima, con licencia: en Mexico, por la Venda de D. Joseph Bernardo de
Hogal. Año de 1746.”
.pm fn-end
It appears that these people had no written language
other than their hieroglyphics. The idioms
now used were put into their present shape by their
conquerors, from sounds representing things, gathered
from the lips of the Indians. Definitions of their
figurative writing, so far as it can be ascertained,
might lead to more satisfactory results. They might
serve as guides to some knowledge of a race, which
evidently practised the useful and the ornamental
arts; but which probably had emigrated to this
hemisphere previous to the invention of letters.
The Maya dialect is very barren of expression;
and, to a stranger, difficult of pronunciation. The
same word often conveys different meanings, from
the peculiar manner of sounding it. In fact, to speak
it well, requires careful study, and an untiring practice.
Under these obstructions, it would take a long
time to become so familiarized to the tongue, as to
be able to communicate with that people in a way
to discover any of those traditions that may yet lurk
among them. But, after all, they are like an exhausted
mine; the metal which the curious seek has
been extracted; and it need only be sought for in
those regions where the soil has never been disturbed.
The dress of the Indian is of the simplest kind.
His food principally consists of corn; which is prepared
by parboiling, and crushing on a stone by
.bn 078.png
.pn +1
means of a roller. When ready, it is made into
balls; and, after being mixed with water, it is ready
to be eaten. Corn is broken in the same way, and
made into cakes called tortillas, which are the favorite
food of all classes of society in this province. The
wages for Indian service are from one to four dollars
per month; the largest portion of which, in very many
cases, is expended for candles and other offerings to
their chosen saint. In general these Indians are extremely
mild and inoffensive. Drinking is their most
decided vice; but even this, as we have already remarked,
cannot be called a prevailing one. They are a
listless rather than indolent race, and never “think for
the morrow.” They have quite an amiable expression
in their countenances, and their mode of conversation
is pleasing. Their features remind one of
those of the Asiatic more than of any other. Their
stature is short and thick-set, having but little resemblance
to that of the North American Indian. We
looked in vain for their pastimes—they have none,
except those connected with the church. They seldom
dance or sing. They are wholly under the surveillance
of the priests, and are the most zealous
devotees to their rites and ceremonies. Their hours
of leisure are passed in their hammocks, or else in
silently squatting about the corners of the streets.
Though they wear the outside show of freedom, they
have not even as much liberty as the most abject
vassal of the middle ages. They are literally degraded
to the position of serfs. They are always in
debt, and are consequently at the mercy of their
.bn 079.png
.pn +1
creditors, who, by the law of the country, have a lien
upon their services until their debts are cancelled.
This, together with the absence of nearly all the ordinary
encouragements to exertion, common in a
colder climate, and among a more progressive people,
conspires to keep the Indian Yucatecos in a state
of listless bondage, which they endure without a
murmur, and we may add, from our own observation,
without much positive suffering. Legalized slavery,
as it is well known, does not exist in any part of
Mexico.
.if h
.il fn=i072.jpg w=300px id=i072
.ca
A YUCATECO INDIAN’S HOUSE.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: A YUCATECO INDIAN’S HOUSE.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 080.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch04
CHAPTER IV.
.pm ch-head
Preparations for the Interior—Outfit, &c.—The Indian Boy—Departure
from Merida—Arrival at Tixcoco—Calcachen—A Feast-day—Isamal
at a distance—Arrival there—Our Palace—A Procession—Ancient
Mounds—The Church—A striking Indian—Wrong Impressions—Tuncax—A
Dilemma—Philosophy of the Road-side—A
Dinner—Visit to a Curate—A Touch of Comfort—Mail Carrier—Sitax—An
Indian Alcalde—Tinum—An Allusion—Valladolid—A
Mistake rectified in time.
.pm ch-head-end
The varying and unsatisfactory accounts which I
had received of the interior of Yucatan, had awakened
in me an irresistible desire to explore it, although
I tried in vain to define to myself the cause
of my curiosity. Partly through a desire of novelty,
and partly for the want of a more definite purpose,
I resolved to invade those unexplored regions which
had not yet found a corner in our geographies, nor
even been reached by the all-pervading spirit of traffic.
As soon as I had resolved, I addressed myself
to the preparation of my outfit; in which, despite
the ignorance and indolence of my Mexican aids, I
was ultimately successful.
To some future traveller, it may be interesting to
know the nature of my preparation.
In the first place, then, I provided myself with an
over-all shirt, (pockets made to order,) Mexican riding-trousers,
.bn 081.png
.pn +1
and palm-leaf hat. In addition to these,
were a hammock and a striped blanket; the latter
article Americanized by ornamental stars, representing
the emblems of my country, in white, red, and
blue; under which one could sleep, fight, or negotiate,
as circumstances might require. Of weapons, defensive
and conciliatory, there were a double-barrelled
gun, an Indian knife, and rather a limited amount of
the smallest Spanish coin. The Indian and the
Bowie knife are very similar in weight and shape.
The former is an indispensable accompaniment upon
a journey through this peninsula. It may be seen
that, if driven to the wall, a very tolerable show of
defence might have been made.
The cooking arrangements consisted of tin cups
and pans, salt, and loco-foco matches. My philosophical
and mathematical instruments were a memorandum
book, an ordinary lead pencil, and a pocket
compass! The instruments and dress were intrusted
to no one but myself—the latter enveloped my
person, while the former occupied those invaluable
shirt-pockets, of which I claim to be the original
inventor. To the Indian boy José, (pronounced
Hosay,) whom I hired as a servant to accompany
me, and who will be hereafter better known to my
readers, was intrusted the other portion of my
luggage.
The boy, to whom allusion has just been made,
was decidedly genteel in his appearance. Though
he has been termed a boy, he is of the kind who,
among the Irish, never become men until they are
.bn 082.png
.pn +1
married. He was about five-and-twenty years of
age. His mother and sisters thought the world of
him, and well they might; for he was most worthy
of their affections. Both his physical and mental
powers were very symmetrical. He was active, industrious,
and faithful. If he had any fault, perhaps
it was in being too amorous. I do not feel disposed,
however, to quarrel with a constitutional infirmity.
I left the agreeable residence of Doña Michaelé,
in company with my fidus Achates, on the twenty-ninth
of January, on one of the most lovely mornings
that the eye of God ever looked out upon to
bless.
Our route was eastward, towards Valladolid. The
road was wide, and in excellent condition, being one
of the principal thoroughfares. This road is under
the superintendence of government; and the expenses
of its repairs are defrayed by a tax, similar to the
road-tax usually levied in the United States.
At ten o’clock we arrived at the town of Tixcoco,
and rode up to the Casa-real; which belongs to a
class of houses set apart by the municipal authorities
of every town for the accommodation of travellers.
They are the substitutes for public houses; a
convenience almost unknown to the country.
The Casa-real is also the receptacle for the public
property of the place—such as implements of labor,
punishment, &c.—consisting of crowbars, handcuffs,
wooden scale-beams, and drums, staffs of the
alcaldes, &c.
These accommodations and depositories are in
.bn 083.png
.pn +1
charge of some six or eight Indians, who are drafted
to serve one year, under the direction of the alcaldes,
who represent aldermen in the judicial capacity.
These Indians also attend upon the wants of
strangers, and depend wholly upon the small pittances
they receive for their support. It is almost
needless to add, what follows necessarily from the
tenure of their offices, that they are idle, negligent,
and without enterprise.
At a quarter before eleven I took breakfast, which
had been brought from some neighboring house. It
was composed of eggs, tortillas, and frejoles. The
tortillas are a kind of corn-cakes, and constitute the
principal bread of the country. Frejoles are small
black beans, in general use in all the provinces of
Mexico, and occupy the same elevated rank in the
domestic economy of that nation that the potato
does in Ireland. To complete the morning’s repast,
a calabash of maza was added. This is a drink
prepared with corn, and is usually drunk by the natives
in the place of tea and coffee.
The town of Tixcoco is ornamented with a
large church, and the appurtenances thereto usually
belonging in Catholic countries; but the dwellings,
generally, are mere Indian huts, of mud walls and
thatched roofs.
At three o’clock, after the heat of the day, we
again started upon our route; and at six, rode up to
the Casa-real of Calcachen, where we stopped during
the night. The best room in the house was
placed at our disposal. The corners of the apartment
.bn 084.png
.pn +1
proved that it had been swept; for the collections
of months still remained there, a standing evidence
of the fact.
The Casa-real, according to universal custom,
fronts upon a public square; where great preparations
were at this time making to celebrate some one of
the religious festivals on the following Monday. An
amphitheatre was erected, formed of poles, having a
row of seats overlooking the arena, where bull-fights
were to take place. In the evening, in anticipation
of the festival, guns were discharged, and a display
of fireworks took place from the roof of the church.
The Indians, on these occasions, like our juvenile
patriots previous to the fourth of July, usually anticipate
the sport of the festal day some forty-eight
hours or more before it arrives.
Next morning (Sunday) I was awakened before
daylight by the noise of the natives, who, as usual,
could not restrain their impatience for the arrival of
their day of rejoicing. Wooden drums and horns
were brought in requisition; and, at sun-rise, rockets
were being discharged from the church. The bells
were rung, the crowd entered the building, and quiet
was restored.
Preparatory to cleansing our guns, previous to our
departure from this town, they were discharged.
This was understood by the Indians to be a complimentary
salute to their saint, and they crowded
around me, to my great annoyance, insisting that I
should remain with them until the end of the feast.
Flattering as was this invitation, which, at one time,
.bn 085.png
.pn +1
I thought I should be compelled to accept, I succeeded
in declining without giving offence. Bidding
them adieu, we saddled our horses, and were once
more upon the road. After passing through two
small Indian towns of little notoriety, we arrived at
Isamal at noon.
The road continued to be good; and four miles
distant, the church could be seen, throwing the
shadows of its massive walls over the surrounding
objects.
On arriving at the Casa-real, it was found to be
deplorably filthy and uncomfortable; to which I
was in no condition of mind or body to submit.
I went in quest of the Colonel of the town, whom
I found to be a quondam friend, and an old housemate
at Doña Michaelé’s, in Merida, and that he
had been recently appointed to this station. From
the natural politeness of this gentleman, I was
guarantied a kind reception, and such good quarters
were provided as to make me feel quite at home;
as all will be prepared to believe, when they know
of the accommodations.
We were the sole proprietors of a lordly mansion,
with a retinue of Indians to attend our bidding.
The structure which we inhabited occupies one
side of a large square, and is raised upon strong and
well-built arches of about twelve feet, supporting the
long ranges of halls, rooms, and pillared corridors,
of easy access by steps leading off at different sections.
The whole was quite imposing in its appearance,
and not the less attractive for having been recently
.bn 086.png
.pn +1
cleansed and whitewashed. This building
was used for public offices in Isamal’s better days.
I occupied the south-eastern angle of the mansion,
looking out upon the square and market-place. The
scene without, however, was not very fascinating. A
few Indian women only were to be observed, selling or
carrying meats and vegetables; and mules browsing
over the grounds.
Sunday evening was being observed here by a long
procession from one of the churches, composed of
priests, and upwards of four hundred Indian girls,
clad in plain white cotton dresses, each carrying a
lighted candle. It was a beautiful and even an imposing
sight. In this procession was carried a figure
of the Virgin, surrounded by all the symbols of the
church, upon a stage preceded by music, and heralded
with occasional displays of fire-works.
In the morning, at an early hour, I visited the
suburbs of the town, where I observed a number of
mounds, the highest of which I judged to be from fifty
to sixty feet, and which I ascended. The sides were
very precipitous, and covered with loose stones. I
was compelled to pull myself up by the aid of the
bushes that overgrew the surface.
Before reaching the summit, and about two-thirds
of the way from the base, is a square platform of about
two acres in extent, in the centre of which is a well,
partially filled in with stones, and more or less overgrown
with vegetation. This dilapidation and decay
had evidently been the work of centuries.
From the top of this mound there was a fine prospect.
.bn 087.png
.pn +1
The view of the town, with its elevated
church, and the flat-roofed, Moorish-looking houses,
with the trees of the tropics interspersed, and the tall
cocoa, varying the surface of the extended country
in the distance, presented a rural scene rarely to be
met with in this country.
The plane surface of the land around these elevations,
precludes the supposition that they are natural
formations. Their origin and purpose can only be
surmised. Probably they were fortifications—perhaps
look-out places:—
.pm verse-start
“An observatory, from whence to overlook
The surrounding world at one broad glance,
And view their wily foes.”
.pm verse-end
Be this as it may, I felt awed when I looked upon
them. I could not but feel that they established a
sort of parenthetic connexion between myself and
elder ages, and a strange people who had customs
now unknown, and of whom history has preserved
no better memorials than the indistinct yet eloquent
piles of stone and earth before me.
After our breakfast, I called at the house of the
curate, but he was absent; asserting the prerogative
of the traveller, I thereupon introduced myself to the
priest in charge, and informed him that I was a
stranger, and should not be ungrateful for any attentions
that might be bestowed upon me in that character.
His reception was rather cool; but, as my
object was to obtain information, I affected not to
notice it. After some trivial delays, I was enabled
to visit the church which had so struck my eye as I
.bn 088.png
.pn +1
approached the city, and which I was desirous of
seeing. It is situated in the centre of the city, upon
an artificial elevation, which once, no doubt, was the
site of some important structure of the ancient people
who formerly inhabited this province. It was
probably destroyed to make room for a monastery—the
ruins of which (the church which forms a part
of it being preserved) cover some acres of land.
The church was filled with rude carving, and
with still more rude and incomprehensible paintings.
Within the walls, which encompass the whole of the
grounds, is a square that once must have been a magnificent
place, but which is now totally neglected.
It has on three sides a double row of pillars, forming
a beautiful promenade, from which the country, as
far as the eye can reach, is overlooked.
The priest who conducted me over the premises,
seemed to know nothing of the church in which he
officiated, and even less, if possible, of the city and
its environs, whence came the patronage on which
he subsisted. The Latin inscription upon the builder’s
tablet was incomprehensible to him; but it is no
more than justice to say, that he was evidently chagrined
by the ignorance which he had been forced
to exhibit. He conducted me to the turret, and
pointed out the clock for my inspection; it was a
rare piece of mechanism; but the most striking part
of it was a live Indian stationed beside it, to strike
the hours.
The towns throughout this portion of the interior
are well laid out, and the houses well built; every
.bn 089.png
.pn +1
thing looks as though they might be inhabited by a
stirring people. Arriving in one of them at the
close of the day, the stranger is led to attribute
the pervading quiet to that particular time; in the
morning he would think the same; but, at morning,
noon, and night, the same composing monotony reigns,
and all days, (those of the feasts excepted,) and all
places, are alike. A listless apathy seems to hang
around them—a pervading stillness and inactivity,
which are painful to observe.
The principal stores are kept by the whites, who,
in the ratio of population, are to the Indians, about
as one to six. Their stock comprises all descriptions
of goods required by the inhabitants; among which
the article of distilled liquors is the most prominent—the
demand for which, I observed, increased,
as I advanced into the interior.
The Indian of the town clock has this moment
struck one; the stores are closed, and the streets deserted.
The whole of the population, excepting a
few straggling natives, are in their hammocks. Midnight
is on us in pantomime, without its darkness.
In fifteen minutes more, all Yucatan, literally, may
be said to be asleep—even my José now is looking
at me with a drowsy eye, and wondering, no doubt,
why I do not follow the example. The climate is
really enervating, and I have determined to swing
a while, if it be only to learn not to condemn the
habits of others.
On the following morning we left Isamal, stopping
occasionally upon the road-side, to examine the sonatos
.bn 090.png
.pn +1
which lay in our route. These are large wells,
which apparently have been formed by convulsions
of Nature, in the midst of silicious and calcareous
rocks. They contain a never failing supply of good
water, and are a rendezvous of Indians, and halting-places
for the muleteers, who usually are found
taking their refreshments there. The calabash of
Maza was always tendered to us with unrestrained
hospitality, and we were almost uniformly asked to
partake of their other provisions. Sharing the food
of these humble wayfarers is an unfailing guarantee
of their good-will, and to decline, if not construed as
an offence, would certainly wound their sensibility.
I frequently had occasion to observe the tact that
José possessed of making himself agreeable to those
we met upon the road, and was often reminded of my
good fortune in having secured his valuable services.
Parting from our transient friends, we hurried on
in a vain effort to escape a violent shower which
threatened us, and which overtook us in time to
drench us thoroughly before we got refuge, at noon,
in the Casa-real at Tuncax.
It is too late for me to expect any credit for remarking
the mutability of all human affairs; but I
was reminded of the fact to-day with all the force of
a new revelation. But this morning I was quartered
like a prince, with a palace for a dwelling, and a cacique’s
retinue to obey my bidding; and now, there
is not an Indian so poor as to do me reverence.
The floor of the Casa-real into which fate had cast
.bn 091.png
.pn +1
me was not entirely covered with water. The hammock
swung clear of the mud. There evidently had
been a roof over head, and my situation would have
been positively worse in the streets. Comparatively,
then, I was comfortable. The rain too had almost
ceased; the Indians were coming in, and the
prospects of a dinner were brightening. Across
the square stood the church, with its heavy walls
blackened with the sun and the rain, with its gabled
front, and pigeon-holed apex, and its trio of
bells. By its side stood the house of the curate, with
its low sides, and high though dilapidated thatched
roof. There were some half dozen stores scattered
about, and a few stone buildings, no doubt inhabited
by the whites; the rest of the town, as usual, is made
of Indian huts.
The dinner came, and it satisfied me that none can
appreciate the importance of a meal, except those
who have tried it after a day’s riding and fasting in a
country like this. After a hearty repast of tortillas
and frejoles, the weather was consulted, with a view of
continuing our journey; but the result was not flattering.
The fact was much clearer than the sky, that
we were to remain here during the night, and there
was no friendly Colonel within reach to rescue me
from my lodgings. But it struck me that there
must be some resource. The curate appeared to be
the only chance, so to his house I wended my
way, and entered with the customary “Ave Maria”
upon my lips. He was swinging in his hammock.
I introduced myself to him at once; described
.bn 092.png
.pn +1
the deplorable state of the Casa-real, and solicited
his influence in obtaining us more comfortable quarters.
He received me very kindly, and promised to
do all in his power to make me comfortable; and
right well he kept his word. A bottle of “Abenaro,”
a peculiar liquor of the country, and its accompaniment
of cigars, were speedily sent for; and, in much
less time than it requires to partake of either, I discovered
that I was at home, at the house of my friend,
the curate of Tuncax.
A long and animated conversation followed, which,
I only recollect, was poorly understood by either, in
consequence of the small amount of words which we
comprehended in common. It was, mainly, of a political
cast; politics being the subject in which he
appeared to take most interest.
The curate was a young man, who, compared
with many of his order in the country, had devoted
much time to study. He has possessed the curacy
for the last four years; but, if one may draw conclusions
from things around, it is not a very lucrative
situation.
Everything in the vicinity indicated extreme poverty;
and I felt some embarrassment in asking to see
his church and its nakedness. This, however, was
happily obviated by a polite invitation, on his part,
to conduct me through it. So, putting on his black
velvet and silk, and mounting a curious high-peaked
hat, and taking his telescope in his hand, he led the
way over the broken stone floors, and along the dark
damp halls, to the edifice.
.bn 093.png
.pn +1
As we entered, he remarked that it was poor. Indeed,
that was plainly impressed upon everything
in and about it. It had not even cleanliness and
order to relieve its appearance. We passed through
it, and ascended, by a flight of stone steps on the outside,
to the roof, where, by the aid of the telescope,
we had a fine view of the surrounding country.
On returning, my kind host made such immediate
and complete arrangements for our accommodation,
as guarantied to my ménage not only comfort, but
some degree of splendor. On reaching the house
that had been made ready for our reception, my
friend, the curate, informed me that it was mine, and
desired me to call for whatever I wished. The saddlebags
and hammock were sent for, and everything
was soon in a comfortable condition. The table
was supplied with refreshments, and ornamented with
large earthen cups of cool water, on the surface of
which full-blown red roses were floating. The garden
attached to my house, which I supposed, of
course, was included in the gift, was fragrant with
ripe oranges, and other delicious fruits. Besides all
these, a whole troop of Indians were in attendance,
to await my behests. There stands the Casa-real,
our deserted hovel, just across the way. These
sudden changes absolutely require nerve.
Between the kindness of the curate, the company
of a civil dignitary of the town, and two other citizens,
as guests, and a supper, which, I flatter myself,
I was fully prepared to appreciate, served up with
the unusual luxury of knives and forks, I contrived
.bn 094.png
.pn +1
to pass one of the most agreeable evenings that I had
enjoyed since my departure from home.
At three o’clock on the following morning, we
made ready to leave. The church was already
lighted up, and the worthy curate at his post. At
four we were in our saddles, and were soon making
our way upon the road. The sky was clear and
bright. The moon was half gone, throwing a sombre
light upon all things around us. The green
bushes by the road-side looked black; and the bleached
wood of the rude crosses, erected at the pathway
entrances to the haciendas, appeared forlorn and
startling.
We met with but one living thing upon the road,
and that was the mail-carrier. Neither the trampling
of horses, nor the sound of horn, heralded his approach;
but the clamping sounds of his wooden sandals,
as they struck upon the stony road, gave us the
first notice that he was near. The mail was contained
in a small box, held by a strap, which passed
round the head of the carrier, who was an Indian.
At eight o’clock we arrived at Sitax, the prettiest
town we had seen; where we stopped for breakfast
and to obtain a horse, that of José having given out.
As I strolled about the place, I noticed a more marked
appearance of order than was generally to be seen
in the other towns. At the house of an old Indian
I saw an earthen vase, something of the Etruscan
shape, which he told me had been found among some
of the ancient ruins in this province. He used it as
an incense-burner; and refused to sell, or even to
.bn 095.png
.pn +1
set a price upon it. Money is not omnipotent with
these Indians, as in most civilized countries; and this
prostration of the divinity almost startled me.
On returning to the Casa-real, breakfast and an
alcalde were sent for. Both came. The former
consisted of the almost undeviating course—eggs,
tortillas, and frejoles; and the latter, of a strapping
big Indian, barefooted, bearing his staff of office, and
accompanied by one of his aids. My wants were
soon explained; and he immediately despatched his
aid, who brought an Indian that agreed to carry José
and luggage to Valladolid, eight leagues, for the sum
of half a dollar. The bargain was concluded, and
the money paid in advance, as is always customary
among the natives. This demand must be complied
with uniformly. Even the women who wash clothes
require a medio in advance, to buy soap.
The luggage was lashed to the back of a mule,
and we were again upon the road. Several stops
were made by the way, to visit haciendas and ranchos,
(grain and cattle farms;) but little of interest
occurred upon our journey. We arrived at the town
of Tinum at two o’clock. The sun being excessively
hot, we waited till evening. The Casa-real
in this, as in other towns of the province, was the
loafering-place of the Indians. They were squatted
about in the shade, silent and motionless, killing time
to the best of their abilities. At four o’clock we
again betook ourselves to the road, and passing
through several inconsiderable Indian towns, arrived
.bn 096.png
.pn +1
at Valladolid at dusk on the fourth day of February,
distance one hundred and twenty miles from Merida.
For the greater part of the way from Isamal to
this city, the road is level, though somewhat rough.
As we drew near to Valladolid, gentle risings were
more common at intervals, particularly near the sonatos.
Although this road commences at the capital,
and leads through all the principal cities and towns of
the interior, it is but little travelled. No wheel carriages,
of any description, were seen. Transportation
is mostly effected by mules—perhaps I should
say, by Indians; many of whom were met upon the
road with heavy packages secured upon their backs,
and held by plaited ropes passed around the head in
the usual manner.
After a fatiguing day’s journey, we reined up in
the square of the city, before the Casa-real, and dismounted.
I discovered, however, before entering,
that it was full; and, upon inquiry, ascertained that
it was occupied by prisoners, who were detained
there while their usual place was undergoing repairs.
This sort of association not being altogether agreeable
to me, we remounted, and went in quest of
a countryman, who I heard was residing here.
Successful, after much inquiry, in finding him, my
name, the object of my visit to Valladolid, &c., were
all communicated to him in due form; but somehow
Mr. Stephens, who had been daily expected here
for the last two months, had got into the head of my
new acquaintance, as I afterwards learned, and, in
his confusion, he had mistaken me for that celebrated
.bn 097.png
.pn +1
traveller, and led me, without my being aware of the
misconception, to the house of a friend who had
been long advised of that gentleman’s approach. I
was met by the polite and hospitable owner of the
house, and invited to walk in, while orders were given
to have care taken of the horses. But, mistrusting
that all was not right, I halted at the threshold,
and requested a parley. It was only with a considerable
degree of earnestness that I was enabled to
convince him that I was neither Mr. Stephens nor
the Medico, (alluding, probably, to Dr. Cabot, one of
the companions of Mr. Stephens.) The amiable
lady and her daughter were quite amused at the
incident, and seemed rather to enjoy my embarrassment
than otherwise. I drew off, and followed my
countryman to his quarters, where I was kindly entertained
for the night. This was rather a laughable
circumstance; but I congratulated myself that we
came to an understanding in time to prevent its becoming
ludicrous.
.if h
.il fn=i090.jpg w=300px id=i090
.ca
The ROAD SIDE.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: A ROAD SIDE.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 098.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch05
CHAPTER V.
.pm ch-head
Festival of the Purification—A Factory Discovered—New Quarters—Appearance
of Public Buildings—Church—Singular Display of Taste—Population
and Health—The Town—Its Suburbs—Monastic
Ruins—Remarkable Sonato—Amusements—The Riband Dance—The
Market Place—Cotton—Ancient Ruins—Difficulties of Strangers—A
Norther—Kaua—The Churlish Curate—End of a Feast—The
Route—Approach to Chi-Chen—A Glimpse of the Ruins.
.pm ch-head-end
Travelling gear was now thrown aside, the toilet
consulted, and in a few moments I was in a
procession in honor of the “Purification of the Holy
Virgin,” with head uncovered, as devout a Catholic
as could be met within the precincts of the Vatican,
or, at least, within the congregation about me,
if I might be permitted to judge from the appendix
to their devotional exercises on the present occasion.
The men, women, and children, as soon as they had
concluded these ceremonies here, started in a body,
with a revolting precipitation, to the gaming tables,
which had been set forth in the ruins of an old convent
adjoining the sanctuary where the procession
had just been dissolved! Here were found all classes
of society, male and female. The highest ecclesiastical
and civil dignitaries were there, hob and nob,
with the most common of the multitude. The ladies
generally interested themselves in the games, and sometimes
.bn 099.png
.pn +1
played deep. They were, most of them, good-looking,
and tastefully dressed; but they quite stared
me out of countenance. I doubtless appeared as
strange to them, as they and their customs did to me.
I contrived, however, to survive their scrutiny. After
lounging about the long corridors where the company
was assembled, observing and being observed
for two hours, and feeling fatigued, not only with the
scenes around, but with the day’s ride, I hastened to
my quarters, and the quiet of the pillow.
Awaking at an early hour in the morning, the
sounds of a steam-engine greeted my ear. No music
ever thrilled me with so much delight. For a
moment I dreamed that I was in the land of the workingman,
and within the charmed circle of his ministrations.
On looking out, however, in the direction
whence the noise proceeded, I noticed a cotton
factory in a neighboring street. I need not say that
it became the very first object of my curiosity.
The proprietor of this establishment, to whom I
had letters, is a gentleman of the old school, well
informed and communicative; and, withal, a liberal
man. He was a native of Spain; in his early
years was attached to the navy of that kingdom;
and, among other things in his eventful life, was at
the battle of Trafalgar. Since he has resided in Yucatan
he has been its governor, and held many other
high and responsible stations, and is now esteemed one
of its most valuable citizens. His attentions to me,
during my stay, were as real as they were unremitting.
He informed me that the factory was established
.bn 100.png
.pn +1
by himself, in connexion with others, in 1834.
The engine, looms, &c., were brought from New-York,
and transported across the country, from the
port of Sisal to this place, in wagons imported for
the purpose. It was an arduous as well as a very
expensive undertaking. The proprietor has overcome
many obstacles which he had to encounter at
the commencement of his enterprise, and is now successfully
established, with a very fair business. His
was the first, and is still the only one in the country.
I found it in complete order, and conducted upon the
most liberal scale, yielding to those employed more
than double the amount of wages usually paid in this
state. The building was of the most durable stone;
two stories high, forty-five by seventy-five feet, and
with an arched roof, supported by strong butments.
The style of the arched roof is common to this country,
owing to the absence of large timber. The
ground it occupies, including the out-houses, is about
one hundred and fifty by two hundred feet. The
first floor contains the looms, twenty in number; and
the second, a thousand spindles, with a picker and
gin. It turns out four hundred yards of cloth per
day, of a uniform medium quality, of a strong texture,
which is considered superior to either the American
or the English of the same class. It employs fifty
men, principally of the half-breeds, who are paid by
the piece. The cost of the building and machinery
was upwards of forty thousand dollars.
The traveller, in this country, is often subjected to
the unpleasant necessity of thrusting himself upon
.bn 101.png
.pn +1
the civility of the inhabitants of the towns he visits,
owing to the almost total absence of public houses,
and the miserable condition of many of the Casa-reals;
but foreign visiters are seldom here, so that the
kindnesses I have thus far experienced, appear to be
tendered with the utmost cheerfulness. The people
do not feel the presence of a guest to be irksome;
and, whatever may be said of their characters, the
want of hospitality to strangers cannot be charged
against them.
The kind friend to whom I have alluded, procured
for me comfortable quarters in an unoccupied building
in the square, of which I at once took possession.
It is situated in front of the church, and adjoins the
curate’s house, which is tenanted by himself and his
three or four femmes propres à tout, and fifteen or sixteen
children, who are taught to call him father.
The square itself is a fine one; or, rather, there is
room for a fine one; but, like most other fine squares
in the towns I have visited, is destitute of style or
decoration. The public buildings, which are the
town-house, of two stories, with low pillared arches,
and the church, are all that strike the eye of the
stranger; the others are comprised of some few one-story
dwelling houses and stores, with huge doors
and barred windows, occupied by citizens and small
dealers. The area of this square serves as a market-place,
and a pasture for mules to graze!
The church presents a neat appearance from without,
and is one of the very handsomest buildings I
had seen in the country. It is of stone, covered with
.bn 102.png
.pn +1
a yellow stucco. The door lintels and arches are
of carved stone; it has two square turrets, in good
keeping, and is set off with a well-proportioned dome.
There are some irregularities, however; but these are
not seen, except from particular points of observation.
The interior of this, as of most of the churches in the
province, is in a bad condition; its decorations are
in barbarous taste, and its shrines defaced. Its exterior
impresses one with an idea of its vastness; but,
on entering, it appears diminutive. This is owing to
the great depth of the walls, of this and similar buildings
throughout Yucatan, which are frequently from
twelve to fifteen feet thick. At the entrance is a
shrine, representing our Saviour bearing his cross,
assisted by the figure of a man in tight shorts, of the
old English style, and coat to match. The hat worn
by the adjutant was not absolutely bad, but in shocking
bad taste. It was a silk imitation beaver; being
one of those high, bell-crowned narrow-rims, of the
style worn some fifteen or twenty years ago. This
was probably intended for “Simon of Cyrene.” The
incumbent of this curacy has a large income, which,
it is said, he has enjoyed for many years, without
having ever entered the walls of his church.
The number of inhabitants of Valladolid and its
suburbs, is estimated at about fifteen thousand. The
place is noted throughout the peninsula for the salubrity
of its climate; and no better evidence need be
adduced, than the simple fact of there not being a
single doctor or apothecary in the whole district.
Citizens from other parts of the province, less favored,
.bn 103.png
.pn +1
come here to recruit and to recover their
health.
The streets are well laid out, and clean; but grass
grows in the centre of the most frequented. The
same style of building is observed here as in other
parts of this country that I have visited. The houses
are principally of one story, flat roofs, large doors, and
barred windows; with court-yards, stone and mortar
floors, &c. Many large houses in the chief streets,
within sight of the square, were fast going to decay.
There are no societies, or private or public places
of instruction or amusement. This is singular, when
it is considered that the native inhabitants speak of
their noble city, as they term it, with great pride, and
call themselves the élite of Yucatan. This point I
am not prepared to dispute. It is certain, however,
that the city, or its society, presents few evidences of
the schoolmaster having been abroad among them.
The suburbs, or “barrios” as they are locally called,
are five in number; each having a church and its
attendant priest. The population, with a very few
exceptions, is composed of poor Indians, the major
part of whom, of both sexes, go habitually in puris
naturalibus, or nearly so; living in mean huts, and
supporting large and expensive churches; while they
themselves appear to be contented to subsist alone
upon corn and water.
In the barrio Sisal is the ruin of an old convent.
Its crumbling walls tell of changes that are slowly
developing themselves in the civilized world. It was
an immense structure in its time, covering a space
.bn 104.png
.pn +1
of two acres, enclosed within a high stone wall; and
remains a painful monument of the mighty power
which the order of Loyola, its original proprietors,
once exercised upon the destinies of this country.
All that is now left is the church, and the house of
the priest. The cloisters, corridors, and squares, are
all fast going to pieces; and fragments of them are
lying about in every direction. Its spacious halls
are now the abode of the poor Indian, who aspires
to a portion of the hallowed influence which is reputed
to hang around its dilapidated walls. The
crumbling turrets and blackened domes are covered
with a wild vegetation, and have become a perch for
the buzzard, and the hiding-place for loathsome reptiles.
One of the wells connected with the monastery
is dug through a solid rock to the depth of one
hundred and fifty feet, when it opens upon a subterraneous
river of pure water. In former times, a handsome
temple was erected over it; the remains of a
part of its dome still exist. There are not many
pleasing associations connected with these places.
The other barrios have nothing of interest. They
are thickly populated by the listless natives, who, as
usual, live in their small huts, constructed with poles
and mud. Nothing was to be observed like thrift or
industry. They were the most wretched specimen
of human beings that I saw in the country. The
churches, too, like all things else around them, are
growing old. Literally, every thing appears to be
left here to take care of itself. The roads in the vicinity
are narrow, broken, rocky pathways for mules.
.bn 105.png
.pn +1
During my walks about the city I came to a sonato,
reputed to be the largest in the province, supposed
to be a portion of a subterraneous river; and caused,
as I judged, by some great convulsion of nature. It
presents a fine spectacle, resembling the mouth of a
cavern, with its overhanging rocks and broken fragments
left or worn away into the shape of inverted
cones. Evidently, it was once hidden; and when or
how it effected an opening, no one hereabouts can
tell. All that the Indian knows is, that it affords
him an abundant and good supply of water. The
average depth of the water is twelve fathoms; while
the distance from its surface to the surface of the
ground above, is full fifty feet. The well itself has
no perceptible outlet, and is about fifty feet in circumference.
The surrounding rocks are principally
calcareous, with a silicious intermixture. These sonatos
are held in superstitious reverence by the Indians.
They are reputed to be the places where
most of their religious legends had their origin.
.if h
.il fn=i098-f.jpg w=600px id=i098-f
.ca
SONATO near VALLADOLID.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: SONATO near VALLADOLID.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
The Indians and Mestizos here still hold on
to some of the old customs and amusements of
their forefathers, upon which they pride themselves.
Among the latter, that of dancing appears to be
most popular in Valladolid, and usually takes place
every fair evening, during the festivals, in or near one
of the squares. Around the place designated for the
entertainment, as I frequently observed, were placed
benches for the dancing-girls, who arrange themselves
in a row, separated from the crowd. They
are chosen in regular rotation, and led out to dance.
.bn 106.png
.pn +1
.bn 107.png
.pn +1
.bn 108.png
.pn +1
Their toilet was of the olden time, but it set off their
plain features and low stature to good advantage.
Their head-gear was a black silk hat, of the style
usually worn by gentlemen, with gold and silver
bands, intermixed with roses and long plumes of
feathers; and their rich black hair, neatly braided,
hung down the back, and almost swept the ground.
The dress consisted of a loose white garment, suspended
gracefully from the shoulders, ornamented at
the top and bottom with various colored needlework,
and white silk stockings and shoes—the whole beautiful
and chaste. They danced with much skill and
taste. The men wore shirts and trousers made of
calico, with sash and blanket. The latter article is
thrown over the shoulder, and carried with a grace
which one looks for in vain out of Mexico. The
sight was altogether enchanting; and I imagined for
the moment that I beheld before me the royal abundance
and Indian simplicity of the court of Montezuma.
The three days of masquerade before lent, (Ash-Wednesday,)
commenced on Sunday, the sixth of
February. The riband, or pole dance, among the
masqueraders, excited the most attention. A pole,
about twenty feet long, was raised perpendicularly,
from the top of which were fastened fifteen or twenty
pieces of wide, variously-colored ribands. Each
dancer, laying hold of a piece and extending it, formed
a wide circle around the pole. The dancing
commenced at a given signal, all joining. They
crossed each other with the greatest precision, and
.bn 109.png
.pn +1
in such order as to form a beautiful lattice or network
with the ribands, until they were wound up.
The figure then suddenly changes, and the ribands,
by a reverse movement, are unwound. This they
continue until they are tired. The evenings of the
three days were finished by balls at the house of
some one of the citizens, where the most respectable
part of the population was to be seen.
The market-places of the interior, generally, present
a singular appearance to the eye of a stranger.
The sellers are principally Indians, squatted about
upon the ground, with small pieces of meat laid out
in piles, and vegetables displayed in the same manner,
upon benches beside them, in the public square.
The currency, of cacao seed, is also counted out in
small parcels, ready to make change to customers.
The market-place is vacated at an early hour in the
morning by both customers and venders, to be occupied,
for the remainder of the day, by turkey-buzzards
and dogs; which are suffered to legislate upon,
negotiate for, and try as best they may, any disputed
claims which may arise to the property left behind
by their predecessors of the morning.
The country in the vicinity of Valladolid is much
broken and rocky, and carries unequivocal indications
of earthquakes and convulsions. The soil is
very thin, but good crops of corn are taken from it.
The fruit-trees of the tropics are abundant, and yet
no attention is paid to their cultivation, either for
use or for ornament.
The cotton plantations, or rather the districts
.bn 110.png
.pn +1
where the material is raised that is consumed in the
manufactory in this city, are to the north, and known
as the “Tizimin district.” The same spot is seldom
cultivated for two successive seasons. After the crop
is gathered, the ground is suffered to be overrun with
weeds and brushwood; which, when years have
elapsed, are cut down and burnt, and the field is
re-planted. Cotton here is not in classification; it
is gathered and sold in the seed, and ranges from ten
to fifteen cents per pound. It is generally superior,
both in texture and color; but the indolence of the
natives, and other causes, will prevent the extensive
cultivation of that article for many years to come.
I learned, during my sojourn here, that there were
many interesting places, further to the east, worthy
the attention of the stranger—ancient buildings,
and even cities—some as far east as the island of
Cozumel. I also heard of ruins in the neighborhood
of Chi-Chen, which, for reasons that need not be
mentioned, I concluded to visit first. The owner of
this hacienda, which is situated about eleven leagues
to the west-south-west from this city, resides here.
Having learned my intentions, he not only very generously
offered me the use of his house, which is near
to the ruins, but sent his major-domo to have it prepared
for my reception.
On the morning of the eighth of February, after
again experiencing the instability and fickleness of
the natives, and that apathy and indolence proverbially
characteristic of them, I succeeded, through
the aid of my friend, in securing a guide and horse
.bn 111.png
.pn +1
to conduct us thither. The Indian, who is the traveller’s
sole reliance, as previously remarked, in all kinds
of menial service, can hardly be induced to work,
unless from the necessity of supplying his own immediate
wants, or under the orders of the alcalde, to
whom strangers are often obliged to apply for assistance
in compelling these indolent people to assist
them. In such a case, the aggrieved party enters his
complaint to the alcalde, stating that he has endeavored
to hire an Indian, but that he refuses. The
Indian is then sent for, and his reasons for declining
heard: if not satisfactory, and they seldom are, he is
commanded to attend the traveller, and the amount
of his compensation fixed at the time. The penalty
for disobedience is imprisonment, which, however, is
seldom incurred.
We were upon the road at an early hour, but had
not proceeded far before we experienced “a norther”
of rain and wind—a kind of tempest peculiar to these
regions, and exceedingly annoying. We stopped at
an Indian’s hut for shelter; but the dilapidated state
of the walls offered so insufficient a protection from
the elements, that I soon concluded to make headway
under their fury, and to endeavor to reach the town
of Kaua, where we expected to find a good retreat.
The ride over the slippery rocks was slow and hazardous,
but at three o’clock we reached the long
looked-for place, where we had pictured to ourselves
so much happiness in the change of clothes and comfortable
lodgings. How fallacious, sometimes, are
our brightest anticipations! On arriving at the Casa-real,
.bn 112.png
.pn +1
(the traveller’s first hope,) every thing was found
to be comfortless and forbidding. Our clothes were
drenched, and the storm continued unabated.
The curate was the next resort; he lived close by.
So, dripping with the rain, and trembling with cold,
we went to his house, and gave such a shivering
knock, that it might have denoted our pitiable condition
without the necessity of words to explain it.
After some delay, a short, thick-set, gray-headed old
man came to the door, inquiring, rather gruffly, what
was wanted? A single glance might have told him;
but we, however, verbally stated our situation, and
requested his advice. All we could obtain from him
in answer was, “Nadie, Nadie!”—with such an emphatic
and significant shrug, that I was sure he had
practised it all his life. I left as I had entered, rather
coolly. Slightly scanning his room, however, I observed,
in a corner, a table covered with broken pieces
of cups, the floor filled with old chairs, books, &c.,
and dirt in abundance. I had little difficulty in
believing the grapes were sour. I pocketed my ungracious
reception as well as might be, and returned
through the streets to the Casa-real, partly to see of
what sort of people this pious churl, to whom I was a
stranger, and who took me not in, was the Corypheus,
and partly to get an idea of the topography of the
place. I found my home had much improved by my
absence. I was now in a state of mind to look at it
with far greater satisfaction than when I left it. We
built a huge fire upon the floor, warmed ourselves, and
dried our clothes; and over our supper, that we had
.bn 113.png
.pn +1
just bought of the Indians, decided, that it was better
to submit to the evils that we already had, than “to
fly to others that we knew not of.”
Only one white man was seen in the place, and
it is questionable whether he were so all the way
through. He was the curate, of whose tender mercies
I had received so refreshing a specimen.
In my walk, I witnessed a scene which was calculated
to excite both pity and disgust. In front of the
church were collected some forty or fifty drunken
Indians, with the log drum and other uncouth instruments,
including their voices, making up with discordant
and hideous noises a celebration of the last
day of the masquerade. One of the prime actors in
this revel eventually became so affected by the liquor
he had drunk, that he became decidedly mad—striking
about him and raving furiously. His companions
were obliged to secure him by ropes, and have
him carried to his hut.
By eight o’clock on the following day, I was
mounted and on the route. The roads were somewhat
more passable, though the same rocky surface,
with occasional rises, was encountered. I observed
one sugar-plantation on my way; the cane, which
was then nearly ready to be cut, looked very well.
As I approached Chi-Chen, and while not more
than four or five miles distant, I observed the roadside
was strewn with columns, large hewn stones,
&c., overgrown with bushes and long grass. On
our arrival, at noon, we were most cordially received
by the major-domo at the hacienda: the horses were
.bn 114.png
.pn +1
taken into good keeping, and I was conducted to
quarters which had been prepared in anticipation of
my coming. These were in the church near by, in
that part which is known to us as the vestry-room;
and a very comfortable room I found too for my
purposes.
This church stands upon a rise of land that over-looks
the country for a considerable distance around,
embracing the hacienda, and, probably, the most remarkable
ruins the world has ever known. I found
the major-domo as unremitting in his attentions as
if he had been made for me expressly. The eighty
Indians attached to the hacienda, the house and all
its contents, as he assured me, were mine. I ought to
be comfortable and happy. This, and the surrounding
attractions, offered every facility for repose. There
never could be found a more delightful place for dreaming
life away in a state of irresponsible vegetation
than the one now presented to me. The climate—the
example and behavior of Nature about me—almost
tempted me to abandon myself to the enchantment
of its charming indolence.
I cast my travelling equipments aside, and, delighted
with the attentions showered upon me, and which
I am happy to say were the harbingers of an unremitting
series from my host, I proceeded to the house
for breakfast. Entering through a well-formed arch,
built of stone, smooth plastered, I passed into a large
cattle-yard, which was divided into three parts by
stone walls, (in this manner the whole premises were
enclosed,) and ascended a small flight of steps that
.bn 115.png
.pn +1
were carried over a long and well-cemented watering-trough
for the accommodation of cattle, which
extended the whole length of the front. On reaching
the corridor, the walls and floor presented to me
a singular appearance. Here was an odd and startling
figure—the god, perhaps, of a forgotten people;
and there a beautiful rosette: and even beneath my
feet were pieces of carved stone and hieroglyphics
that seemed as though they were striving to make
me understand the story of their wonderful beginning.
Within reach of the eye were to be seen the fragments
and ornaments of pillars that once, possibly,
embellished the palace of a proud cacique, stuck into
the rude wall of the poor Indian’s hut! Lost in
meditation, I was soliloquizing to myself upon the
transitory nature of all human greatness, when I was
suddenly aroused by stumbling over a huge—heap
of beans! This brought me back at once to the
world of reality, and to my welcome breakfast. This
meal was served upon a clean stool; and, seated in
a hammock, I made a hearty repast.
My house was one-story, built of stone from the ruins
in the vicinity, with spacious corridors in front and
rear. It had but four rooms, which served for an eating
and sleeping room, granary, &c. At the side of
the building was a deep well, to which the Indians and
cattle look for their drink. The water is drawn up by
means of buckets, attached by twigs to a plaited strap
of the same material, passed around a cylinder, which
is turned by a mule. In the revolutions, the buckets
are emptied into reservoirs; and thence the water is
.bn 116.png
.pn +1
led off by conductors to the different places where it
is required. A few vegetables were growing about
the premises; but little or no cultivation was perceptible.
Fruits of the tropics, here, as elsewhere in
this province, grow in abundance. I proceeded to the
ruins almost immediately after my arrival; but their
description must be reserved for another chapter.
The favorable anticipations respecting the comforts
of my quarters were fully confirmed. Though the
furnishing was somewhat unique, still I found myself
comfortably domicileiated. A huge stone altar stood
at one extremity of the room, upon which rested a
cross, with curiously painted devices of sculls, boxes,
ladders, knives, cocks, temples, flags, &c., the whole
capped with the expressive initials of I\^N\^R\^I. On
either side stood small boxes, containing dolls, representing
saints, &c. In the corner of the room were
sundry pieces of carved wood, exhibiting the figure
of our Saviour crucified. The sides were filled up
with tables and platforms, to carry the saints on, in
the processions. Numerous wooden candlesticks
were scattered about, hither and yond, intermingled
with hammocks, riding equipments, &c.
.bn 117.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch06
CHAPTER VI.
.pm ch-head
A visit to the Ruins—Reflections—Indian Visiters—Detail of the
Ruins of Chi-Chen—The Temple—The Pyramid—The Dome—The
House of the Caciques—General Ruins—Mounds—Foundations—Characteristics
of the Ruins—Materials and Manner of
Building—The finish—Fresco paintings.
.pm ch-head-end
.if h
.il fn=i108-f.jpg w=600px id=i108-f
.ca
Plan of the Ruins of CHI-CHEN
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Plan of the Ruins of CHI-CHEN]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
It was on the morning of the 10th of February
that I directed my steps, for the first time, toward
the ruins of the ancient city of Chi-Chen.[#] On arriving
in the immediate neighborhood, I was compelled
to cut my way through an almost impermeable
thicket of under-brush, interlaced and bound
together with strong tendrils and vines; in which
labor I was assisted by my diligent aid and companion,
José. I was finally enabled to effect a passage;
and, in the course of a few hours, found myself in
the presence of the ruins which I sought. For five
days did I wander up and down among these crumbling
monuments of a city which, I hazard little in
saying, must have been one of the largest the world
has ever seen. I beheld before me, for a circuit of
many miles in diameter, the walls of palaces and
.bn 118.png
.pn +1
.bn 119.png
.pn +1
.bn 120.png
.pn +1
temples and pyramids, more or less dilapidated. The
earth was strewed, as far as the eye could distinguish,
with columns, some broken and some nearly perfect,
which seemed to have been planted there by the genius
of desolation which presided over this awful
solitude. Amid these solemn memorials of departed
generations, who have died and left no marks but
these, there were no indications of animated existence
save from the bats, the lizards, and the reptiles
which now and then emerged from the crevices of
the tottering walls and crumbling stones that were
strewed upon the ground at their base. No marks
of human footsteps, no signs of previous visiters,
were discernible; nor is there good reason to believe
that any person, whose testimony of the fact has
been given to the world, had ever before broken the
silence which reigns over these sacred tombs of a
departed civilization. As I looked about me and indulged
in these reflections, I felt awed into perfect
silence. To speak then, had been profane. A revelation
from heaven could not have impressed me more
profoundly with the solemnity of its communication,
than I was now impressed on finding myself the first,
probably, of the present generation of civilized men
walking the streets of this once mighty city, and
amid
.pm verse-start
“Those temples, palaces, and piles stupendous,
Of which the very ruins are tremendous.”
.pm verse-end
For a long time I was so distracted with the multitude
of objects which crowded upon my mind, that
I could take no note of them in detail. It was not
.bn 121.png
.pn +1
until some hours had elapsed, that my curiosity was
sufficiently under control to enable me to examine
them with any minuteness. The Indians for many
leagues around, hearing of my arrival, came to visit
me daily; but the object of my toil was quite beyond
their comprehension. They watched my every motion,
occasionally looking up to each other with an
air of unfeigned astonishment; but whether to gather
an explanation from the faces of their neighbors, or to
express their contempt for my proceedings, I have permitted
myself to remain in doubt up to this day. Of
the builders or occupants of these edifices which were
in ruins about them, they had not the slightest idea;
nor did the question seem to have ever occurred to
them before. After the most careful search, I could
discover no traditions, no superstitions, nor legends
of any kind. Time and foreign oppression had paralyzed,
among this unfortunate people, those organs
which have been ordained by the God of nations to
transfer history into tradition. All communication
with the past here seems to have been cut off. Nor
did any allusion to their ancestry, or to the former
occupants of these mighty palaces and monumental
temples, produce the slightest thrill through the memories
of even the oldest Indians in the vicinity. Defeated
in my anticipations from this quarter, I addressed
myself at once to the only course of procedure
which was likely to give me any solution of the
solemn mystery. I determined to devote myself to
a careful examination of these ruins in detail.
.bn 122.png
.pm fn-start
Chi-Chen signifies, Mouth of a Well. “Itza,” said to be the Maya
name for one of the old possessors of these ruins, is sometimes added
by the natives.
.pm fn-end
.pn +1
.sp 2
.nf c
DESCRIPTION OF THE RUINS OF CHI-CHEN.
.nf-
.sp 2
.if h
.il fn=i111.jpg w=100px id=i111 align=l
.ca
Indian knife and sheath.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Indian knife and sheath.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
My first study was made at the ruins of the Temple.[#]
These remains consist, as will be seen by
reference to the engraving, of four distinct walls. I
entered at an opening in the western angle, which I
conceived to be the main entrance; and presumed,
from the broken walls, ceilings, and pillars still standing,
that the opposite end had been the location of the
shrine or altar. The distance between these two extremes
is four hundred and fifty feet. The walls stand
upon an elevated foundation of about sixteen feet. Of
the entrance, or western end, about one-half remains;
the interior showing broken rooms, and ceilings not
entirely defaced. The exterior is composed of large
stones, beautifully hewn, and laid in fillet and moulding
work. The opposite, or altar end, consists of
similar walls, but has two sculptured pillars, much
defaced by the falling ruins—six feet only remaining
in view above them. These pillars measure about two
feet in diameter. The walls are surrounded
with masses of sculptured
and hewn stone, broken columns, and
ornaments, which had fallen from the
walls themselves, and which are covered
with a rank and luxuriant vegetation,
and even with trees, through
which I was obliged to cut my way
with my Indian knife. In the rear
.bn 123.png
.pn +1
of the pillars are the remains of a room, the back
ceilings only existing; sufficient, however, to show
that they were of rare workmanship.
.pm fn-start
The names by which I have designated these ruins, are such as
were suggested to me by their peculiar construction, and the purposes
for which I supposed them to have been designed.
.pm fn-end
The southern, or right-hand wall, as you enter, is
in the best state of preservation, the highest part of
which, yet standing, is about fifty feet; where, also,
the remains of rooms are still to be seen. The other
parts, on either side, are about twenty-six feet high,
two hundred and fifty long, and sixteen thick; and
about one hundred and thirty apart. The interior,
or inner surface of these walls, is quite perfect, finely
finished with smooth stone, cut uniformly
in squares of about two feet.
About the centre of these walls, on
both sides, near the top, are placed
stone rings, carved from an immense
block, and inserted in the
wall by a long shaft, and projecting from it about
four feet. They measure about four feet in diameter,
and two in thickness—the sides beautifully
carved.
.if h
.il fn=i112.jpg w=100px id=i112 align=l
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Decoration]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
The extreme ends of the side-walls are about equidistant
from those of the shrine and entrance. The
space intervening is filled up with stones and rubbish
of walls, showing a connexion in the form of a curve.
In the space formed by these walls are piles of stones,
evidently being a part of them; but there were not
enough of them, however, to carry out the supposition
that this vast temple had ever been enclosed. At
the outer base of the southern wall are the remains
of a room; one side of which, with the angular ceiling,
.bn 124.png
.pn +1
.bn 125.png
.pn +1
.bn 126.png
.pn +1
is quite perfect; measuring fourteen feet long and
six wide. The parts remaining are finished with
sculptured blocks of stone of about one foot square,
representing Indian figures with feather head-dresses,
armed with bows and arrows, their noses ornamented
with rings; carrying in one hand bows and arrows,
and in the other a musical instrument similar to those
that are now used by the Indians of the country.
These figures were interspersed with animals resembling
the crocodile. Near this room I found a square,
pillar, only five feet of which remained above the ruins.
It was carved on all sides with Indian figures,
as large as life, and apparently in warlike attitudes.
Fragments of a similar kind were scattered about in
the vicinity.
.if h
.il fn=i112-f.jpg w=600px id=i112-f
.ca
THE TEMPLE,
CHI-CHEN RUINS.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: THE TEMPLE,
CHI-CHEN RUINS.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
From this room, or base, I passed round, and ascended
over vast piles of the crumbling ruins, pulling
myself up by the branches of trees, with which they
are covered, to the top of the wall; where I found a
door-way, filled up with stones and rubbish, which I
removed, and, after much labor, effected an entrance
into a room measuring eight by twenty-four feet; the
ceiling of which was of the acute-angled arch, and
perfected by layers of flat stones. The walls were
finely finished with square blocks of stone, which had
been richly ornamented. Even yet the heads of Indians,
with shields and lances, could be distinguished
in the coloring.
The square pillars of the door-way are carved with
Indians, flowers, borders, and spear-heads; all of
which I judged to have once been colored. The lintel,
.bn 127.png
.pn +1
which supported the top, is of the zuporte[#] wood,
beautifully carved, and in good preservation. One
of the Indian head-dresses was composed of a cap
and flowers.
Immediately in front of the door-way is a portion
of a column, to which neither cap nor base was attached.
It measured about three feet in diameter,
with its whole surface sculptured; but it was so obliterated
by time, that the lines could not be traced.
Four feet of its length only could be discovered. It
was, evidently, imbedded in the ruins to a great depth.
Numerous blocks of square hewn stones, and others,
variously and beautifully carved, were lying in confusion
near this column.
Of the exterior of these walls, a sufficient portion
still exists to show the fine and elaborate workmanship
of the cornices and entablatures, though the latter
are much broken and defaced. They are composed
of immense blocks of stone, laid with the
greatest regularity and precision, the façades of
which are interspersed with flowers, borders, and
animals.
.if h
.il fn=i114-f.jpg w=600px id=i114-f
.ca
THE PYRAMID,
CHI-CHEN RUINS.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: THE PYRAMID,
CHI-CHEN RUINS.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
From this portion of the ruins I cut my way,
through a dense mass of trees and vegetation, to the
eastern extremity of the walls, the top of which was
much dilapidated, and obstructed with occasional
piles of broken and hewn stone. On my return, I
.bn 128.png
.pn +1
.bn 129.png
.pn +1
.bn 130.png
.pn +1
descended to, and walked along the outside base of
the wall to the rear of the shrine, and over immense
blocks of hewn and carved stone, some of which were,
no doubt, the butments of altar walls; as similar
blocks were near here appropriated to such purposes.
.pm fn-start
I found the wood of the zuporte-tree had been used exclusively in
these buildings for lintels and thwart-beams, but for no other purpose.
Upon several of the beams yet remaining, there were elaborate carvings.
This wood is well known in this country for its remarkable durability
and solidity.
.pm fn-end
I returned by the outside of the northern wall.
The whole distance was filled up with heaps of ruins,
overgrown with trees and vines; through which
I cleared my way with the greatest difficulty.
From the temple I proceeded to The Pyramid, a
few rods to the south. It was a majestic pile; measuring
at its base about five hundred and fifty feet, with
its sides facing the cardinal points. The angles and
sides were beautifully laid with stones of an immense
size, gradually lessening, as the work approached the
summit or platform.
On the east and north sides are flights of small
stone steps, thirty feet wide at the base, and narrowing
as they ascend. Those of the south and west are
carried up by gradations resembling steps, each about
four feet in height, but are more dilapidated than
those upon which the steps are constructed.
The bases were piled up with ruins, and overgrown
with a rank grass and vines; and it was
only after great labor that I was enabled to reach the
side facing the east. Here I found two square stones
of an enormous size, partly buried in the ruins, which
I cleared away. They were plainly carved, representing
some monster with wide extended jaws, with
rows of teeth and a protruding tongue. These stones,
.bn 131.png
.pn +1
from their position, were evidently the finish to the
base of the steps.
.if h
.il fn=i116-f.jpg w=600px id=i116-f
.ca
THE DOME,
CHI-CHEN RUINS.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: THE DOME,
CHI-CHEN RUINS.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
On this side I ascended the fallen and broken steps,
through bushes and trees, with which they were
partly covered to the summit, one hundred feet.
Here I found a terrace or platform, in the centre of
which is a square building, one hundred and seventy
feet at its base, and twenty feet high. The eastern
side of this supplementary structure contains a room
twelve by eighteen feet, having two square pillars
eight feet high, supporting an angular roof upon strong
beams of zuporte wood, the stone and wood being
both carved. The sides of the door-ways, and their
lintels, are of the same material, and ornamented in
the same style. Fronting this room is a corridor
supported by two round pillars, three feet in diameter
and four in height, standing upon a stone base of
two feet; both of which are surmounted with large
capitals, hewn or broken in such a manner that no
architectural design can now be traced. The sides
of these pillars were wrought with figures and lines,
which are now quite obliterated. The door-sides
of these rooms are built of large square stones, similar
to those of the Temple, with the difference of having
holes drilled through the inner angles, which were
worn smooth, and apparently enlarged by use. The
other sides contain rooms and halls in tolerable preservation,
having the same form of roofs supported
by zuporte wood. These rooms and halls are plastered
with a superior finish, and shadowy painted figures
are still perceptible. The exterior of the building
.bn 132.png
.pn +1
.bn 133.png
.pn +1
.bn 134.png
.pn +1
had been built of fine hewn and uniform blocks
of stone, with entablatures of a superior order, and
projecting cornices. I could find no access to the
top but by the pillars, and by cutting steps in the stone
and mortar of the broken edge of the façade, by which,
and the aid of bushes, I reached the summit. I found
it perfectly level, and one of its corners broken and
tumbling down. The whole was covered with a
deep soil, in which trees and grass were growing in
profusion. From this height I enjoyed a magnificent
coup-d’œil of all the ruins, and the vast plain around
them. I planted a staff upon the summit, with a flag
attached, to float upon the breeze, and after much reflection
and speculation, with which I do not intend
to trouble my readers, I made my way down again,
as surveyors say, “to the place of beginning,” at a
much more rapid rate than I ascended.
Unlike most similar structures in Egypt, whose
“primeval race had run ere antiquity had begun,” this
pyramid does not culminate at the top, as I have already
observed. Pococke has described one, however,
at Sak-hara, similar to this, which is the
only one of which I have ever heard. The solidity
of the structure of the pyramid at Chi-Chen, the harmony
and grandeur of its architecture, must impress
every one with an exalted idea of the mechanical
skill, and the numbers of those by whom it was originally
constructed, and like its elder (?) brethren in
Egypt, so long as it stands, it must remain a monumental
protest of an oppressed people against the ill-directed
.bn 135.png
.pn +1
ambition and tyranny of those rulers at
whose command it was built.
About the centre of the ruins of the city is THE
DOME, to which I made my way as usual, through
thick masses of tangled vegetation, by which it was
surrounded. This building stood upon a double foundation,
as far as I could judge, though I was unable
to satisfy myself completely, owing to the fallen ruins
which once formed a part of its structure, but
which now almost concealed its base from the view.
I found on the east side broken steps, by which I
ascended to a platform built about thirty feet from
the base, the sides of which measured each about one
hundred and twenty-five feet. The walls were constructed
of fine hewn stone, beautifully finished at the
top, and the angles, parts of which had fallen, were
tastefully curved.
.if h
.il fn=i118-f.jpg w=600px id=i118-f
.ca
THE FRONT
HOUSE OF THE CACIQUES.
CHI-CHEN RUINS.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: THE FRONT
HOUSE OF THE CACIQUES.
CHI-CHEN RUINS.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
In the centre of this platform, or terrace, was a
foundation work, twelve feet high, and in ruins; the
four broken sides measuring about fifty feet each,
upon which is built a square, of a pyramidical form,
fifty feet high, divided off into rooms, but inaccessible,
or nearly so, owing to the tottering condition of
the walls. I could discover, however, that the inside
walls were colored, and the wood that supported and
connected the ceilings was in good preservation. In
the centre of this square is the Dome, a structure of
beautiful proportions, though partially in ruins. It
rests upon a finished foundation, the interior of which
contains three conic structures, one within the other,
a space of six feet intervening; each cone communicating
.bn 136.png
.pn +1
.bn 137.png
.pn +1
.bn 138.png
.pn +1
with the others by door-ways, the inner
one forming the shaft. At the height of about ten
feet, the cones are united by means of transoms of
zuporte. Around these cones are evidences of spiral
stairs, leading to the summit.
There is a plan and description published of a
“Greenan Temple,” which bears an analogy to this
structure. It was erected upon a spot which, in former
days, was consecrated to the worship of the sun.
The name Greenan signifies the place of the sun.
This singular edifice is found in the county of Donegal,
which rises from the southern shore of Lough
Swilly, Ireland, and is represented to be a most lovely
place.[#]
Situated about three rods south-west of the ruins
of the Dome, are those of the House of the Caciques.
I cut my way through the thick growth of
small wood to this sublime pile, and by the aid of my
compass was enabled to reach the east front of the
building. Here I felled the trees that hid it, and the
whole front was opened to my view, presenting the
most strange and incomprehensible pile of architecture
that my eyes ever beheld—elaborate, elegant, stupendous,
yet belonging to no order now known to us.
The front of this wonderful edifice measures thirty-two
feet, and its height twenty, extending to the main
building fifty feet. Over the door-way, which favors
the Egyptian style of architecture, is a heavy lintel of
stone, containing two double rows of hieroglyphics,
.bn 139.png
.pn +1
with a sculptured ornament intervening. Above these
are the remains of hooks carved in stone, with raised
lines of drapery running through them; which, apparently,
have been broken off by the falling of the heavy
finishing from the top of the building; over which,
surrounded by a variety of chaste and beautifully executed
borders, encircled within a wreath, is a female
figure in a sitting posture, in basso-relievo, having a
head-dress of feathers, cords, and tassels, and the
neck ornamented. The angles of this building are
tastefully curved. The ornaments continue around
the sides, which are divided into two compartments,
different in their arrangement, though not in style.
Attached to the angles are large projecting hooks,
skilfully worked, and perfect rosettes and stars, with
spears reversed, are put together with the utmost precision.
.pm fn-start
Dublin Penny Journal for 1834 and 1835, pages 349, 350.
.pm fn-end
The ornaments are composed of small square
blocks of stone, cut to the depth of about one to one
and a half inches, apparently with the most delicate
instruments, and inserted by a shaft in the wall.
The wall is made of large and uniformly square
blocks of limestone, set in a mortar which appears
to be as durable as the stone itself. In the ornamental
borders of this building I could discover but little
analogy with those known to me. The most striking
were those of the cornice and entablature, chevron
and the cable moulding, which are characteristic
of the Norman architecture.
.if h
.il fn=i120-f.jpg w=600px id=i120-f
.ca
THE HOUSE OF THE CACIQUES.
CHI-CHEN RUINS.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: THE HOUSE OF THE CACIQUES.
CHI-CHEN RUINS.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
The sides have three door-ways, each opening into
small apartments, which are finished with smooth
.bn 140.png
.pn +1
.bn 141.png
.pn +1
.bn 142.png
.pn +1
square blocks of stone; the floors of the same material,
but have been covered with cement, which is
now broken. The apartments are small, owing to
the massive walls enclosing them, and the acute-angled
arch, forming the ceiling. The working and
laying of the stone are as perfect as they could have
been under the directions of a modern architect.
Contiguous to this front are two irregular buildings,
as represented in the plan. The one on the
right, situated some twenty-five feet from it, (about
two feet off the right line,) has a front of about thirty-five
feet, its sides ten wide, and its height twenty
feet, containing one room similar in its finish to those
before described. The front of this building is elaborately
sculptured with rosettes and borders, and ornamental
lines; the rear is formed of finely cut stone,
now much broken. Near by are numerous heaps of
hewn and broken stones, sculptured work and pillars.
.if h
.il fn=i121.jpg w=100px id=i121 align=l
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Decoration]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
The other building on the left, is about eight feet
from the principal front, measuring twenty-two feet
in length, thirteen in width, and thirty-six in height.
The top is quite broken, and has the appearance of
having been much higher. The agave Americana
was growing thriftily upon its level
roof. On all sides of this building
are carved figures, broken
images, in sitting postures; rosettes
and ornamental borders, laid
off in compartments; each compartment
having three carved
hooks on each side and angle. This building contains
.bn 143.png
.pn +1
but one room, similar to that on the right. A
soil has collected on the tops or roofs of these structures
to the depth of three or four feet, in which
trees and other vegetation are flourishing.
From these portions of the ruins I worked my
way through the wild thicket, by which they are surrounded,
to the north side of the main building, in
the centre of which I found a flight of small stone
steps, overgrown with bushes and vines, which I cut
away, and made an ascent by pulling myself up to
the summit, a distance of forty feet. This platform
is an oblong square, one hundred by seventy-five feet.
Here a range of rooms were found, occupying about
two-thirds of the area; the residue of the space
probably formed a promenade, which is now filled
up with crumbling ruins, covered with trees and
grass. These rooms varied in size; the smallest of
which measured six by ten, and the largest six by
twenty-two feet.
The most of these rooms were plastered, or covered
with a fine white cement, some of which was
still quite perfect. By washing them, I discovered
fresco paintings; but they were much obliterated.
The subjects could not be distinguished. On the
eastern end of these rooms is a hall running transversely,
four feet wide, (having the high angular ceiling,)
one side of which is filled with a variety of
sculptured work, principally rosettes and borders,
with rows of small pilasters; having three square
recesses, and a small room on either side. Over the
doorways of each are stone lintels three feet square,
.bn 144.png
.pn +1
carved with hieroglyphics both on the front and under
side. The western end of these rooms is in
almost total ruins. The northern side has a flight
of stone steps, but much dilapidated, leading to
the top; which, probably, was a look-out place,
but is now almost in total ruins. The southern
range of rooms is much broken; the outside of
which yet shows the elaborate work with which
the whole building was finished.
I vainly endeavored to find access to the interior
of the main building. I discovered two breaches,
caused, probably, by the enormous weight of the pile,
and in these apertures I made excavations; but could
not discover any thing like apartments of any description.
It seemed to be one vast body of stone
and mortar, kept together by the great solidity of the
outer wall, which was built in a masterly manner, of
well-formed materials. The angles were finished off
with circular blocks of stones, of a large and uniform
size.
In a northwest direction from the hacienda, of
which mention has already been made, are the ruins
of a house which, owing, probably, to its having been
constructed without any artificial foundation, is still
in good preservation. It bears but little resemblance
to any of its fellows. It contains eighteen rooms,
the largest of which measures eight by twenty-four
feet, arranged in double rows, or ante-rooms, and
lighted only by a single doorway. They all have
the high angular ceilings, like the other buildings,
which enclose as much space as the rooms
.bn 145.png
.pn +1
themselves. Those fronting the south are the most
remarkable, the inner doorways having each a stone
lintel of an unusually large size, measuring thirty-two
inches wide, forty-eight long, and twelve deep;
having on its inner side a sculptured figure of an Indian
in full dress, with cap and feathers, sitting upon
a cushioned seat, finely worked; having before him
a vase containing flowers, with his right hand extended
over it, his left resting upon the side of the
cushion—the whole bordered with hieroglyphics.
The front part of this lintel contains two rows of
hieroglyphics.
The building is irregular, having a projection in
the centre, on one side, of eight feet; on the other,
of four feet. It measures one hundred and fifty feet
long, forty-three wide, and twenty high; flat roof,
unbroken, and filled with trees and grass to the whole
extent. The outside and partition walls have a uniform
thickness of three feet.
Among other ruins contiguous to those already described,
I discovered two detached piles about two
rods apart. They were erected upon foundations
of about twenty feet in height, which were surrounded
and sustained by well-cemented walls of hewn
stone, with curved angles, measuring two hundred
and forty feet around them, parts of which were in
good preservation. We ascended to the platform
of the one in the best condition, in the centre of
which stands the ruins of a building measuring twenty-one
by forty feet; the west front being quite perfect,
and shows sculptured work along the whole
.bn 146.png
.pn +1
extent of its façade. The only accessible part was
a hall, having a range of hieroglyphics the whole
length over the doorways, the rooms of which were
in total ruins. Across these halls were beams of
wood, creased as if they had been worn by hammock-ropes.
In a line with these ruins and the temple are numerous
mounds, covered with loose stones and vegetation.
Between these and the temple are the ruins
of a mass of foundation-work, about forty feet high;
the top of which is covered with piles of crumbling
stones, and ruins of a structure that once adorned it.
These stones were of an immense size, some square,
some round; and the others either plain, hewn, or
sculptured. Among these there are two even larger
than the rest, and similar to those found at the base
of the Pyramid. Likewise, among these ruins I
found pillars, beautifully worked with figures and ornamental
lines; some of which are standing, apparently,
in their original position. Also, upright blocks,
six feet high and two thick, of each of which one
surface was covered with hieroglyphics. Near by
were six square fragments of pillars, at uniform distances
apart from each other. These, too, were
sculptured with ornaments and hieroglyphics. Nothing
could be seen of these ruins from the base of
the structure, as they were buried among trees, and
overgrown with long grass and shrubs.
Besides those we have attempted to describe, there
are other ruins of which some remains of walls are
standing; and contiguous thereto lie immense piles
.bn 147.png
.pn +1
of worked stone, which, though presenting no new
feature in the architecture of these buildings, yet
serve to give a more adequate idea of the size and
grandeur of this great city. In my walks in the vicinity,
extending miles in every direction, I have seen
broken walls and mounds, fragments of columns, and
carved and sculptured stone, some of which were of
as extraordinary dimensions as any that I have noticed,
deeply imbedded in the soil, and wholly disconnected
with any other structure; though they
were, without doubt, the remains of splendid and
extensive edifices.
The following general characteristics of all these
ruins may not be thought impertinent to my subject,
by those who have had the curiosity to follow me
thus far in the details:—
They are situated upon a plain of many miles in
circumference, nearly in the centre of the province;
upwards of one hundred miles from the sea, and
away from all water communication. They have
no apparent order, or laying-out of streets, as the
plan shows; but that they bear evidence of a people
highly skilled in the mechanical arts, as also in a
portion of the sciences, must be conclusive to my
readers.
The buildings which are now in the most perfect
state of preservation, are the temple, castle, pyramid,
and other erections, upon a succession of terraces
composed of rubble, imbedded in mortar, held together
by finished walls of fine concrete limestone:
the sides of which are invariably located with reference
.bn 148.png
.pn +1
to the four cardinal points, and the principal
fronts facing the east.
The walls of the buildings rise perpendicularly,
generally, to one-half the height, where there are
entablatures; above which, to the cornice, the façades
are laid off in compartments, which are elaborately
ornamented with stone sculpture-work over
a diamond lattice ground, illustrated with hieroglyphic
figures of various kinds; the whole interspersed
with chaste and unique borders, executed with the
greatest possible skill and precision. The stones are
cut in parallelopipeds of about twelve inches in length
and six in breadth; the interstices filled up of the
same material of which the terraces are composed.
The height of these buildings generally is twenty,
and rarely above twenty-five feet. They are limited
to one story, long and narrow, without windows.
The rooms are confined to a double range, receiving
no other light than what passes through the doorway.
The ceilings are built in the form of an acute-angled
arch by layers of flat stones, the edges being
bevelled and carried up to the apex, upon which
rests a stone that serves as a key.
The interior of some of the most important of
these rooms is finished with a beautiful white composition,
laid on with the greatest skill. Fresco
painting in these rooms is also observable, and the
colors still in good preservation; sky blue and light
green being the most prominent. Figures of Indian
characters can be discerned, but not with sufficient distinctness
for the subject to be traced. The floors are
.bn 149.png
.pn +1
covered with a hard composition, which shows marks
of wear. The doorways are nearly a square of about
seven feet, somewhat resembling the Egyptian; the
sides of which are formed of large blocks of hewn
stone. In some instances the lintels are of the same
material, with hieroglyphics and lines carved upon
the outer surfaces. Stone rings, and holes at the
sides of the doorways, indicate that doors once swung
upon them.
.if h
.il fn=i128.jpg w=300px id=i128
.ca
AGAVE AMERICANA.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: AGAVE AMERICANA.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 150.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch07
CHAPTER VII.
.pm ch-head
An Arrival—Unexpected Honors—Usurpation of Office—Prices of
Labor—Indian way of Living—A Sonato—An Incident—Departure—Yacaba—Sonato
at Tabi—Arrival at Sotuta—“Las Ruinas”—A
Benediction—Cantamayec—Turn Physician—Successful Practice—The
Reward of Merit—Route to Teabo—Its Curate—Mani—Arrival
at Ticul—Description of Ticul—The Church—Curate—Market-place—Pretty
Women—Convent—Occupations—Health—Roads—Sugar
Estates—Ruins of Ichmul—Departure—Cross
the Cordilleras.
.pm ch-head-end
During my stay in the vicinity of Chi-Chen, the
family of the major-domo were expected to arrive
from Valladolid. Accordingly, great preparations
were made to receive them. Arches were thrown
over the doors, around the corridors of the house,
and erected across the road near by. The Indians
made ready, with their drums and fifes, and with
other forms of congratulation, to hail the approaching
visiters. At sun-down on Saturday evening the
“coaches,” so well described by Mr. Stephens in his
travels in Yucatan, were seen coming along the road.
The music commenced; the bell of our little habitation
lifted up its noisy tones of gladness, and all
was in commotion. They were soon at the door,
and carefully set down by the Indian bearers; and
the contents of the carriage, composed of women
.bn 151.png
.pn +1
and children, crawled out upon their hands and knees
and hurried into the house. The “coaches” were
now put aside, and preparations made to have a joyful
evening. In the morning (Sunday) we learned that
the Indians not only had an evening, as we supposed
they would have, but a whole night of dancing and
singing. At daylight they awakened me by coming
into my quarters, for the purpose of going to matins.
The bell was ringing, the candles were lighted, the
little boxes opened, and the altar kissed. It was the
work of a few minutes, when the bell ceased, the
candles were extinguished, the little doors closed;
and, by the time the last pattering of the sandal-footed
Indian sounded upon the stone floor as he left the
house, I was once more asleep.
This morning, at the usual breakfast hour, I left
the “vestry” for the house. On the way thither I
was met by the major-domo, who, I observed, was
very polite indeed—unusually so. He took my hand
and led me into the dwelling, where the best hammock
was opened for my reception. I sat down and
took a swing. Presently the lady of the mansion,
who had arrived “by coach” the previous evening,
made her appearance, dropping me one of her sweetest
courtesies, and passed out at another door. The
children all followed in slow procession, giving me a
similar salutation; until, eventually, I was left alone
in silent astonishment. During this ceremony the
Indians were peeping in at the doors, apparently
awaiting their turn; and, sure enough, it came.
They approached in single file, to the number of
.bn 152.png
.pn +1
some thirty, and, as they marched past, partially
knelt, and made all sorts of obeisances; which were
acknowledged with as much form as my inexperienced
greatness could command. I was lost in
amazement. I began to survey the room in search
of a mirror, to see what change had taken place in
my person; and the fact stared me in the face. It
was my black suit, that I had put on in the morning
(not being on fatigue duty to-day,) that had given
this first impression of my importance—having, heretofore,
only appeared in my working guise before
them. In my future rambles, I shall benefit by my
experience in this little affair; and would recommend
it to the careful consideration of all who may hereafter
travel in these parts. After breakfast I stepped
aside, and examined the coat more particularly, to
ascertain how long its newly discovered virtues might
be expected to abide with it. I was delighted to find
that it would probably supply me with all the dignity
I should require during my residence in the
country.
This (Sunday) has been a lovely day, so far as
nature was concerned. Nothing but the continuation
of the dancing and the wild music, interrupted
at times by the revelry of drunken Indians, could be
heard, except the services at the church by the same
actors! At vespers, the principal officiate was so
drunk that he dropped the incense-cup, and broke it
all to pieces. Unfortunately for his dignity, it fell
upon my foot; whereat I was so vexed, that I trundled
the old reprobate most unceremoniously out of
.bn 153.png
.pn +1
the sanctuary, and performed the ceremonies myself,
as well as I knew how, and dismissed the congregation.
If the pope has any gratitude he will send me
a cardinal’s hat, at least, for this interference.
There are about eighty Indians attached to this
estate. Their wages is one dollar per month and a
sack of corn, which contains about two bushels,
worth here from thirty-seven and a half to fifty cents
per sack; but the amount of wages varies in different
parts of the country. In some sections laborers are
employed by the job—so much for cutting down
wood, the work being measured out; so much for
planting an acre; and in the same way for taking in
the crops, &c., the prices of which are regulated by
custom; but they are all under as abject bondage at
present as if they had been born slaves. Their wages,
low as they are—owing to the few wants of these
people—more than cover their necessary expenses;
but the taxes, and the feasts of the church, absorb
all the surplus. I have known an Indian to expend
his month’s pay, and all he was possessed of besides,
in the purchase of candles and trinkets for a single
festival day; the former to burn before, and the latter
to decorate, his tutelar saint.
They are permitted to build their huts on the lands
of the estate without cost. Among those I visited,
the best were miserable enough; consisting merely
of poles driven perpendicularly into the ground, to
support a thatched roof. Although plenty of soil is
allowed them, they cultivate nothing for themselves
.bn 154.png
.pn +1
Everything around them indicates indolence and
squalid poverty.
In my rambles in the neighborhood of the hacienda,
I discovered, at about the distance of a mile, a
sonata, situated in a dell of the most romantic appearance;
the sides, rising to the height of a hundred
feet, are circular, and are formed of broken and
cragged rocks, overgrown with trees, bushes, and
vines. The water is about ten fathoms deep, clear
and good; and always remains without fluctuation
except once or twice a year, in seasons of heavy
rains or extreme drought. There appears to be but
one place at the margin where the water is accessible.
A part of a stone wall is here perceptible, and
also steps beneath the surface. Less romantic places
than this have made more than one chapter in the
mythology of the ancient Greeks.
While I was thinking that this might be the scene
where many a tender tale of love may have been
whispered, a thousand years ago, by the simple swain
and artless damsel who dwelt near its margin—that
here the proud cacique may once have loitered with
the lovely mistress of his affections—while I was
meditating over the probability, the almost certainty
of these things, something of a parallel nature was,
in reality, transpiring in my immediate vicinity. My
right-hand man, José, whose peculiar propensity has
before been hinted at, was pouring out his heart to
a beautiful Indian girl a few rods distant, and she
was listening to his story of love with all the attention
that the most faithful passion could deserve.
.bn 155.png
.pn +1
They were not, however, permitted to dream themselves
into an undisturbed state of happiness. It is
said that love is jealous as well as watchful. They
had been observed by a rival, who suddenly breaking
in upon their stolen moments, threatened total annihilation
to all their blissful anticipations. José manfully
contended for his rights; but, had I not come
up at the critical instant, there is no telling to what
extent the rupture might have been carried. My
presence, however, soon allayed the excitement. It
was not difficult to discern that José was the preferred
one. I learned from him that the fair cause of his
trouble was from the neighborhood of Merida, an old
acquaintance; and that pledges of love had long since
been exchanged between them; but circumstances
had removed her from his vicinity, he knew not
whither, until the present accidental meeting had
again thrown them into each other’s arms. Such
being the case, I promised to intercede with the major-domo
in their behalf, which I subsequently did,
but without the entire success that I had anticipated.
Having concluded my visit at Chi-Chen, and my
curiosity being fully satisfied, I was ready at an early
hour to continue my journey westward. The Indians,
to the number of fifty or sixty, had collected to
witness our departure. They had been very civil to
us during our stay; and, to express our acknowledgments,
I knew no better way than to make them a
few presents, with which they appeared to be highly
pleased. We took leave of our kind host and hostess
with regret. They had taken great pains to make
.bn 156.png
.pn +1
my stay comfortable among them, and I shall always
remember them with gratitude. By eight o’clock we
were out of sight of castles and palaces, and buried
in the thick woods of the country. Our route lay
over a narrow stony path, through the small Indian
town of Piste to Yacaba—a distance of about nine
leagues; where we arrived at two o’clock, rode up
to the Casa-real, and dismounted in the square. The
church occupied one side of it, and public offices and
dwellings the others. The square is spacious, and
comprises nearly the whole town. Many of the houses
are uninhabited and going to ruin. It had rained heavily
during the morning, and the rooms of the Casa-real,
as usual, did not present a very favorable aspect
to the wet and fatigued traveller. However, we got
our horses taken care of, and succeeded in obtaining
a tolerable breakfast. By five o’clock the inhabitants
began to leave their hammocks, and made their way
to the Casa-real, knowing, apparently, by instinct, or
some faculty peculiar to the inhabitants of small
towns, that strangers had arrived. In this instance,
we were glad to see them; for we were sadly in want
of a dry place to rest in. They offered to do every
thing for us. We told them our wants, by showing
them the rooms of the Casa-real. They promised
to get others, appeared glad to serve us, and treated
us with great politeness. Off they started, as we supposed,
to fit us out for the night; and that is the last
we ever saw of them. This is mentioned merely to
show a marked characteristic of the people. A stranger,
.bn 157.png
.pn +1
with a sanguine temperament, in this province,
must suffer!
We were obliged, as usual, to depend upon ourselves
for quarters; and, after much research, and disturbing
the quiet of many poor old women in their
hammocks, we found a store-house, in which we became
somewhat comfortably accommodated for the
night. Shortly after sunrise, on the following morning,
we continued our journey to Tabi, a distance of
two leagues. At this place we spent an hour in visiting
a sonato, one of the most celebrated in the country.
It had been the scene of some miracle, the particulars
of which we were unable to learn, and is
therefore held in much reverence by the Indians.
The circumference is about fifty feet, and it is about
seventy to the surface of the water from the top of the
ground. The water is said to be about a hundred
feet deep, and has a subterraneous channel, the extent
of which is unknown. A small chapel is erected
upon its border. In the absence of all rivers in this
country, these watering-places, or natural wells,
seem to be one of the most striking gifts of God’s
beneficence. Near this chapel is a tree of the mammee
species, peculiar to the province, of extraordinary
dimensions, growing, apparently, out of a solid
rock.
This town is principally inhabited by Indians.
The few whites here, as is usual in many other places,
principally maintain themselves by selling small articles,
cotton cloth, and liquors to the Indians. Save
a church, there were no public buildings in the place.
.bn 158.png
.pn +1
No animation or purpose was to be seen among these
listless Indians, who in that, as in other particulars,
resembled all of their race whom I had yet seen.
We continued our journey on to Sotuta, a distance
of three leagues, where we arrived at eleven o’clock,
over a good road, upon which the Indians were at
that time engaged in working out their road-tax.
This is a pleasant town, having a fine square, neatly
laid out, with much regularity, and well built.
While we were at breakfast, seated on a long wooden
bench (the usual table of the Casa-real) saddle-wise,
with our customary company, ten to twenty Indians
squatted (after their manner) about us, we were
waited upon by the curious of the place. They wished
to know who we were, and where we were
going? To which we gave satisfactory answers.
They offered us their best services, as usual, and left
us. Soon after they left, the curate called, and was
so kind as to offer us his house, and all the appurtenances
thereto appertaining, of which, however, owing
to our limited stay, I did not think it worth my
while to accept. Knowing that I wished to see all
that was interesting in his curacy, he, the dear soul,
carried me a league, through a burning sun, to see
what he called “las ruinas.” I walked to them cheerfully
enough, for I anticipated something of an exciting
nature. On reaching them, they proved to be
merely the walls of a badly built house, which had
pertained to a hacienda, and which was not over fifty
years of age. When he first called my attention to
them, I thought he was playing off a practical joke;
.bn 159.png
.pn +1
but it was not so; it was a sincere desire to please.
Short-sighted mortal! his day-dreams had never been
disturbed by a knowledge of the pyramids, palaces,
and castles of Chi-Chen! By a visit to the convent,
however, on my return, I was fully indemnified for
all my disappointment, by the good things which appear
always to concentrate in these places; and I
soon forgot our fatiguing walk to “las ruinas,” by a
swing in the hammock.
While I was here enjoying myself, during the heat
of the day, an Indian brought in a bundle, containing
a shroud, intended for some deceased person. The
curate apologized; ordered his robes, in which he
was soon enveloped; had a candle lighted, to which
was affixed a silver cross; gave it to me to hold;
took his book, and read over a benediction, occasionally
sprinkling water upon the cloth intended for
the dead. This was done in an off-hand style, and
the Indian was quickly dismissed.
It was with some difficulty that I was enabled to
tear myself away from my kind host; and it was
late before we started for Cantamayec, four leagues
distant, where we intended to sleep. Before sundown,
however, we bade him adieu, and passing over
a rocky path through the woods, we arrived at our
stopping-place at nine o’clock.
Little had we anticipated the cool reception we
were doomed to meet, or we should have remained
with our reverend friend of Sotuta. On reaching the
Casa-real of this most miserable town, we found it
occupied by half-breeds and Indians, making themselves
.bn 160.png
.pn +1
merry and drunk, upon the occasion offered
them by some one of the innumerable feast-days with
which their calendar is crowded. The prospect for
us, we observed on dismounting, was not very flattering.
We stated to them that we were travellers;
and wished a privilege with them at the Casa-real
for the night, and at the same time offered them money,
to remunerate them for their aid in procuring
food for ourselves and horses; but we could obtain
nothing. Their reply was, that the Casa-real and
its yards were full, and that there was no food or
water to be had. This was bringing affairs to a crisis.
The prospect was that we were to “hang out” during
the night. Remonstrance was thought of; but experience
had long since taught me that remonstrance
with these people was vain. A man in the crowd
was observed with trousers on; and with him I
thought something might be done, but I was made to
perceive that trousers are only the uniform, but not
an evidence of civilization. A squally night was before
me, and no prospect of a shelter. I thought of
trying “the plenipo”—à la Stephens—but my starred
and striped blanket was in tatters, and I had no
“half dollars.” Sunken as I was in the abyss of
trouble, my magical coat never occurred to me. At
a complete loss what to do, we walked about the
town, in anticipation of some favorable accident, followed
by a concourse of idle Indians. We were
about returning to our horses in despair, when, passing
a hut, with its only door half opened, we saw an
old woman lying in her hammock, sick. I thought of
.bn 161.png
.pn +1
the “medico.” With this ray of hope to encourage
me, I entered, blessing the house and its inmates,
with the best Latin I could muster. A dim light was
burning in a calabash, which stood in the corner. In
the centre of the room were some half-extinguished
embers, with the few cooking utensils which the cuisine
of this country require, being near them. A girl
was engaged in making some cooling drink for the
invalid; and, upon the whole, I felt that my prospects
were looking up. So I drew up a stool to the
side of the hammock, and looked the “medico” at
the invalid, to the best of my abilities. The Indians
from without were collecting around; I talked
in a very deliberate tone, as if just bursting with a
plethora of science, felt the pulse, and examined the
tongue! At this stage of proceedings, an Indian
bent down to my ear, and asked, in a low voice, if
he should go for food for our horses? I graciously
consented. I showed my pocket compass, the nearest
approach to a surgical instrument of any thing I
had about me, made a few more learned remarks
upon the pathogenetic and therapeutic properties of
matter, and advised the patient to bathe her feet and
hold her tongue.
The fire upon the floor was rekindled; eggs and
tortillas were soon placed before us, and I venture to
say, that no catechumen in medicine ever received
his first professional fee with more delight, than I did
mine on this occasion. The patient declared herself
to be much better. So was I. I soon began to
feel myself “at home.” José made ready our hammocks,
.bn 162.png
.pn +1
drove the intruding Indians out of the house,
and, in a few moments, we buried all our cares and
troubles in deep and undisturbed slumbers.
Awaking early in the morning, I found the patient
much improved, if I might be permitted to judge from
her nasal achievements; and, thinking it would be
a pity to disturb her, I determined not to wait for
any farther fee, but directed José silently to fold our
hammocks, and putting them under our arms, we left
the premises, and made our way to where our horses
were quartered. Every thing being ready, we were
soon in the saddle, and, without much regret, left the
town; but not without a sincere wish that the patient,
whose comfort had been so unexpectedly identified
with mine, might rapidly recover.
We were now on the road to Teabo, a distance
of about seven leagues, where we arrived at two
o’clock in the afternoon. We experienced no little
difficulty in finding the town, owing to the numerous
paths that presented themselves leading to the haciendas
and ranchos in the vicinity, and owing to the
town being almost buried among the small trees and
bushes by which it was surrounded. Our confusion
was ten times more confounded by the directions of
the Indians; and, finally, we were obliged to have
recourse to the pocket-compass. This is an article
with which every tourist in untravelled countries
should provide himself. He will find it an invaluable
guide when he is alone; and it will prove as
efficacious as one ghost, at least, in controlling the
services of these superstitious people.
.bn 163.png
.pn +1
The Casa-real being occupied by muleteers, I got
permission of the polite owner of a store near by
to deposite our trappings, and to make my toilet in
one corner of his establishment. For this purpose
a heap of corn was removed, which so facilitated my
preparations, that I was soon in a condition to pay
my respects to the town. After I had made some
examination of it, however, I concluded that, my time
had been wasted. It was, like all the others, as dull
and inanimate as the rocks upon which it stood. As
I had always discovered, if there were any thing of
interest in these places, it radiated from the curate,
I bent my steps, in the evening, towards his house.
He was a fatherly-looking old gentleman, received
me very kindly, ordered the best room in the convent
to be made ready for my reception, and a good supper
to be prepared. He talked much of his curacy,
and seemed to be devoted to the people, as they evidently
were to him. Good order was observable
about his house, which is rarely to be met with in
the like places. He showed me his library, which
was composed of about twenty volumes of Latin
and Spanish books. After passing a very pleasant
evening with this good old man, I bade him adieu
and retired to my room, which was decorated, or furnished
rather, on all sides, with the symbols of the
church, such as crosses, sculls, images, &c.; but which
did not, so far as I could discover, materially affect
my repose during the night.
Early in the morning, after taking chocolate, which
my kind host had provided, we were mounted and
.bn 164.png
.pn +1
on our way to Ticul. We passed through a number
of small towns, one of which was Mani, about
three leagues from Teabo, and formerly the capital
of the province. The only fact connected with the
history of this place, of interest to the traveller, is one
of a character kindred to that which has given an
infamous immortality to the Calif Omar, and, in later
days, to Cardinal Ximenes; a man who lived in an
age, and professed a religion, which should have
taught him better. This was the place, as I learned
while at Merida, where the ancient history of the
Maya people was destroyed, by order of a Franciscan
monk named Landa. These books were thought by
the inquisitor to contain some heretical matters; and,
with a bigotry and stupidity which we can now hardly
allude to in terms sufficiently moderate to be printed,
he directed those books to be taken out and burnt
in the public square. This history was written in
hieroglyphical characters, and its destruction has
doubtless deprived posterity of the key to the whole
history of the Maya nation.
We arrived at Ticul after a fatiguing ride, under
a hot sun, at half past two o’clock in the afternoon,
on Saturday, the 19th of February. Our coming was
anticipated, and good apartments were prepared for
us in the convent, where we were comfortably accommodated,
and fully resolved to remain until we
had become thoroughly recruited. José was about
worn out, and the horses’ feet were in a sad condition.
My trousers were torn, my boots were cut up,
and my altogether ruinous condition was more in
.bn 165.png
.pn +1
sympathy with the country which I was visiting,
than accorded with my taste or my comfort. In this
condition, I thought it would be no more than an act
of prudence to lie by for a few days to repair damages.
I amused myself meantime in strolling about
the town, which I found decidedly pleasant. It had
a life and activity about it that I had not before seen
for a long time. I saw the sun set this evening behind
the Cordilleras; it was a beautiful and imposing
sight.
This town is large and well built, though not very
compact; enough so, however, to make it a very desirable
place of residence. It is town and country,
beautifully intermingled. It has a fine open square,
church, and market-place, and several stores.
The church, occupying one corner of the square,
is built in the form of a cross, and has a well-proportioned
dome to set it off. The mass of devotees
that assemble here daily are decently dressed and
good-looking. The curate is a middle-aged man,
who has read much, and figured considerably in the
late political revolutions of the province; and is,
probably, more conversant with the history of his
country than any man in it. Some of the most interesting
ruins of the country are within his curacy,
and he was the only person I encountered in the
country who had devoted much time to an examination
of them. He received me very cordially, and
was exceedingly kind and attentive during my stay.
The market-place is small; but it is well supplied,
and kept clean. It was rather a strange sight to me
.bn 166.png
.pn +1
to see cattle butchered in the open streets and public
thoroughfares of the town, as is the custom here.
This town enjoys a notoriety for its pretty Mestizas,
or half-breed Indian women; which, as far as I
am able to judge, it justly deserves. They are well
formed, and have regular features and brunette complexions,
which are in fine contrast with their long
black hair and simple loose dress. Their dresses are
always neat, and hang from the shoulders without
being girded at the waist. They are trimmed off by
the fair hands of the wearers with ornamental borders,
&c., &c.
The convent in the rear of, and immediately adjoining
the church, is an immense pile of stone,
built in 1624, and was formerly inhabited by monks
of the order of St. Francis. The only habitable part
of this vast structure, at present, is occupied by the
curate, the padre, and myself. A suite of three rooms
were given to me; but, in my humble way, I made
two suffice. Its blackened walls, its spacious halls
and corridors, dilapidated casements, its numerous
squares and gardens, all going to ruin, presented the
same melancholy picture that is to be seen in all the
principal towns in the province.
A large portion of the inhabitants are Mestizos,
who are orderly and well to do in the world. Their
houses, in the borders of the town, are comfortable;
and the wide-spreading palm, growing near, gives to
them quite a picturesque appearance. They manufacture
hats for exportation, and earthenware for
home use.
.bn 167.png
.pn +1
The health of the town is good. This may be attributed
not only to the climate, but to the uniform temperance
of these people, both in eating and drinking.
The roads to and from the principal towns are
kept in excellent order. Portions of them, in the
immediate vicinity, with the low stone walls at
the sides, covered with vegetation, resemble those of
England.
In the adjoining districts, there are several large
sugar plantations. Near the town of Tekax, considerable
attention is paid to the cultivation of sugar,
which is raised entirely for domestic consumption.
The ruins of Ichmul are situated about a half
league north of the town of Ticul. The padre, with
a few friends, accompanied me to visit them. What
was my surprise, on arriving at this place, to observe
a succession of mounds, or tumuli, extending many
miles around, in every direction, as far as the eye
could reach—the sepulchres, perhaps, of millions!
who, in their turn, possibly, have looked upon similar
appearances, that exist no longer, with the same
thoughts as we give utterance to in beholding these!
The grounds are now covered with grass and trees—a
range for cattle! Some of these mounds were
forty feet high. Several of them had been opened
by the direction and under the superintendence of
the curate, and within were found rooms, and skeletons
deposited in a sitting posture, with small pots
at their feet, which was the position in which the ancient
Mexicans were in the habit of burying their
dead. The walls and ceilings were quite perfect.
.bn 168.png
.pn +1
Large pieces of hewn stone and pillars were lying
scattered around these places, affording ground for
the presumption that they were formerly portions of
a once great and populous city.
On our return with the padre, we dismounted at
his house; our horses were led through it, and myself
into it, where, seated in a hammock, I partook
of refreshments, and spent a very pleasant hour with
my kind cicerone. I then took my leave, returned
to the convent, rode through the long hall, and dismounted
at my parlor door.
February 23d, at seven o’clock in the morning, I
bade adieu to my good friends of Ticul, and we continued
our journey. It was a delightful morning;
our route was along the foot and across the Cordilleras;
which we ascended by a narrow, rough, and
cragged pass. We were obliged to dismount shortly
after we commenced the rise, as the steep and slippery
rocks make it not only difficult but hazardous,
and we were glad to lead our horses over in safety.
The prospect from the summit was beautiful and picturesque.
Our descent was rather more easy and
rapid; and we reached the town of Nohcacab, three
leagues distant, at half past eight o’clock. Here
we took a hasty breakfast, procured a guide, and
were again on the road to Kahbah, distant three
leagues, for the purpose of looking at the ruins which
we learned were to be seen at this place.
.bn 169.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch08
CHAPTER VIII.
.pm ch-head
The Ruins of Kahbah—Those of Zayi—Scattered Ruins—Church at
Nohcacab—The Padre—The Town—Departure for Uxmal—Arrival
at the Hacienda—Quarters and Arrangements—The Scenery—General
Character of the Ruins of Uxmal—The Governor’s House—The
Nuns’ House—The Pyramid—Other Remains—Pyramids,
Walls, and Mounds—Reservoir—Moonlight.
.pm ch-head-end
I first entered upon the ruins of Kahbah from the
main road leading from Nohcacab to Bolen-Chen-Ticul.
On the west side I found fragments of buildings,
walls, &c., scattered about, principally upon a
low range of hills. No perfect rooms were visible.
Parts of walls and ceilings were seen, and the ground
about covered up with rubbish, mingled with broken
pillars, sculptured work, &c. In the building farthest
from the road, (which is in the best preservation of
any on the west side,) we observed two square pillars,
which had been taken from the door-way, and
placed against the ceiling of the room, by some traveller,
no doubt, who intended to present them to the
world. They are about six feet high and two wide;
the front facings of which are deeply cut, representing
a cacique, or other dignitary, in full dress, (apparently
a rich Indian costume,) with a profusion of
feathers in his head-dress. He is represented with
.bn 170.png
.pn +1
his arms uplifted, holding a whip; a boy before him
in a kneeling position, with his hands extended in
supplication; underneath are hieroglyphics. The
room is small, with the ceiling slightly curved; differing,
in this particular, from those of Chi-Chen.
The ruins on the east side of the road comprise
mainly three buildings, and an immense pile of stone
in a pyramidical form, and in a much better state of
preservation than those on the opposite side. These
buildings are elevated upon a succession of terraces,
which I ascended by a double flight of broken steps,
to a square formed in front of each; the sides of which
show the existence of walls now nearly levelled, and
overgrown with trees and vegetation. Sufficient,
however, is remaining of two buildings to indicate a
similarity with those of the opposite side. The
fronts measure about one hundred feet, the façades
of which are ornamented with the most elaborate and
skilful work, though now much broken and defaced.
The carvings are somewhat similar to those of Chi-Chen;
but they are much smaller, and do not display
as much order in the arrangement. Broken columns,
of unusual sizes, are to be seen a short distance from
these buildings, evidently moved from their original
positions.
The door-step of the principal inner room is elaborately
sculptured, and entirely different from any thing
I have observed in other places. In the centre of one
of these squares, foundation walls are to be seen,
which have been recently excavated. They, probably,
were pedestals. These structures stand, uniformly,
.bn 171.png
.pn +1
about four rods apart, on a line; and all have
mounds and a succession of broken walls contiguous
to them.
A few rods north of these buildings is a mass of
broken stones, piled together in the shape of a pyramid,
at the summit of which, to the height of one
hundred and twenty-five feet, are still to be found the
remains of the broken walls of an edifice. It is located,
with reference to the cardinal points, like the
pyramid of Chi-Chen, and was probably used for
the same purposes, (whatever those might have been,)
though the style of the work is not similar or equal
to it. Its sides, at the base, measure five hundred
feet, and are mostly bare; the loose stones barely
maintain their form. The space occupied by these
ruins cannot be less than a mile square.
.if h
.il fn=i150-f.jpg w=600px id=i150-f
.ca
ZAYI RUINS.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: ZAYI RUINS.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
On the 24th of February, at sunrise, we were again
in the saddle, passing over the same road as yesterday,
and following a guide, with his pack of maza
and water, the Yucatan “staff of life,” in pursuit of
other ruins, situated about two and a half leagues
south-east of those at Kahbah. The road was good,
and its direction through several ranchos. Halting
at one of these, under a shed of boughs, erected in
front of a rudely built Indian church, we took our
breakfast. The variety and quality of our repast were
not such as to detain us long, and we were soon upon
our route, through a hilly country to Zayi. I found
my way to the principal ruin with little difficulty, it
having been recently visited, as I learned from the
natives, by Mr. Stephens, to whose recent labors I
.bn 172.png
.pn +1
.bn 173.png
.pn +1
.bn 174.png
.pn +1
was much indebted in approaching the object of my
search; the usual impediments of trees and wild
thickets, by which it was surrounded, having been
removed. The Ruins of Zayi are situated in the
midst of a succession of beautiful hills, forming around
them, on every side, an enchanting landscape.
The principal one is composed of a single structure,
an immense pile, facing the south, and standing
upon a slight natural elevation. The first foundation
is now so broken that its original form cannot
be fully determined; but it probably was that of a
parallelogram. Its front wall shows the remains of
rooms and ceilings, with occasional pillars, which, no
doubt, supported the corridors. The height of this
wall is about twenty feet, and, as near as I was able
to measure around its base, (owing to the accumulation
of ruins,) it was ascertained to be two hundred
and sixty-eight feet long, and one hundred and sixteen
wide.
In the centre of this foundation stands the main
building, the western half only remaining, with a portion
of the steps, outside, leading to the top. This
part shows a succession of corridors, occupying the
whole front, each supported by two pillars, with plain
square caps and plinths, and intervening spaces, filled
with rows of small ornamented pillars. In the
rear of these corridors are rooms of small dimensions
and angular ceilings, without any light except that
which the front affords. Over these corridors, or pillars,
is a fine moulding finish, its angle ornamented
with a hook similar to those of Chi-Chen. Above
.bn 175.png
.pn +1
this moulding is a finish of small plain round pillars,
or standards, interspersed with squares of fine ornamental
carvings; the centre of the façade showing
the remains of more elaborate work, concentrated
within a border, the arrangement of which is lost.
There is an evident analogy existing between these
ornaments and those of Kahbah, but order is less
apparent. I could discover no resemblance whatever
to those of Chi-Chen.
Over these rooms of the main building is another
terrace, or foundation, in the centre of which is a
building in similar ruins to those under it; having,
also, broken steps leading to the top. It stands upon
a foundation, apparently, of six to eight feet in height,
occupying about two-thirds of the area; the residue,
probably, forming a promenade. There are three
doorways yet remaining, the lintels and sides of which
are broken, and which have caused the walls above
to fall down. The walls of this part of the edifice
are constructed of hewn stone, without any signs of
ornament. A plain finished moulding runs through
the centre; portions of the cornice still remain, with
three or four pieces of flat projecting stones, which
formed a part of the top finish.
The whole extent of the rear is covered with confused
piles of ruins, overgrown with trees. Near by
these are fragments of walls and rooms, with a few
ornaments yet remaining about them. Some of the
rooms appear to have been single, and apart from all
other buildings. There are also various mounds in
the vicinity.
.bn 176.png
.pn +1
A few rods south are the remains of a single high
wall, with numerous square apertures, like pigeon-holes.
Its foundation is elevated; around which the
broken walls and ceilings are to be seen. The summits
of the neighboring hills are capped with gray
broken walls for many miles around. I discovered
no hieroglyphics or paintings of any kind; neither
the extraordinary skill displayed in the ornamental
carvings, as at Chi-Chen.
On my route to these ruins I made digressions
from the road, and found, on all sides, numerous remains
of walls and ceilings; also, mounds and small
pyramids, covered with the wild vegetation of the
country. My time being limited to a day, I left these
interesting reminiscences of an unknown people under
the cover of night, and returned, wearied with
my day’s labor, to Nohcacab.
The following morning I visited the church with
the padre. It is a large, plain building, with cumbrous
walls. The stone being nearly white, at a distance
gave it the appearance of a Massachusetts
cotton-factory. This church is very poor; and its
shrines, like many others in the country, are in barbarous
taste. As the padre pulled the strings, to
throw aside the curtains and show the figures, my
simplicity could not avoid thinking of a puppet-show;
and more especially so on account of a figure
that had attracted my attention on entering from the
cloisters, dressed in a swallow-tail coat and striped
trousers, and intended, probably, to represent some
one of the apostolic brotherhood.
.bn 177.png
.pn +1
The church stands upon an elevation; and, from
the roof, is a charming prospect of the surrounding
country. Attached to the building, at one corner, is
a high wall, forming an enclosure, in which are deposited
the bones of all the dead that had been interred
in the body of the church. The tops of the
walls are set off with sculls!
The padre is a young man, quite sociable, and he
occasionally preaches. When this happens, it is in
the Maya language.
The town is small, and has nothing particularly to
recommend it to the stranger. It is built upon a
shelving rock, a customary site for towns in this province.
.if h
.il fn=i155-f.jpg w=600px id=i155-f
.ca
Plan of the Ruins of Uxmal.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Plan of the Ruins of Uxmal.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
At nine o’clock we were again in our saddles for
Uxmal,[#] distant about four leagues. I saw at a distance
the ruins of Nohpat; but my haste to reach
Uxmal would not allow us to stop. I passed several
fine estates on the way before reaching that place.
The road was a path cut through the bushes, but easy
to travel. I arrived at noon at the hacienda owned
by a gentleman at Merida, before mentioned, who
kindly had furnished me with a letter to his major-domo;
which gave me every facility required to visit
the extraordinary ruins in the vicinity. The house
of the hacienda had just gone through a complete
repair and cleaning, and held out many inducements
for me to make my quarters there; but, preferring to
be near to the place where I intended to spend my
.bn 178.png
.pn +1
.bn 179.png
.pn +1
.bn 180.png
.pn +1
time, I ordered our trappings to be removed to the
ruins, distant about one mile, whither I followed.
I was at a loss which of the splendid structures to
appropriate to my use; but the governor’s house
had the appearance of being more tenable than all
the rest, or perhaps more conspicuous. I chose that
for my future place of residence, so I wended my
way towards it—passing a grand and lofty pyramid
on the right—and scrambled up the broken steps of
the southeast angle of my prospective domicile. The
governor not being at home, I took quiet possession
of three rooms: one for my kitchen, the others for
my parlor and bed, or rather, sleeping-room. The
rubbish was cleared away, and my furniture, consisting
of a table and a chair, with which the major-domo
had kindly supplied me, was duly arranged;
and some corn, dried pork, lard, sundry eggs, &c.,
were carefully provided. José selected the most
finely finished pieces of ornamented stones which
were lying about the door, and silently disposed them
around the parlor as seats for the accommodation of
company. We then felt ourselves perfectly at home,
and ready to receive our friends as soon as they might
be pleased to wait upon us. From our door we could
see, on our right, beautiful hills undulating like the
ground-swell of the sea; on the left, the Cordilleras,
looking down with an air of great complaisance upon
the plain beneath. Nature is renewing the fields
far as the eye can reach; while in the foreground
are the time-defying monuments of other days, garlanded
with luxuriant shrubs and flowers, to sustain
.bn 181.png
.pn +1
which they had been compelled to give up their own
symmetry and beauty. It was nature in her second
childhood.
.pm fn-start
Uxmal signifies “Times past.”
.pm fn-end
The Governor’s House[#] is a vast and splendid
pile of ruins. It stands upon three ranges of terraces;
the first of which is a slight projection, forming
a finish. The great platform, or terrace above it,
measures upwards of five hundred feet long, and four
hundred and fifteen broad. It is encompassed by a
wall of fine hewn stone thirty feet high, with angles
rounded, still in good preservation. In the centre of
this platform, upon which trees and vegetation grow
in profusion, stands a shaft of gray limestone in an
inclined position, measuring twelve feet in circumference
and eight in height; bearing upon its surface
no marks of form or ornament by which it might be
distinguished from a natural piece. Near by is a
rude carving of a tiger with two heads; also, I
saw excavations near them with level curbings
and smoothly finished inside, which are conjectured
to have been cisterns or granaries. Along the southern
edge of this platform are the remains of a range
of small pillars, now broken and in confusion.
Upon the north-west corner of this platform is an
edifice, which was, no doubt, from its location, connected
with the Governor’s House. It is the smallest
of all the ruins. Its ornaments are few and plain;
the most remarkable of which is a continuous line
of turtles, cut from stone of about a foot square, arranged
under the cornices.
.pm fn-start
The names (though misnomers) of these structures originated
with the people of the country.
.pm fn-end
.bn 182.png
.pn +1
.if h
.il fn=i156-f.jpg w=505px id=i156-f
.ca
SECTION OF FAÇADE, GOVERNOR’S HOUSE.
UXMAL RUINS.
Restored after Waldeck.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: SECTION OF FAÇADE, GOVERNOR’S HOUSE.
UXMAL RUINS.
Restored after Waldeck.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 183.png
.pn +1
.bn 184.png
.pn +1
The south-west corner has connected with it two
piles of loose stones, in the pyramidical form; one
eighty, and the other a hundred feet high, the sides
of the bases measuring about two hundred feet.
Their tops are broad platforms, over which, and down
the sides, are scattered the remains of edifices, of
which these pyramids were once probably the foundations.
Here we found pieces of pottery, consisting
of broken pieces of vases, and supposed cooking
utensils.
Upon the main terrace stands another of smaller
dimensions, constituting the foundation of the Governor’s
House. The measurement of this terrace is
three hundred and thirty-eight feet long, eighty-two
broad, and thirty high, having a majestic flight of
stone steps, though considerably broken at the centre,
in front of the entrance.
.if h
.il fn=i157.jpg w=100px id=i157 align=l // little door outline
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Decoration]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
This majestic pile faces the east, is two hundred
and seventy-two feet long, thirty-six broad, and twenty-four
high. The whole building is plain (unlike
those of Chi-Chen) from the base to the mouldings,
which run through the centre over the
doorways; above which, to the top, are
ornaments and sculptured work in great
profusion, and of the most rich, strange,
and elaborate workmanship. It is divided
into double ranges of rooms, from
front to rear. Two of the principal are
situated in the centre, fifty-five feet long,
ten broad, and about nineteen high, with an angular
ceiling, occupying one-half of the whole. There are
.bn 185.png
.pn +1
fourteen other rooms in the front and rear; also, two
rooms on each end, and one in front and rear of the
two recesses, of about one-half of the average size.
The interior of these rooms is sometimes covered
with a beautiful hard finish, and at others presents a
surface of uniform square blocks of smooth stone.
The floors are of stone, covered with a hard composition,
which, together with the stone, is now much
broken.
.if h
.il fn=i158.jpg w=100px id=i158 align=l // keyhole thing
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Decoration]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
The lintels, which are of zuporte wood, are decayed
and broken, to which, in a great degree, the falling
of the walls may be attributed. The inner sides of
the doorways are pierced, and hooks attached, whereon
doors were probably swung. There are, also,
apertures in the walls, where beams rested, to support
hammocks, some of which still remain, and show
the marks of the cords. There were no fresco, or
other painting or decorations of any kind in the interior
of the building to be discerned.
The front presents the most remarkable
architectural skill to be found about
the building. The walls were of the
most durable kind of limestone; and upwards
of three feet thick, of fine hewn
stone, laid with the greatest care. There
were eleven doorways besides those of
the recesses. The finish of the angles,
generally, was as smooth as though the material were
cut with a sharp knife.
.if h
.il fn=i158-f.jpg w=600px id=i158-f // governor’s house
.ca
GOVERNOR’S HOUSE.
UXMAL RUINS.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: GOVERNOR’S HOUSE.
UXMAL RUINS.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
The ornaments were composed of small square
pieces of stone, shaped with infinite skill, and inserted
.bn 186.png
.pn +1
.bn 187.png
.pn +1
.bn 188.png
.pn +1
between the mortar and stone with the greatest
care and precision. About two-thirds of the ornaments
are still remaining upon the façade. The most
elaborate were over the centre or main entrance.
These have fallen; and now are a heap of ruins at
the base. One of them was a figure of a man, with
a head-dress of feathers and tassels; part of which
still remains, with lines of hieroglyphics underneath.
The ground-work of the ornaments
is chiefly composed of raised lines,
running diagonally, forming diamond
or lattice-work, over which
are rosettes and stars; and, in bold
relief, the beautiful Chinese border.
.if h
.il fn=i159a.jpg w=100px id=i159a align=l // diamond decoration
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Decoration]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
From the centre of the building to the recess, at
the northern extremity of the building, the ornaments
have mostly crumbled off, and are now lying at the
base in ruins; and the other parts, contiguous, seem
ready to follow the example. The rear of this edifice
is more plainly finished; the main part of the
centre has fallen.
.if h
.il fn=i159b.jpg w=100px id=i159b align=l // house-shaped thing
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Decoration]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
Over the principal doorway are the remains of a
female figure, in a sitting posture. The
hands and legs have fallen. It has a
fine head-dress of cap and tassels, and
neck ornaments. The waist looks
quite natural, and the whole was finely
finished. On each side of this figure
was hieroglyphical writing. The
inner rooms of the centre of the Governor’s
House still show the places of
.bn 189.png
.pn +1
excavations, made some years ago, by the curate of
Ticul.
The extensive pile of ruins designated as the Nuns’
House, is situated a few rods distant, in a northerly
direction from the Governor’s House. It comprises
four great ranges of edifices, placed on the sides of a
quadrangular terrace, measuring about eleven hundred
feet around, and varying in height from fifteen
to twenty-four feet, its sides corresponding to the cardinal
points. The principal entrance is through an
acute-angled arch doorway, in the centre of the
southern range, through which I entered into a spacious
court. This range is upwards of two hundred
feet long, twenty-five broad, and sixteen high; containing
eight rooms on either side of the principal
entrance, which are now in good preservation. The
inner and outer façades are variously ornamented.
Among these I observed signs, symbolical of deities
and of Time, as represented to us as symbolized
among the ancient Mexicans whose customs have
reached us.
.if h
.il fn=i160-f.jpg w=600px id=i160-f // nuns’ house
.ca
THE NUNS’ HOUSE,
UXMAL RUINS.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: THE NUNS’ HOUSE,
UXMAL RUINS.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
The opposite, or northern range, by its superior
elevation, and more elaborate work, was evidently the
principal portion of this immense structure. Its foundation,
which was twenty-four feet high, is now much
broken. It has contained rooms and corridors, the
walls and pillars of which are still remaining. This
range has a wide terrace, or promenade, in front;
which, from its elevated position, overlooks the whole
ruins. The front wall presents five doorways, the
lintels and sides of which have fallen, and filled up
.bn 190.png
.pn +1
.bn 191.png
.pn +1
.bn 192.png
.pn +1
the rooms with their crumbling ruins. It measures
about two hundred and forty-six feet in length, and
twenty-five in width, and its height is now only about
twenty-six feet. Something like one-third of the ornaments
upon the façade yet remain, which bear evidence
of great power of combination, and extraordinary
skill in the building. No part of the edifice,
however, is perfect.
The east and west ranges stand upon foundations
which are ten feet high. The ranges are about one
hundred and forty feet in length, thirty-four in breadth,
and twenty-five in height, having four doorways, divided
into eight rooms each. Those of the east are
in good preservation—those of the west are much
fallen and broken. The largest one of the rooms lies
on the east side, and measures thirty feet by twelve.
The others range about twelve by eighteen; having
ante-rooms on either side, nine by twelve. The
height of the ceiling is uniform throughout, and the
walls are finished with a clean, white, hard substance.
The finish and style, as well as the arrangement of
the ornaments, on all sides of these walls, are different.
They are much broken, and many pieces are
lost, which renders it quite impossible to get at the
designs.
The northern front, no doubt, was the principal
one, as I judge from the remains, as well as from the
fact, that it is more elevated than the others. The
southern range is more plain, both in its front and
rear. The eastern façade is filled with elaborate ornaments,
differing entirely from the others, and better
.bn 193.png
.pn +1
finished. The western façade is much broken. The
remains of two great serpents, however, are still quite
perfect; their heads turned back, and entwining each
other, they extend the whole length of the façade,
through a chaste ground-work of ornamental lines, interspersed
with various rosettes. They are put together
by small blocks of stone, exquisitely worked,
and arranged with the nicest skill and precision.
The heads of the serpents are adorned with pluming
feathers and tassels, their mouths widely extended,
and their tails represent the rattle divisions.
In the rear of, and within a few feet of the eastern
range, are the remains of a similar range, which
is now almost in total ruins. There appear to have
been connecting walls, or walks, from this range to
the Pyramid near by, as I judged from the rubbish
and stones that can be traced from one to the other.
.if h
.il fn=i162.jpg w=100px id=i162 align=l
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Decoration]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
The outer walls of the northern foundation, which
yet remain quite perfect, are not excelled, in point of
workmanship, by the work of any artisans of the present
day. The outer angles, in
particular, are worked with a
skill which is almost incredible.
Among the great variety of ornaments,
with which these edifices
abound at present, I discovered a
number of large stone hooks, finely
carved, and none of them broken.
They generally are placed over the doorways,
and upon the angles of the buildings, and must have
been an important or a favorite ornament, from the conspicuous
.bn 194.png
.pn +1
.bn 195.png
.pn +1
.bn 196.png
.pn +1
places invariably chosen for them. There
are also figures of men, representing Indians, in standing
and sitting postures, with long clubs; but they
are rude, both in design and execution.
.if h
.il fn=i162-f.jpg w=600px id=i162-f
.ca
THE PYRAMID,
UXMAL RUINS
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: THE PYRAMID,
UXMAL RUINS]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
Within these quadrangular edifices is a terrace
about six feet wide, extending round the entire court,
with flights of steps on all sides, descending to the
large court below, which is covered with square
blocks of stone, considerably worn. The surface
was broken, and covered with earth and vegetation.
In the centre of the court is an excavation, in which
an immense shapeless stone was discovered, similar
to one excavated from the area of the main terrace
of the Governor’s House.
The Pyramid is situated about two rods easterly
from the ruins of the Nuns’ House, to which it appears,
in some way, to have been connected. It presents
a fine exterior of hewn stone, large at the base,
and their sizes diminishing as they approach the platform.
The sides are precipitous, much broken, and
covered with trees. Its base measures five hundred
feet; from the base to the summit or platform, it is
one hundred. The summit is reached, on the eastern
side, by a flight of a hundred stone steps, each
one foot high, and about six inches deep; making
the ascent quite difficult, although the steps are still
in good preservation.
The area of the platform measures seventy-two
feet in length and twenty-one in width, and is occupied
by an edifice sixty feet long, twelve wide, and
twenty high; having two rooms both on the east and
.bn 197.png
.pn +1
on the west sides, and one on either end. These
rooms are much defaced, and their doorways dilapidated.
The eastern front has two doorways, and
two small pavilions projecting six or eight inches
from the façade, supported by plain pilasters.
The western façade is ornamented with human
figures similar to caryatides, finely sculptured in stone
with great art. Their heads are covered with a
casque, and ear ornaments similar to those worn by
the Egyptians. They have girdles around their
bodies. On the western side, immediately in front
of the doorway, is a platform, or roof of a room, the
base or floor of which includes about twenty feet of
the inclined side of the Pyramid; leading to which
is a broken plane, once occupied by the steps. Here
are two rooms, one of which is of an unusually large
size, with a proportionate doorway, fronting the Nuns’
House. The interior of these rooms was finely finished
with smooth stone. There appeared to be no
communication from them with any other part. The
front and sides of the exterior were filled with sculptured
work of the most elaborate and incomprehensible
description. The same degree of skill and precision
was perceptible here that distinguishes the
whole ruins.
Below these rooms, at or near the base of the side,
are others, where excavations have been made. They
are now much broken, and covered with the fallen
ruins.
.if h
.il fn=i165-f.jpg w=600px id=i165-f
.ca
Section of
THE PIGEON HOUSES;
UXMAL RUINS.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Section of
THE PIGEON HOUSES;
UXMAL RUINS.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
A few rods distant, in a southwest direction from
the Governor’s House, are the remains of an extensive
.bn 198.png
.pn +1
.bn 199.png
.pn +1
.bn 200.png
.pn +1
range, or succession of ruins. They, probably,
were once of no inconsiderable importance in the
place. They are composed of terraces, walls, rooms
and corridors, and court-yards.
The principal ruin fronts the north, and, probably,
was connected with the Governor’s House. A wall
of two hundred feet remains standing upon a foundation
of ten feet. Its width is twenty-five feet; having
ranges of rooms in both sides, only parts of which
remain. This wall has an acute-angled arch doorway
through the centre, similar to that of the Nuns’
House, with rooms on both sides. The top of this
wall has numerous square apertures through it, which
give it the appearance of pigeon-holes; and its edge
is formed like the gable-end of a house, uniformly
notched. In front of this wall appears to have been
an immense court or square, enclosed by stone walls,
leading to the Nuns’ House. The interior of this
square, apparently, shows the ruins of walls and
rooms and walks; but nothing definite could be made
out, as the ruins were almost level with the ground,
and overgrown with trees and grass. At intervals,
along the outer wall, in a northwest direction, the
ruins of rooms were seen, evidently a regular succession
of them.
In the rear of the principal wall is another court
or square, but much smaller than that in front, having
broken corridors, and the sides running back to
an artificial elevation of about fifty feet; the form of
which was lost, owing to the dilapidation of the sides
and angles. Ruins of rooms and corridors, both at
.bn 201.png
.pn +1
its base and summit, were perceptible. Other squares
can be defined by the broken walls contiguous to
these extensive ruins; also, numerous mounds; one
of which, discovered west of the Nuns’ House, is
found to be an immense reservoir or cistern, having
a double curb; the interior of which was beautifully
finished with stucco, and in good preservation. Some
of these mounds have been excavated, as I have already
mentioned, and seemed to have been intended
originally for sepulchres.
In the centre of the avenue between the Governor’s
House and the Nuns’ House, in a line with the principal
doorway of the latter building, are the ruins of
two walls, running parallel with each other, north and
south, about twelve feet apart. The eastern and inner
side shows the remains of a serpent along its façade,
similar to that of the Nuns’ House—a small
portion, however, only remains. It also shows rooms
and ceilings quite level with the ground. The western
wall is more perfect, and has a ring inserted in
its façade, like those of Chi-Chen; but, instead of
ornaments, presents hieroglyphics upon its sides.
The short period to which I was, unfortunately,
restricted in the examination of these sublime ruins,
(and these remarks will apply to all which have come
under my observation,) has permitted me to touch
but slightly even upon those which have appeared to
be the most prominent. Months might be spent
among them, and then one would only have entered
upon the threshold of an investigation into their
wonders.
.bn 202.png
.pn +1
A moonlight scene from the Governor’s House is
one of the most enchanting sights I ever witnessed.
The moon had risen about half way up from the
horizon, and was now throwing its strong silver light
over the whitened façade of our house. Castles, palaces,
and falling pyramids were distinctly to be traced
in the foreground. At a distance, walls and mounds,
rising above the green verdure of the land, looked
like a multitude of small islands in a calm summer’s
sea. All was quiet but the chirp of the cricket, or
the occasional scream of some night-bird of the wood.
It was a scene of natural beauty such as I never
have seen realized upon canvass of the artist, or
even in the pages of poetry.
.bn 203.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch09
CHAPTER IX.
.pm ch-head
Introductory Facts—Ruins of Yucatan and other parts of Mexico—Ruins
of North America—Mississippi and Missouri—Look-Out
Mountain—Ohio River—Mount Joliet and others—Indian Races—Ledyard—Bradford—Dr.
Morton—Diversity of Opinions—Pyramids
of Egypt—Speculations—Vassalage—Comparison—Traditions—Embalming—Priesthood—Siamese—Japanese—Astronomy
and Mythology.
.pm ch-head-end
There are three questions which will very naturally
occur to those of my readers who have done
me the honor to follow me through the preceding details
and statistics:—1st. By whom were these ruins
built? 2d. When were they built? And 3d. For what
purpose? Before answering the first question it is
proper to state, that all the ruins of which mention
has been made in the preceding pages, and by Mr.
Stephens and by Waldeck, are not a tithe of those
still remaining uninvestigated on the American continent,
and, perhaps I may add, in the single province
of Yucatan. Mounds, tumuli, pyramidal structures,
and ruins of cities, have been seen from the southern
extremity of South America even to the western side
of the Rocky mountains—from Florida to the western
lakes. There is every reason to presume that
the interior of Yucatan, and other portions of Mexico,
contain remains of even a more striking character
.bn 204.png
.pn +1
than those it has been my province to describe.
The Ohio valley and its vicinage are supposed to have
been covered with more than five thousand villages,
the largest of which stood near the junction of the
Missouri and Mississippi rivers.[#] Regular and scientifically
constructed works of a defensive character,
between the Ohio river and the great lakes, are
still to be traced; some of which occupied, it is
thought, more than one hundred acres of ground.
Look-Out Mountain, which stands a thousand feet
above the surrounding country, between the Tennessee
and Coos rivers, is one of the Alleghanies. Although
the top is nearly level, it gives rise to a river
which, after winding some distance, plunges abruptly
over a precipice. Immediately below this fall, on
each side, are bluffs two hundred feet high; one of
which, by the turn of the stream, forms a kind of
isolated peninsula. On the summit of this are the
remains of a fortification, that follows the curve of
the river below for more than thirty-seven rods, and
extends to the very brow of the rock. The only
descent and access is by a kind of fissure, which
reaches to the shore beneath. Thirty feet from the
top, intersecting this passage, is a ledge or platform
ninety feet long by two to five wide. At this landing
are five rooms, cut out of the solid rock. The
entrance is small; but within they communicate with
each other by doors or apertures. This wonderful
excavation has the appearance of being intended as
.pm fn-start
Breckenridge.
.pm fn-end
.bn 205.png
.pn +1
a place of the last resort for the inmates. From its
peculiar position, twenty resolute men might successfully
contend against the assault of a numerous army,
as not more than one at a time can approach, and
the slightest push would hurl an assailant over a precipice
of a hundred and fifty feet to certain and instant
death. That this is a remnant of antiquity
there can be little doubt; and that it has escaped the
attention of the curious, is owing, probably, to its retired
and almost unknown situation.
On the Ohio river, twenty miles below the mouth
of the Wabash, is a remarkable cave, consisting of
two rooms, one immediately over the other. The
uppermost is accessible by a square opening; and
the lowest is twelve rods in length and five in breadth.
The interior walls are smooth. The floor is level
through the centre, but the sides rise in stony grades,
resembling the seats in the pit of a theatre; and leaving
little doubt that it had been so arranged to accommodate
an audience attending performances or
deliberations of some nature. The engravings and
hieroglyphics upon the walls are numerous and well
executed. Many animals are represented, among
which are eight that are now unknown.
There are conical mounds in Ohio of various altitudes
and dimensions, some being only four or five
feet, and ten or twelve in diameter at the base; while
others, farther south, rise even to a hundred feet, and
cover many acres of ground. They are generally in
the form of a cone. These structures seem to have
.bn 206.png
.pn +1
been built at various periods; and it would be no
matter of surprise if some of them were in existence
during the deluge. The materials which compose
them appear to be suited to their locations. In those
positions where stone was not to be had, they are
formed of earth.
At Mount Joliet, near the town of Juliet, on the
Illinois river, is probably the largest mound within
the limits of the United States. It is raised on a
horizontal limestone stratum of the secondary formation,
and is sixty feet high; and measures, at the
summit, eighty-four rods in length and fourteen in
width; and, at the base, it is much larger. In the
neighborhood of Rock river (Illinois) the mounds
are numerous, and give evidence that there once existed
in that vicinity a dense population.
Southeast of the city of Cuernavaca, on the west
declivity of Anahuac, there is an isolated hill, upon
the top of which is a pyramid. The whole height
is upwards of six hundred feet, and it is five times as
large as the tower of Babel. It has five terraces,
each of nearly sixty feet in height, covered with solid
masonry, upon the top of which rest the artificial
works; and the whole is surrounded with a broad
deep ditch.
In Peru, on the Cordilleras, at a surprising height,
are works still more considerable. From a general
resemblance of these structures throughout the whole
American continent in their apparent purpose, age,
and style of architecture, it is generally presumed
that the architects belonged to the same races of native
.bn 207.png
.pn +1
Indians. I say races, for there are reasons for
believing that the American continent has witnessed
the growth and extinction of more than one race of
men which had advanced to a high state of civilization.
Wirt’s impressions are, that three distinct races of
men have occupied this country previous to the arrival
of the existing white settlers. The monuments
of the first or primitive race are regular stone walls,
brick hearths, (found in digging the Louisville canal,)
medals of copper, silver swords, and implements of
iron. These relics, he thinks, belonged to a race of
civilized men who must have disappeared many centuries
ago. To them he attributes the hieroglyphic
characters found on the limestone bluffs; the remains
of cities and fortifications of Florida; the regular
banks of ancient live oaks near them; and the hard
and regular bricks found at Louisville, that were
longer in proportion to the width than those of the
present day.
To the second race he attributes those vast mounds
of earth found throughout the whole western regions,
from Lake Erie and Western Pennsylvania to Florida
and the Rocky mountains. Some of them contain
the skeletons of human beings, and display immense
labor. Many of them are regular mathematical
figures—parallelograms and sections of circles;
showing the remains of gateways and subterraneous
passages. Some of them are eighty feet high, and
have trees growing on them apparently five hundred
years old. The soil upon them differs, generally,
.bn 208.png
.pn +1
from that which surrounds them; and they are most
common in situations where it since has been found
convenient to build towns and cities. Many fragments
of earthenware, of curious workmanship, have
been dug up throughout this vast region; some representing
drinking vessels, some human heads, and some
idols. They all appeared to be made by the hand,
and hardened in the sun. These mounds and earthen
implements indicate a race inferior to the first,
which were acquainted with the use of iron.
The third race are the Indians now existing in
the western territories. In the profound silence and
solitude of these western regions, and above the bones
of a buried world, how must a philosophic traveller
meditate upon the transitory state of human existence,
when the only traces of two races of men are
these strange memorials! On this very spot generation
after generation has stood, has lived, has warred,
grown old, and passed away; and not only their
names, but their nation, their language has perished,
and utter oblivion has closed over their once populous
abodes! We call this country the new world.
It is old! Age after age, and one physical revolution
after another, has passed over it, but who shall
tell its history?
Priest has concluded that the Carthaginians, Phœnicians,
Persians, Hindoos, Chinese, Japanese, Roman,
and Greek nations of antiquity, and others, as
well as Europeans after their civilization, had more
to do with the peopling of the wilds of America than
is generally supposed.
.bn 209.png
.pn +1
Ledyard, in a letter to Mr. Jefferson, from Siberia,
says, “I never shall be able, without seeing you in
person, and perhaps not then, to inform you how universally
and circumstantially the Tartars resemble the
aborigines of America. They are the same people—the
most ancient and the most numerous of any other;
and, had they not a small sea to divide them, they
would all have still been known by the same name.
* * * With respect to national or genealogical connexion,
which the remarkable affinity of person and
manners bespeaks between the Indians on this and
the American continent, I declare my opinion to be,
without the least scruple, and with the most absolute
conviction, that the Indians on the one and on the other
are the same people.”[#]
“It appears,” says Bradford, “that the red race may
be traced, by physical analogies, into Siberia, China,
Japan, Polynesia, Indo-China, the Malayan Islands,
Hindostan, Madagascar, Egypt, and Etruria. In some
of these nations the pure type of the race may be perceived
existing at present, in others many of its characters
have been changed and modified, apparently
by intermarriage; and, in others, its ancient existence
is only to be discovered by the records preserved on
their monuments.”
“We are constrained to believe,” says the learned
Dr. Morton, “that there is no more resemblance between
the Indian and Mongol in respect to arts, architecture,
mental features, and social usages, than exists
between any other two distinct races of mankind.”
.pm fn-start
Sparks’ Life of Ledyard.
.pm fn-end
.bn 210.png
.pn +1
“I maintain that the organic characters of the people
themselves, through all their endless ramifications
of tribes and nations, prove them to belong to one and
the same race, and that this race is distinct from all
others. * * * The evidences of history and the
Egyptian monuments go to prove that the same races
were as distinctly marked three thousand years ago
as they are now; and, in fact, that they are coeval
with the primitive dispersion of our species.”
Whatever diversity of origin may have existed
among the races of Indians whose remains are the
burden of our speculations, one thing is certain, that
the builders of the ruins of the city of Chi-Chen and
Uxmal excelled in the mechanic and the fine arts.
It is obvious that they were a cultivated, and doubtless
a very numerous people. It is difficult to suppose
that any great advance in mechanico-dynamic
science could have been made by these people, without
some evidence besides their works remaining.
Yet it is almost impossible to suppose that those vast
erections could have been made by the mere aggregation
of men, unaided by science. Herodotus tells
us that a hundred thousand men, relieved every three
months, were employed in building the pyramid of
Cheops in Egypt. Ten years were spent in preparing
the road whereon the stones were to be transported,
and twenty years more in erecting the edifice.
Yet though Cheops had a nation of slaves to do his
bidding, and though he employed such multitudes
upon this stupendous work, it is generally supposed
that he must have been aided by some kind of machinery
.bn 211.png
.pn +1
more powerful than any thing known at the
present day.
It is also pretty obvious that Chi-Chen, and the
other cities of Yucatan, were built by a nation of
slaves. All the buildings whose remains are now
visible, were evidently constructed to gratify the pride
of a single man or set of men. They were monuments
raised to the glory of the few at the expense
of the thousands. They are not the kind of works
that the people join in building of their own freewill.
They answer no public purpose or convenience.
No nation of freemen would spend their money
or their labor in that way. We may safely conclude
that the doctrines of free government were
quite unknown among this ancient people—that
they were governed by a despotism, and that they
were taxed contrary to their will, for these, the only
works which were to memorialize their servitude to
posterity.
So much for the builders of these ruins. The next
question which occurs, when were they built? is, if
possible, more difficult of solution than the one to
which I have been speaking.
The only way to get any idea of the age of these
ruins is, by comparison with the remains of other
cities of whose age we have some knowledge. Measuring
their age by such a scale, the mind is startled
at their probable antiquity. The pyramids and temples
of Yucatan seem to have been old in the days
of Pharaoh. Before the eye of the imagination—
.bn 212.png
.pn +1
.pm verse-start
“Their lonely columns stand sublime,
Flinging their shadows from on high,
Like dials, which the wizard Time
Had raised to count his ages by.”
.pm verse-end
The reader is already sufficiently familiar with the
general structure of the buildings which we have attempted
to describe, and the present condition of
their ruins. He will remember that there are walls
there now standing, fifteen feet thick and more, built
with an art and strength which defy both competition
and decay; that there is one pyramid upwards
of a hundred feet in height, with a building upon its
summit, which supports trees that are planted in soil
deposited from the atmosphere for the last thousand
years or more. Let the reader compare these ruins,
in their present condition, with the Cloaca Maxima
of Rome. More than twenty-five hundred years have
elapsed since this work was constructed, to drain off
the waters of the Forum and the adjacent hollows
to the Tiber, and there it stands to this day without
a stone displaced, still performing its destined service.
How many years before it will present the
ruinous aspect of the “Temple” of Chi-Chen? Evidently
the city of Chi-Chen was an antiquity when
the foundations of the Parthenon at Athens, and the
Cloaca Maxima at Rome, were being laid. Compare
with the ruins of Central America the conspicuous
remains of Balbeck, of Antioch, of Carthage—shall
I not add, of Tadmor, of Thebes, of Memphis,
and of Gizeh, their Pyramids, their Labyrinths, their
Obelisks, and Sepulchres. Who shall say that while
.bn 213.png
.pn +1
the servile workmen of Cheops or Cephrinus were
sacrificing the lives of countless multitudes of men,
to prove that the gods were not alone immortal, and
to rear for themselves imperishable burial-places, that
at the same time, on another continent, thousands of
miles from the Egyptian house of bondage, a people
of a different race, unknowing and unknown to history,
were not laying the foundations of cities and of
palaces and of temples, less stupendous perhaps, but
no less a wonder and a mystery to succeeding nations?
It is not for any man now to place a limit to the age
of the American ruins; but one thing will be evident
to every one who shall look at the more ancient of
those in Yucatan, that they belong to the remotest
antiquity. Their age is not to be measured by hundreds,
but by thousands of years.
With regard to the purpose of these ruins, I can
add little to the suggestions which have already been
made during the progress of my narrative. They
were, without a doubt, built primarily for the honor
and glory of the rulers of the country. They are, as
Pliny very justly says, when speaking of the similar
achievements of the Eastern tyrants, “Regum pecuniœ
otiosa ac stulta ostentatio.” Their secondary
purposes, doubtless, were to be used as palatial residences,
imperishable sepulchres for the dead, and temples
for religious worship. It is impossible to suppose
that any of the ruined buildings of which I have
given a description could have been intended for
private abodes, or could have been constructed by
private enterprise. On the contrary, not a vestige of
.bn 214.png
.pn +1
the ordinary houses in which the masses might have
been supposed to reside, remain. Every memorial
of the people is gone, save the splendid structures
which they erected to gratify the pride of their kings
and their priests.
In this connexion it may not be impertinent to
allude to some of the religious opinions and ceremonies
of the South American nations, which may
throw light upon the topic under consideration.
Almost all the Indian tribes, even to the Charibs,
have a traditionary account of the deluge and of the
creation; and, what is more singular, relate it as occurring
in or near their present locations upon this
continent—leading to the supposition of an antediluvian
existence in America. They also have their
great supernatural benefactors. The Brazilians have
the Payzome, the Tamanac race their Amalivaca,
the Chileans their Them, the Muyscas their Bochica,
the Peruvians their Manco Capac, the Mexicans their
Quetzalcoatl, and the Chiapasans their Votan. This
latter people represent Noah under the name of
Coxox.
The art of embalming seems to have been perfectly
well known to the people who once inhabited the
west, which shows that they were not the same with
the roving Indians of later date.[#] The practice of
burning the dead, which prevailed to a great extent
in Asia and other parts of the world, was customary
among all the more civilized tribes. Their usual
method of burial was in the sitting posture.[#] Dr.
.bn 215.png
.pn +1
Morton says, that “no offence excites greater exasperation
in the breast of the Indian than the violation
of the graves of his people; and he has been known
to disinter the bones of his ancestors, and bear them
with him to a great distance, when circumstances
have compelled him to make a permanent change of
residence. The practice of inhumation is so different
from that practised by the rest of mankind, and
at the same time so prevalent among the American
natives, as to constitute another means of identifying
them as parts of a single and peculiar race. This
practice consists in burying the dead in a sitting posture;
the legs being flexed against the abdomen, the
arms also bent, and the chin supported on the palms
of the hands.”
.pm fn-start
Priest.
.pm fn-end
.pm fn-start
Bradford’s Am. Ant.
.pm fn-end
All the civilized Americans had a priesthood, and
circumcision was practised by the Mayas of Yucatan,
the Calchaquis of Caho.[#] and Mexicans,[#] who
worshipped the sun and stars, believing that departed
souls became stars. Water was held to be sacred
for religious ablution—and the mounds are generally
found near it, or have the means of being well supplied.
Adair assures us that the Choctaws called
the old mounds “Nanne-Yah,” “The Hills or Mounts
of God;” a name almost identical with the Mexican
pyramids. In Mexico, the Teocalli, or “Houses of
God,” or Houses of the Sun, (for the word “Teolt,”
the appellation of the Supreme Being, was also used
to denote that luminary,) were regular terraced pyramids,
.bn 216.png
.pn +1
supporting chapels, which contained the images
of their idolatry. The temples of the sun and moon,
in Mexico, resemble similar temples among the ancient
Romans. The sun was worshipped at Emesa,
says Gibbon, under the name of Elagabalus, under
the form of a black conical stone, which, it was universally
believed, had fallen from heaven on that sacred
spot.
.pm fn-start
Prof. Rafinesque.
.pm fn-end
.pm fn-start
De Solis.
.pm fn-end
The Siamese and Javanese divide their weeks similar
to the Mexicans, the first, like theirs, being market-day;
and their cycles, like the Maya age, consisted
of twenty years. This was a custom with
them previous to any connexion with the Hindoos.[#]
The belief of the Mayas and Mexicans, that the
world would be destroyed at the end of one of their
ages, coincides singularly with the same impression
among the Egyptians, according to Herodotus, when
they saw the sun descend from the Crab toward
Capricorn. In the festival of Isis, when the orb began
to re-appear, and the days grew longer, they
robed themselves in white garments, and crowned
themselves with flowers.
The movements of the Pleiades were observed by
most of the primitive nations, says Pritchard, and not
less so by the southern and central Indians. It is an
Egyptian legend that the body of Osiris (the moon)
was cut to pieces by Typhon (the sun.) So, likewise,
in the Mexican mythology, the woman serpent (the
moon) is said to be devoured by the sun; a fabulous
allusion to the changes of the moon. In Mexico the
.bn 217.png
.pn +1
woman serpent, or moon, was styled the “mother of
our flesh;” so, in Egypt, that luminary was called the
“mother of the world.” The Mexicans, Peruvians,
Araucanians, the Canadian and Huron Indians; as,
also, the Chinese, Malays, and Hindoos, in cases of
eclipses of the sun or moon, shot off arrows at them,
made hideous noises, caused dogs to bark and howl,
and in every possible way struggled to separate the
two antagonists.
.pm fn-start
Crawford’s Siam.
.pm fn-end
Thus much with regard to the impressions left
upon my mind respecting the origin and purpose of
these ruins. I make no apology for their vagueness.
It would be presumptuous to attempt to have any
definite ideas upon the subject. But in order to afford
the reader every facility for forming clearer views,
if possible, than myself, I have collected and subjoin
in another chapter, a mass of historical information
connected with the subject before me, selected from
the writings of the most recent, sagacious, and faithful
travellers, who have left us any record of their
studies. These extracts present all the most important
facts known of the early inhabitants of Mexico.
How far history can assist the antiquary in his investigations
of this subject, may be pretty satisfactorily
judged by consulting the following chapter.
.bn 218.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch10
CHAPTER X.
.pm ch-head
Waldeck’s Remarks on Uxmal—Ancient Tools—Soil and Health—Ancient
Customs—End of Time—The Coronation of an Emperor—Religious
Beliefs—Marriage Ceremony—Infant Baptism—Origin
of those Rites—Horse Worship—Amusements—Markets—Idols—Candidates
for Matrimony—Their Worship Varies—Refinements.
.pm ch-head-end
In respect to the ruins of Uxmal, Waldeck remarks,
that “nothing is in stucco—all is in well-worked
stone. Cogolludo and Gutierre have confounded
Palenque with Uxmal, and Uxmal with Copan. The
edifices of Palenque, except the palace, are of small
dimensions—those of Uxmal are, comparatively, colossal,
and all constructed of hewn stone. The pyramid
is called the Conjurer’s Tower, and is the highest
of five seen by the author. He considers it a
place originally devoted to sacrifices. The Asiatic
style is easily recognised in the architecture of this
monument. It is ornamented by the symbolic elephant
upon the rounding corners of the building.
The trunk is yet visible on the east side, though the
whole figure is much broken on the west side. It is
to be regretted that the figure is not entire. The
legs, for the most part, are wanting. There are some
statues in basso-relievo, very natural; and in some
.bn 219.png
.pn +1
respects very correctly designed. Above all, in the
ornaments, we must admire the patience of the workmen,
and the taste of those ancient people, so rich in
monumental wealth. Blue and red are the only colors
distinguishable upon the walls. The carvings,
which ornament the façades of some of the edifices
of Uxmal, deserve the careful attention of artists and
savans. When they carefully examine the squares,
which compose those beautiful embellishments, they
will be convinced that their designers had a profound
knowledge of the principles of geometry. I have
measured all the details by plumb and line, and have
found them to conform to each other with perfect
accuracy in all their parts.”
No iron implements, or tools of any description,
have been discovered here; nor was I successful in
finding anything of the kind at Chi-Chen. Flint was
undoubtedly used. This stone is capable of being
formed with a most delicate natural edge, which is
as durable, in the working of limestone, as that of
steel.
The soil about Uxmal is rich, principally of a red
sand loam, capable of producing corn, tobacco, and
almost any other product that the limited industry of
its inhabitants may be disposed to cultivate. The
face of the land is somewhat undulating, and free of
that flat monotonous appearance which may be considered
as almost an affliction to a great portion of
this province. There are ponds in the vicinity;
which, taken in connexion with the rank vegetation
which borders them, engender considerable sickness
.bn 220.png
.pn +1
during the months of autumn. The timber throughout
Yucatan is of a stinted growth.
Antonio de Solis, the author of the “History of
the Conquest of Mexico,” a work of even classical
merit, written at a period when he could have access
to all the facts, gives some of the peculiar customs
of the natives of Mexico that may be very properly
noticed here; as they may throw some light upon
the subject when the matter is brought to the reflection
of those who are more competent than I am to
draw conclusions. Some allowance should be made
for the religious prejudices of the age in which this
book was produced, and of its author. De Solis
says that the Mexicans adjusted their calendar by the
motion of the sun, making his altitude and declination
the measure of times and seasons. They allowed
to their years three hundred and sixty-five days,
and divided them into eighteen months of twenty
days each; leaving the five overplus days to come in
at the end of the year, which were celebrated as
holydays. Their weeks consisted of thirteen days,
with different names marked in their calendar by
images. The “age” or cycle, in their calendar, was
four weeks of years, marked by a circle, which they
divided into fifty-two degrees, allowing a year to each
degree. In the centre of this circle they painted the
sun, from whose rays proceeded four lines of different
colors, which equally divided the circumference,
leaving thirteen degrees to each semi-diameter; and
these divisions served as signs of their zodiac, upon
which their ages had their revolutions, and the sun
.bn 221.png
.pn +1
his aspects, prosperous or adverse, according to the
colors of the lines. In a large circle, enclosing the
other, they marked, with their figures and characters,
the accidents of the age, and all circumstances which
had happened worthy of being remembered. These
secular maps were public instruments, which served
for a proof of their history. It may be remarked
among the wisest institutions of their government,
that they had official historiographers, whose duty it
was to preserve for posterity the exploits of their
nation.
They had a superstition that the world was in
danger of destruction at the last day of the “age”
of fifty-two years; and all the people prepared themselves
for that dreadful and ultimate calamity. They
took leave of the light with tears, and expected death
without any previous sickness. They broke their
household vessels as unnecessary lumber, extinguished
their fires, and walked about like disturbed people,
without daring to take any rest, till they knew
whether they were to be for ever consigned to the
regions of darkness. On the dawning of day they
began to recover their spirits, with their eyes fixed
towards the east; and, at the first appearance of the
sun, they saluted him with all their musical instruments,
and congratulated each other upon their security
for the duration of another age. They immediately
crowded to their temples to render thanks to
their gods, and to receive from the priests new fire,
which had been preserved by them throughout the
night. Next, they made a new provision for their
.bn 222.png
.pn +1
necessary subsistence, and this day was spent in public
rejoicings; the diversions being dedicated to the
renewal of time, much after the manner of the secular
games among the Romans.
Their emperor, who was chosen by electoral princes
upon the death of his predecessor, receives the
crown upon very precise conditions. He is obliged
to take the field with the forces of the empire, and
obtain some victory over his enemies, or subdue some
rebels or some neighboring province, before he can
be crowned, or permitted to ascend the royal throne.
So soon as the victorious prince was found to be
qualified for the regal dignity by the success of his
enterprise, he returned triumphantly to the city, and
made his public entry with great state and solemnity.
The nobility, ministers, and priests accompanied him
to the temple of war, where, after he had offered the
customary sacrifices, the electoral princes clothed him
in the royal robes; arming his right hand with a sword
of gold, edged with flint, the ensign of justice, and
his left with a bow and arrows, signifying his power
and command in war. Then the first elector, the
king of Tezcuco, placed the crown upon his head.
After this, one of the most eloquent magistrates made
a long harangue, wishing him joy of the dignity in
the name of the whole empire; and added some documents,
representing the troubles and cares that attend
a crown, with the obligations he lay under to
guard the public good of his kingdom; recommending
to him the imitation of his ancestors. This
speech being ended, the chief of the priests approached
.bn 223.png
.pn +1
him with great reverence, and between his hands
the emperor took the oath with great solemnity. He
swore to maintain the religion of his ancestors; to
observe the laws and customs of the empire; to treat
his vassals with lenity; that, during his rule, they
should have seasonable rains; and that no inundations
of rivers, sterility of soil, or malignant influence
of the sun, should happen.
Amidst such a multitude of gods as they worship,
they still acknowledge a superior deity, to whom they
attribute the creation of the heavens and the earth.[#]
This first cause of all things was, among the Mexicans,
without a name; there being no word in their
language whereby to express his attributes. They
only signified that they knew him by looking towards
heaven with veneration, and giving him, after their
way, the attribute of ineffable, with the same religious
uncertainty as the Athenians worshipped the
Unknown God. They believed in the immortality
of the soul, and in future rewards and punishments.
They buried great quantities of gold and silver with
their dead, in a belief that it was necessary to bear
their expenses through a long and troublesome journey.
They put to death some of their servants to
accompany them; and it was a common thing for
wives to consummate the exequies of their husbands
by their own deaths. Princes were obliged to have
monuments of vast extent, for the greatest part of
their riches and family were interred with them;
.bn 224.png
.pn +1
both the one and the other in proportion to their
dignity and grandeur. The whole of the servants
were obliged to accompany the prince into the other
world, together with some flatterers among them;
who, at that time, suffered for the deceit of their profession.
.pm fn-start
Montezuma, in reply to Cortez, says, “In regard to the creation of
the world, our beliefs are the same.”—Bernal Diez.
.pm fn-end
The marriage was a kind of contract, with some
religious ceremonies. The preliminary articles being
all agreed upon, the couple appeared in the temple,
and one of the priests examined their inclinations
by certain formal questions, appointed by law
for that purpose. He then took the tip of the woman’s
veil with one hand, and one corner of the
husband’s garment in the other, and tied them together
at the ends, to signify the interior tie of their
affections. Thus they returned to their habitation,
accompanied by the same priest; where, imitating
the Romans with regard to their dii Lares, or household
gods, they paid a visit to the domestic fire, which
they believed concerned in the union between the
married pair. They went round it seven times, following
the priest; after which they sat down to receive
their equal share of the heat, and this accomplished
their marriage. They registered in a public
instrument the portion brought by the bride, every
part whereof the husband was obliged to restore in
case they parted, which very frequently happened;
for mutual consent was judged to be a sufficient cause
for a divorce; a case in which the laws never interfered.
When once thus dissolved, it was inevitable
.bn 225.png
.pn +1
death for them to come together again. Inconstancy
was punished with the utmost rigor.
Their new-born infants were carried to the temples
with solemnity, and the priests received them
with certain admonitions concerning the troubles to
which they were born. If they were the sons of
nobles, they put a sword into the child’s right hand,
and upon his left arm a shield, kept in the temple for
that purpose. If of plebeian extraction, they put
into their hands mechanical instruments; and the
females, of both degrees, had only the distaff and
spindle, signifying to each the kind of employment
which destiny had prepared for them. This ceremony
over, they were brought to the altar, and there,
with a thorn of maguey, or a lancet of flint, they
drew some drops of blood from the privy parts; after
which they either sprinkled them with water, or
dipped them into it; using, at the same time, certain
invocations. This appears to be a striking imitation
of baptism and circumcision, which De Solis very
piously attributes to the devil; who, he also says, introduced
among these barbarians the confession of
sins, giving it to be understood that thereby they obtained
the favor of their gods. He (the devil) likewise
instituted a sort of communion, which the priest
administered upon certain days of the year; dividing
into small bits an idol made of flour and honey, mixed
into a paste, which they called the god of Penitence.
They had jubilees, processions, offerings of
incense, and the other forms of divine worship. They
even gave their chief priests the title of papas in their
.bn 226.png
.pn +1
language; which, together with other imitations of
the Catholic church, the author thinks must have
cost Satan a deal of close study and perseverance!
The rest of the rites and ceremonies of “these
miserable heathen were shocking and horrible both
to reason and nature; bestialities, and incongruous,
stupid absurdities; which seemed altogether incompatible
with the regularity and admirable economy
which were observed in the other parts of the government,
and would scarcely be believed were not history
full of examples of the like weaknesses and errors
of men in other nations, and in parts of the
world where they have the means of being more enlightened.
Sacrifices of human blood began about
the same time with idolatry. The horrible and detestable
custom of eating human flesh has been practised
many ages since among the barbarous people
of our hemisphere, as Galatia confesses in her antiquities;
and Scythia, in her Anthropophagi, must acknowledge
the same. Greece and Rome wanted the
knowledge of true religion, and were complete idolaters;
although, in everything else, they gave laws to
the whole world, and left edifying examples to posterity.”
He therefore concludes that the Mexican
worship was no other than a detestable compound
of all the errors and abominations which have been
received among the Gentiles in different parts of the
world.
Don Solis would not enter into a detail of their
particular festivals and sacrifices, their ceremonies,
sorceries, and superstitions; not only because they
.bn 227.png
.pn +1
are met at every step, with tedious repetitions, in the
histories, but because it is his opinion that too much
caution cannot be observed in restricting the pen
upon a subject of this nature; at best to be looked
upon as an unnecessary lesson, affording the reader
little pleasure and much less profit.
With all due deference to the erudition and moral
feelings of the author above, so largely quoted, I
doubt whether information of consequence might not
be obtained from the minutiæ of these ceremonies,
trifling as they appear, that would be of importance
to the future historian. If the exploits of these nations
had been handed down even in the writings of
those “capable historiographers,” it would have been
some consolation for the absence of any better authority.[#]
The suppression of these records we cannot
pardon—the natives erred through ignorance;
their conquerors, from a policy only worthy of the
darkest ages. They not only destroyed what they
confess to be a wise and excellent government, but
they buried in oblivion the very name of the people
they so mercilessly obliterated from a national (it
may almost be said from an earthly) existence.
Waldeck, in referring back to the time that Cortez
was in Tabasco, gives an account of a sick horse
left with the Indians by that almost worshipped commander;
which, under the rich and unnatural food
they furnished him, very naturally famished. Some
say he was fed with grains of gold; the natives judging,
.bn 228.png
.pn +1
from the prevailing passion of his former masters,
that this would be his most satisfactory diet.
He died, poor horse, however, as might have been
anticipated, under their unfortunate attentions; but
the consequences did not end here. They erected
an elegant temple to his memory, deified him, and
placed him among the most prominent of their gods,
where he received their faithful and regular devotions.
In after years, the missionaries and Spanish priests
had more difficulty to dissuade them from the worship
of this horse, which they called Tizimin,[#] than
they had from all their other gods. From this circumstance,
it appears that this temple must have been
built after the conquest; and, as it possesses architectural
beauty in no respect inferior to the temples
of a more ancient date, we may infer that the same
race of people that produced it, may have been the
architects of the most elaborate works among the
ruins.[#]
.pm fn-start
An evil genius of hideous appearance, that, it was believed, would
devour the world.
.pm fn-end
.pm fn-start
“They had books made of the bark of trees, in which were noted
down the records of past times.”—Bernal Diez.
.pm fn-end
Bernal Diez, a companion of Cortez, who has
.bn 229.png
.pn +1
written a particular account of the conquest, but not
with the elegance of De Solis, is very minute in describing
the great temples in Mexico, the gods, and the
rich splendor of the city. One part of it was occupied
by Montezuma’s dancers; some of whom
bore sticks on their feet, others flew in the air, and
others danced like matachines. The gardens of the
great Indian prince were very extensive, irrigated by
canals of running water, and shaded with every variety
of trees. In them were baths of cut stone,
pavilions for feasting or retirement, and theatres for
shows and for the dancers and singers; all of which
were kept in the most exact order by laborers employed
for the purpose.
.pm fn-start
“The natives of these countries have learned trades, and have
their shops, manufactories, and journeymen, and gain their livelihood
thereby. The gold and silver smiths work both in cast metal and by
the hammer; and excel, as do the lapidaries and painters. The engravers
execute first-rate work with their fine instruments of iron, especially
upon emeralds; wherein they represent all the acts of the holy
passions in such a manner, that those who had not seen them execute
it, would not have believed such to have been done by the hand of an
Indian. The sons of the chiefs used to be grammarians; and were
learning very well until they were forbidden by the holy synod, under
an order from the Archbishop of Mexico. They excel in all manufactures,
not excepting that of tapestry.”—Bernal Diez.
.pm fn-end
The market was held upon the grand square.
Here, in places prepared for the purpose, was every
kind of merchandise in use among them; consisting
of gold, silver, jewels, feathers, mantles, chocolate,
skins, sandals, slaves, and all the varieties of food,
cooked and in a raw state. Mechanics, in all
branches, here performed their labors; and every
thing appeared to be done in the greatest harmony.
Judges regularly presided here to decide any disputes,
and to see that the laws were duly executed
and obeyed.
A circuit was made through a number of large
courts (the smallest of which is larger than the great
square of Salamanca) before we entered the great
temple, which had double enclosures, built of stone
and lime, and the courts paved with large white cut
stone, very clean; and, where it was not paved, plastered
.bn 230.png
.pn +1
and polished. The ascent to the temple was
by one hundred and fourteen steps; from the top
of which was a complete view of the city and the
surrounding neighborhood. Here were two altars,
highly adorned, with richly wrought timbers on the
roof; and, over the altars, gigantic figures resembling
very fat men. One was Huitzilopochtli, their war
god, with a great face and terrible eyes. His figure
was entirely covered with gold and jewels, and his
body bound with golden serpents. In his right hand
he held a bow, and in his left a bundle of arrows.
A little idol stood by, representing his page, who
bore a lance and target richly ornamented with gold
and jewels. The great idol had round his neck the
figures of human heads and hearts made of pure gold
and silver, ornamented with precious stones of a blue
color. On the left was the other large figure, with a
countenance like a bear, and big shining eyes of a
polished substance (mica) like their mirrors. The
body of this idol was also covered with jewels.
These two deities were said to be brothers. The
name of this last was Tezcatepuca, and he was the
god of the infernal regions; and, according to their
belief, presided over the souls of men. His body
was covered with figures representing little devils,
with the tails of serpents. In the summit of the
temple, and in a recess, the timber of which was
highly ornamented, was a figure half human and the
other half resembling an alligator, inlaid with jewels
and partly covered with a mantle. This idol was
said to contain the germ and origin of all created
.bn 231.png
.pn +1
things, and was the god of harvests and fruits.
These places were exceedingly offensive from the
smell of human blood, with which they were besmeared.
Here was an enormous drum, (the head
was made of the skin of a large serpent,) the sound
of which could be heard the distance of two leagues.
At a little distance from this temple stood a tower.
At the door were frightful idols; by it was a place
for sacrifice; and, within, boilers and pots full of water,
to dress the flesh of the victims, which was eaten
by the priests. The idols were like serpents and
devils, and before them were tables and knives for
sacrifice; the place being covered with the blood
which was spilt on these occasions. Crossing a
court is another temple, wherein were the tombs of
the Mexican nobility. Next this was yet another,
full of skeletons and piles of bones; each kept apart,
but regularly arranged. In each temple were idols
and its particular priests; the latter of whom wore
long vestments of black, somewhat between the dress
of the Dominicans and canons.
At a certain distance from the buildings last spoken
of were others, the idols of which were the superintendent
deities of marriages; near which was
a large structure occupied by Mexican women, who
resided there, as in a nunnery, until they were married.
They worshipped two female deities, who
presided over marriages; and to them they offered
sacrifices, in order to obtain good husbands.
Each province had its peculiar gods, who were
supposed to have no concern with any other; so
.bn 232.png
.pn +1
that, in consequence, there were a great multiplicity
of idols in the various districts.[#] Mexico was thought
to have attained its zenith at the time Cortez first
entered it. The city had risen up in about one hundred
and thirty years (from 1388 to 1518) solely by
the aid of its military power. As the great temple,
however, is said to have existed a thousand years,
this assertion is hardly reconcilable with the facts.
The Tlascalans not only proved themselves to be as
warlike as the Mexicans, but equally qualified as
statesmen. They held it as a principle, that “whatever
was unlawful, with them, was impossible.” At
Zempoala books were seen in their temples, containing
the rites of their religion, written in imagery or
ciphers, as was customary with the painters of Teutile,
at Tabasco.[#] The same kind of writing was
noticed at Mexico, done on cotton cloth.
Waldeck says that there exists a history of the
original Conquest of Yucatan, written by Villa Gutierre,
a copy of which was found in the archives of the
cathedral at Merida. This work is very superior to the
voluminous and undigested compilation of Cogolludo;
at the same time it must be remarked, it carries a
similar theological coloring and religious prejudice.
So, though Villa Gutierre was neither priest nor monk,
he none the less invoked, in each page, the trinity and
the saints; and even his book is dedicated to the holy
Virgin. This was the madness of the epoch; Spanish
and American literature was entirely placed under
the auspices of monkish bigots, who wrote their
.bn 233.png
.pn +1
histories in the same style as they did the lives of the
saints.
.pm fn-start
Bernal Diez.
.pm fn-end
.pm fn-start
De Solis.
.pm fn-end
Besides these authors there is no other historian
of Yucatan. I have an abridged manuscript copy of
Cogolludo in my possession; but, from a close examination,
it appears to be unworthy of translation.
The numerous writers on Mexico are well known to
the reader. Baron Humboldt is deservedly the most
celebrated who has treated on that subject; and his
writings are an honor to the age. But the most remarkable
work that has ever probably been produced,
is that of the late Lord Kingsborough, on American
Antiquities, which is acknowledged to be the most
costly undertaking ever attempted by a single individual,
of a literary kind. A copy, and the only one
in the United States, is in the possession of the Pennsylvania
Library, at Philadelphia. The collection
of materials was made by Augustine Aglis, who edited
and published it in London, in 1830. He has
succeeded in “getting up” a splendid book, but the
compilation falls short of its merits. It is comprised
in seven immense folio volumes, embellished with upwards
of a thousand splendid engravings, colored with
the greatest neatness and skill. It is said that only
about fifty copies were suffered to be struck, to be
presented to friends. The plates were then defaced.
It cost something like one hundred and fifty thousand
dollars to produce this work. This patron of literature
and the arts, a short period since, died in the
prison of Dublin, a sad instance of self-immolation to
his own munificence; his fate being but a melancholy
inducement for others to follow his example.
.bn 234.png
.pn +1
.bn 235.png
.pn +1
.if h
.il fn=i199-f.jpg w=400px id=i199-f
.ca
COACH TRAVELLING,
CROSSING THE MOUNTAINS FROM UXMAL.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: COACH TRAVELLING
CROSSING THE MOUNTAINS FROM UXMAL.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 236.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch11
CHAPTER XI.
.pm ch-head
Departure from Uxmal—Abala—The Road—The Curate’s Hacienda—Arrival
at Merida—Hotel de Diligencias—Bishop Preaching—Strange
Scenes—Parting with José—Departure from Merida—Coach
and Passengers—Scenes of the Road—Zibackchen—Accommodations—Arrival
at Campeachy.
.pm ch-head-end
The reader will remember that the narrative of my
journeyings terminated at Uxmal. I finished making
my observations of those ruins, and on the 4th of
March embarked in a Yucatan coach and four, (four
stout Indians,) crossed the Cordilleras, and the same
night slept at the Casa-real at Muna, distant three
leagues.
While waiting for my tortillas and eggs, I shall be
pardoned for expressing my acknowledgments to the
major-domo of the hacienda at Uxmal, to whom I was
indebted for many kindnesses; and it will not be
amiss to add, that his was one of the best managed
estates that I observed in Yucatan.
The hacienda is built of hewn stone, taken principally
from the ruins; more of which the Indians
are now engaged in bringing away for the improvements
the building is at present undergoing. It is
about eighty feet front, having one range of rooms,
with a high and wide balcony in front and rear, with
.bn 237.png
.pn +1
a small chapel attached. In front is the cattle-yard,
with its stone and mortar troughs for water, and wells
and cisterns at the sides; the whole surrounded by a
high stone wall, in the front centre of which is an
immense arch-way, set off with pinnacled ornaments
selected from the ruins.
There are a large number of Indians attached to
this hacienda, who appear well; and so does every
thing else connected with it. Different from many
others, this establishment has an air of comfort and
prosperity, much to the credit of those who supervise
its concerns. It has its six hundred bee-hives, which
are made of hollow logs, cut into lengths of two feet
each. They are well arranged under sheds erected
for the purpose—opened monthly, and the honey extracted.
They do not yield so much honey, or of so
good a quality, neither are the bees as lively as those
of the north. Their bees have no sting. Great attention
is paid to the preservation of the wax, which is
almost a staple in the country, so much is consumed
in the religious exercises.
On the following morning we were detained for the
want of a mule, and as it had been engaged at an
early hour, I felt not a little annoyed at the disappointment.
To indemnify myself in some measure,
I resolved to look at the town; but it was all like other
towns here. That which most attracted my attention
was seeing the Indian women, with their leathern
buckets, and coils of long rope about their heads, and
earthen pots under their arms, going to the well,
which is in the centre of the square, to draw water.
.bn 238.png
.pn +1
I thought of Rebecca—of the custom among the
ancient Israelitish women, of performing the same
duty—and of the lost tribes; and I wondered if they
did not stray this way, and found all these large cities
that are now tumbling to dust—and I was lost in reflection,
and—lost my way to the Casa-real. Making
my course through squatted Indians and these
female water-carriers, who had led me out of the
path, as they have many a wiser man before, I discovered
the stopping-place and waiting mule much easier
than a solution to my new theory.
At ten o’clock we were ready once more to set off
upon our journey, over a rocky road, taking the former
from choice, the latter from necessity. After
travelling four leagues, we passed through the small
Indian town of Abala. This place has a very neat
white church, which was embellished with two turrets,
making a pretty appearance amidst the dulness
of every thing around it. There being no particular
inducement to delay here, we once more took up our
march, and, at five o’clock, and two leagues distant,
we arrived at an hacienda belonging to one of the principal
curates of the province, (Isamul,) where we remained
for the night. The house, although plain,
was so arranged as to be both convenient and pleasant.
It looked quite unlike any of the buildings for
similar purposes in the country, but resembled that
of one of those comfortable Dutch farm-houses, so
common in Pennsylvania. It had a garden unusually
well cultivated, and great attention was paid to the
fruit trees. I noticed that great attention was given
.bn 239.png
.pn +1
also to irrigation, and, all things taken into consideration,
it struck me as being a place where a man might
make himself comparatively happy. Among the inmates
of the house I observed a number of beautiful
Mestizos, but they did not outnumber those of the
curate’s house in Valladolid.
At three o’clock, on the following morning, our feet
were in the stirrups; and bidding a kind adieu to
our host, we were soon upon our rocky path, under
the light of a waning moon. It must not be supposed
that either the excellence of the road, or the particularly
early hour, held out many inducements for leaving
such desirable quarters; but I was anxious to reach
Merida with the least possible delay. The distance
was six leagues to the city, which we reached, after
passing through several haciendas, encountering
clouds of dust under a scorching sun, on the 6th day
of March. The appearance of the streets, as we rode
through them, was singular. The stores and houses
were closed, and scarcely a person was to be seen.
It was evidently the much respected hour of siesta.
Clouds of the fine white dust of the streets filled the
air. It was like entering a city in the desert of Barca.
I stopped at the “Hotel des Diligences,” which had
been opened during my absence; and though I could
not but feel some compunctions at having thus deserted
the amiable Doña Michaelé, yet as she only
kept her house purely for the accommodation of strangers,
I felt my defection to be less serious. The new
hotel was liberally supplied with all the natural advantages
that are necessary to make its inmates comfortable.
.bn 240.png
.pn +1
It was, in fact, un hotel Français, and reminded
me strongly of those to be met with upon the
borders of Switzerland, which, I am right glad to see,
are finding their way into this province. Perhaps
there is no part of the world where the traveller is
more at a loss for accommodations upon the road,
than in Yucatan.
The jaded horses being provided for, I, as is my
wont, soon made myself perfectly at home, and as
happy as I could. I was not a little rejoiced to find
that the hotel was provided with a bathing-room, a
luxury of which I was not long in availing myself.
I came out completely renovated, and with all convenient
speed swung myself into a hammock and forgetfulness.
On Sunday I attended public worship at the cathedral.
The bishop delivered his last of an annual series
of ten sermons. “Heaven” was the subject of
his discourse. The church was well filled; the ladies,
of course, and as usual, constituting a majority of the
numerous assemblage that attended. They looked
exceedingly well, though I could reconcile myself
with difficulty to their seating themselves upon the
cold stone floor. The words of the bishop, at the
remote position which I occupied in the church,
were indistinctly heard; and, therefore, I am unable
to give any opinion of their merits. One thing is
certain, their author looked the prelate to admiration.
It was rather an ungentlemanly or thoughtless act
of the commanding officer on parade in the adjoining
square, to fire a feu-de-joie during the preaching. It
.bn 241.png
.pn +1
had the effect of putting to rout many of the congregation,
and drowning the bishop’s voice, very
much to his discomfiture. I had entertained much
doubt respecting the popularity of the church among
the higher order and the better informed people of
Yucatan, and this went far to establish it. It is policy,
however, to keep it up as it is—but such examples
as this have quite a contrary tendency.
For the last ten days the city has presented a singular
aspect. Stores have been closing and opening.
Processions, military and ecclesiastical, have been the
order of the day. Images, of all sizes and distinctions,
have been paraded through the public streets,
and the churches crowded with women. Prayers
were uttered aloud in the public thoroughfares of
the city; and places of most resort, filled with
both sexes, arrayed in suits of mourning. Government
officers received indulgences, and all public
labor was suspended. It was the enacting of the
scenic shows of the death and rising of our Saviour.
At half-past eight o’clock this morning, all the bells
(and here are not a few) were put in motion. The
Saviour had risen, and all was life—as life is in
Merida!
My preparations for leaving Merida were completed.
It was now late in the evening, the last
night of my stay at Merida; and José had hung about,
for one petty excuse or other, although he was sick,
with an affectionate reluctance to leave me for the
last time. The cause was almost too prominent to
.bn 242.png
.pn +1
escape notice; and the remembrance of his little
frailties, and they were remarkably few, was at once
buried in oblivion. He wanted to accompany me
home, but his health would not permit; and I was
obliged to forego the indulgence of his wishes, and
my own inclination to enjoy the advantage of his
faithful services. The time has been when I have
parted from a good old horse with an agitated bosom,
and could less have been expected upon this occasion?
The truth must be told; we both shed tears. I felt
sincerely sorry to part with him. Poor José, God
bless him! all I can do for him now is to give him
my kind wishes, and to speak of him as he is—and
to say to my countrymen who may visit Merida, that
if they want a boy upon whom they can depend to
follow them faithfully through the world, José is the
lad to do it.
On the 7th of April, after experiencing a touch of
the fever, to which all strangers are subjected in this
country, I left Merida, by coach, for Campeachy. It
started at five o’clock in the morning, with three passengers;
an elderly woman and man and myself composing
the load. The team galloped off at the rate
of ten miles the hour, and changed horses every hour
during the route. The coach was one of four which
were imported from Troy; and, as a sample, was
well worthy of the high reputation the Trojan carriages
enjoy throughout the United States; but the
horses and harness were in shocking bad keeping.
The driver was an Indian; besides whom were
two other attendants, who were needed, for the unskilful
.bn 243.png
.pn +1
hands of the Indian, and the wildness of the
horses, made the vehicle go on all sides of the road.
It was no uncommon occurrence, to be brought up
against a stone wall at the side of the road; and, in
one instance, we were foul of an Indian hut, which
frightened the inmates to such a degree that they ran
out, supposing it to be an earthquake. By combining
the skill and strength of our whole party, we succeeded
in getting the horses and coach again upon
the highway.
We stopped at a village to take breakfast, and
passed through several towns on the road, but they
afforded nothing worthy of remark. The country
through which our route lay, presented the same aspect
as other parts we had visited. The fields were
still covered with weeds, to burn which the proprietors
of the soil were only waiting for dry weather.
This is the only preparation the soil receives prior to
sowing it. The progress of the coach afforded us
much amusement, by the fright which it appeared to
occasion to all animated nature in our way. This
line of coaches had been only a short time established,
and its whirling along among people and cattle, had
a similar effect that a locomotive has among the animals
and their owners in the wilds of the far West.
Nothing would stand before it. Away went horse
and rider, mule and packs, to secure a safe retreat in
the bushes, at the alarming sound of our approach.
Our arrival in the town brought out the whole population,
and the Indians would come round the coach
.bn 244.png
.pn +1
aching with curiosity, their countenances expressive
both of fear and admiration.
Dinner was procured at a town called Zibackchen,
and we remained here, for the want of horses, during
the night. Our dining apartment was a billiard-room,
where we sat down to a small table, four in all; our
conductor making one of the number. Our elderly
male companion had evidently seen better days. He
was much soured at the appearance of the viands
placed before us; and well he might be, for, agreeably
to my recollections, they were shockingly bad,
and dirty withal. There was but one knife; and
that was used for the purpose of scraping the forks;
and yet, the charges were most extravagant. This,
too, is the depôt, under the personal supervision of
the owners of the coaches, as we understood; the
principal of whom is the Secretary of State! He, at
least, ought to know the fact, and cause the evil to
be abated. If I were upon those terms of intimacy
that would warrant the freedom, with the kindliest
motives, I would not hesitate to inform him of the
existence of this crying evil. Our restiff fellow-passenger
had spent some little time in New York, and
was continually drawing comparisons; and, in his
vexation at the things around him, expressed his opinion
that Yucatan would never excel that State. This
was a point upon which I felt no great disposition
to cavil.
I walked through the town at four o’clock. The
streets were deserted, the houses closed, and the people
in their hammocks. At five, men were lounging
.bn 245.png
.pn +1
about, and the ladies making their toilet, either at the
windows or doors. This is a large town, and well
built; but not more than one-half of the houses are
occupied.
Early in the evening hammocks were slung in the
billiard-room, (the place that had been the scene of
our recent dinner,) and all my fellow-passengers and
myself, without distinction of party or sex, conductors
and Indians, turned in for the night.
At four o’clock, next morning, we were called;
chocolate was served, and we were soon off by the
light of—our cigars; our lady passenger keeping up
the supply from an ample depository in the folds of
her hair. The road was extremely stony, but it was
now undergoing repairs and improvements. We arrived
at Campeachy at nine o’clock; a distance from
Merida of forty leagues, and were set down at the
Traveller’s Hotel, immediately in front of the bay.
Here is a fine view of the open roadstead, in which
lie at anchor one Havana packet, and some four or
five schooners. Near the shore are a number of canoes,
engaged in the coasting trade.
.bn 246.png
.pn +1
.bn 247.png
.pn +1
.if h
.il fn=i209-f.jpg w=300px id=i209-f
.ca
CAMPEACHY.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: CAMPEACHY.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 248.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch12
CHAPTER XII.
.sp 2
.pm ch-head
Reception at Campeachy—The City—Public Buildings—The Convent—The
Market—Charity—An Ancient Custom—Population—The
College—Foundations of the City—Subterraneous Caverns—The
Suburbs—The Harbor—Climate and Health—Various Ruins—The
Author’s Collection of Idols—Dr. Morton on the Archæology
of Yucatan—Other Ruins—Reptiles and Insects—A Concealed Nation—The
Brothers Camachos.
.pm ch-head-end
My reception at Campeachy was extremely gratifying.
There is evidently a class of society here
which contrasts favorably with any to be found in
the other cities of the province. The streets are
narrow and irregular; and have a natural pavement
of flat stone, which is much broken, and makes an exceedingly
rough route for carriages. The buildings
have not the clean appearance of those of Merida,
owing to the extreme humidity that accompanies
the sea winds; but they display more wealth and
taste.
The public buildings on the square are of two stories,
and tastefully ornamented and painted. The
churches, as usual, are the most conspicuous public
works. The private houses, generally, are of one-story,
and well painted. There are few good two-story
houses in the place.
The convent at Campeachy is a huge mass of stone
.bn 249.png
.pn +1
and mortar; the walls of which bear the marks of the
balls from the cannon of the besiegers of 1840, when
the government troops fired upon the town. The
cannonading was continued for three days, but without
doing much execution! The city was obliged,
however, to capitulate, for want of ammunition and
supplies.
The market is well furnished with fruit, vegetables,
and fish, and the customary supplies of meat generally
found in similar establishments throughout Mexico;
but articles are much dearer here than in other
parts of Yucatan. This is owing, probably, to the
great influx of strangers. The greater amount of
money thrown into circulation has of course a tendency
to enhance the value of the necessaries and
luxuries of life, here, as elsewhere.
Every Saturday brings from the country to the
streets of this city a horde of Indian beggars, who are
not to be seen here upon any other day of the week,
and to whom alms are liberally distributed by the inhabitants.
This is a custom, no doubt, that is handed
down from the time of the conquest. The friars
were in the habit of giving charity to the poor on the
same day.
The city, including the suburbs outside the walls,
contains a population of about fifteen thousand.
There is an “alamede” outside these walls, which
affords a pretty little place for a walk, and there are
pleasant drives around in the neighborhood. There
is a college in Campeachy similar to that of Merida,
with six professors, the highest salary of any one of
.bn 250.png
.pn +1
whom is six hundred dollars per annum. There are
fifty-five pupils, besides thirteen on the foundation.
Like all other literary institutions in this country, it
is poorly supported.
The town of Campeachy, built entirely of a calcareous
hewn stone, stands upon a foundation of the
same substance, which extends throughout the whole
peninsula, retreating from the sea-shore with a gradual
elevation, until it reaches to the height of five hundred
feet, the level of Sierra Alta, near Tecax. This
immense rock has doubtless furnished material, before
the conquest, for the construction of those stupendous
temples, and other magnificent buildings, that
now constitute the ruins of this country.
The whole of Campeachy rests upon a subterraneous
cavern of the ancient Mayas. It is now difficult
to ascertain whether these quarries or galleries,
which, according to the traditions of the country,
are understood to be immense, served for the abode
of the people who executed the work. Nothing reveals
the marks of man’s sojournings here; not even
the traces of smoke upon the vaults were visible. It
is more probable that the greater part of this excavation
was used as a depository for their dead. This
supposition has been strengthened by the discovery
of many openings of seven feet deep by twenty inches
in breadth, dug horizontally in the walls of the caverns.
These excavations, however, are few; and the
galleries have been but little investigated and less understood.
Even the inhabitants of the dwellings
.bn 251.png
.pn +1
above know scarcely any thing respecting these dark
habitations.
These catacombs occasion frequent accidents.
“Some time before my arrival,” says Waldeck, “the
centre of Moille street caved in. Happily, this gallery
did not extend beneath the houses. Arches were
erected that brought the street to its original level, by
the aid of a French engineer, M. Journot.”
The principal suburbs of Campeachy are San Roman
to the south of the town, Guadaloupe and San
Francisco to the north. Each of these has its church.
The city has three churches and five convents.
At the extremity of the San Roman suburb is the
general cemetery, around which is a broken wall and
a façade, almost in ruins, feebly protecting it from the
observation of passengers. During the prevalence of
the cholera, this depository was found insufficient to
accommodate the numerous patients, and two others
were constructed to meet the emergency. These last
were surrounded by palisades, and are situated to the
right of the road leading to Lerma. Nor did these
suffice; sculls and bones were to be seen in heaps
above ground.
At some distance from the cemetery is a small battery
that the sea washes at high water. About two
hundred yards to the right of this is the pest-house,
for the accommodation of leprous patients. This establishment
is more expensive than useful, as it has
been long satisfactorily known that the disease is not
contagious. Those unhappily detained prisoners
.bn 252.png
.pn +1
there are lodged and fed gratuitously, and no labor
is exacted from them.
Within less than a mile of this latter building is an
hacienda, called Buena Vista; near it is a colossal
tree of the mimosa class, which may be seen for more
than a league at sea. To the east-north-east of the
hacienda is an opening, similar to those above mentioned,
that is supposed to lead to the subterraneous
caverns. It is concealed from the eye of a careless
observer, and is very little known. This, however,
is very convenient for smugglers, who resort to it in
the night to conceal contraband merchandise, and
who are, perhaps, the only persons that make these
places, in the bosom of the earth, materially serviceable.
The harbor at Campeachy is shallow, and a vessel
which draws more than six feet is obliged to anchor
a league from the shore. In spite of this disadvantage,
from the superior excellence of the timber,
and other causes, a number of vessels are built
here, measuring a hundred feet in the keel, which are
launched by the aid of ingenious contrivances invented
for the purpose.
A theatre has been erected here under the architectural
direction of M. Journot, before named. This
is one of the most beautiful edifices of the place.
The internal decorations, however, will not compare
with the handsome exterior.
The climate of this part of the province appears to
be healthy. The heat is extreme at noon; but the
land breeze in the morning, and the sea breeze in the
.bn 253.png
.pn +1
evening, render the atmosphere, at those periods,
most delightful. During the rainy season, which commences
about the last of May, and ends in September,
intermittent fevers are quite prevalent. These,
however, by temperate and regular habits on the part
of the inhabitants, and attention to the wearing of
flannel, and such garments as are suited to the changes
of the weather, and keeping from unnecessary exposure,
may, in a great measure, be avoided.
In the neighborhood of Campeachy are many ruins
which richly deserve the attention of travellers,
but which the time to which my short excursion was
limited, would not permit me the gratification of
visiting to any extent. Upon a small river near
Champoton, some leagues inland, where it enlarges
to a very considerable lake, are situated many ruins
of a kind of sculpture displaying the finest taste; but
the edifices are so buried beneath the water and earth
that surround them, that it would require great labor
and perseverance to investigate them. Four
leagues to the north of Campeachy there exist many
tumuli, which cannot be visited during the rainy season
without much risk and inconvenience. Three
leagues farther north is a little peninsula, called Jaina.
Here is situated a very large tumulus, around
which have been found a number of small earthen
figures, and some flint heads of lances, very finely
formed. To the antiquarian and the curious this
ruin presents many attractions.
From this tumulus, and other places contiguous to
ruins of immense cities, in the vicinity of Campeachy,
.bn 254.png
.pn +1
were procured among the crumbling walls, some skeletons
and bones that have evidently been interred for
ages, also a collection of idols, fragments, flint spearheads,
and axes; besides sundry articles of pottery-ware,
well wrought, glazed, and burnt.
These interesting relics are now in the possession
of the author. The reader will observe the Engravings
of the most important, and those that are in the
most perfect state of preservation.
Plates No. I., II., and III., are correct designs of the
Idols, which are supposed to have been the household
gods of the people who inhabited these regions.
They are hollow, and contain balls about the size of
a pea, that are supposed to be formed of the ashes
of the victims that have been sacrificed to the particular
god in which they are deposited.
Plate No. IV. represents fragments composed of the
same material as the Idols. Whether these were intended
for the same, or ornaments to their vessels, I
am unable to decide.
Plate No. V. represents the designs of the pots and
vessels of the collection, which were probably used as
burners in the performance of religious rites and ceremonies.
Plate No. VI. represents a Turtle, beautifully
wrought in a fine hard earthy substance. This figure,
by its frequent appearance throughout the ruins
of Yucatan, was undoubtedly one of great importance,
either from its religious or civil associations. This
plate also represents an earthen pan, well wrought,
(apparently turned in a lathe,) and glazed, which
.bn 255.png
.pn +1
was probably one of their household utensils; also
a stone pounder, which was probably used in the same
department.
The Idols, which are, so far as I am at present informed,
the only ones from Yucatan ever before
brought into this country, are unlike any that have
been found in other parts of Mexico. I have compared
them with those brought from the city of Mexico
by Hon. Joel R. Poinsett, and now in the cabinet
of the American Philosophical Society in Philadelphia,
and have been able to discover no analogy
between them. This fact gives color for the presumption
that the people prepared these penates according
to their respective tastes, and with little
reference to any standard or canon.
The bones and other relics of the persons who
had been for a very long time dead, were now nearly
decomposed. Being under the impression that these
remains might assist in explaining the origin of the
early inhabitants, or throw light upon other difficulties
in the archæology of Yucatan, I determined to
preserve and bring them with me. Immediately
upon my arrival in Philadelphia I presented these
remains to Dr. Morton, a gentleman who is so well
known to the scientific world that it is unnecessary
for me to say, that any opinion which he would be
led to by their examination would deserve, and receive,
the highest consideration from men of science
throughout the world. A few days before the present
chapter went to press, but too late to notice the
fact in a more appropriate place, I had the honor of
.bn 256.png
.pn +1
receiving a letter from Dr. Morton, in which he favors
me with the result of his examination; an attention
for which I am the more grateful, inasmuch as
it was accompanied with a permission to make any
use of the writer’s remarks which, in my opinion,
would be most acceptable to my readers. I have no
hesitation in presenting to them all the contents of
the above communication which are pertinent to the
subject about which we are concerned:—
.if h
.il fn=i216-f-1.jpg w=481px id=i216-f-1
.ca
N^o. 1.
8 ^{in} Long, 5¼ ^{in} Wide.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: No. 1.
8 in. Long, 5¼ in. Wide.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 257.png
.pn +1
.bn 258.png
.pn +1
.if h
.il fn=i216-f-2.jpg w=448px id=i216-f-2
.ca
N^o. 2.
6½ ^{in} Long, 3½ ^{in} Wide.
5¼ ^{in} Long, 3¼ ^{in} Wide.
5¼ ^{in} Long, 4⅝ ^{in} Wide.
7 ^{in}\|\|Long, 4¼ ^{in} Wide.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: No. 2.
6½ in. Long, 3½ in. Wide.
5¼ in. Long, 3¼ in. Wide.
5¼ in. Long, 4⅝ in. Wide.
7 in.\|\|Long, 4¼ in. Wide.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 259.png
.pn +1
.bn 260.png
.pn +1
.if h
.il fn=i216-f-3.jpg w=451px id=i216-f-3
.ca
N^o. 3.
6 ^{in}\|\|Long, 2½ ^{in} Wide.
5 ^{in}\|\|Long, 2¼ ^{in} Wide.
5½ ^{in} Long, 3¾ ^{in} Wide.
3¼ ^{in} Long, 2¾ ^{in} Wide.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: No. 3.
6 in.\|\|Long, 2½ in. Wide.
5 in.\|\|Long, 2¼ in. Wide.
5½ in\|\|Long, 3¾ in. Wide.
3¼ in. Long, 2¾ in. Wide.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 261.png
.pn +1
.bn 262.png
.pn +1
.if h
.il fn=i216-f-4.jpg w=500px id=i216-f-4
.ca
N^o. 4.
FRAGMENTS.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: No. 4.
FRAGMENTS.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 263.png
.pn +1
.bn 264.png
.pn +1
.if h
.il fn=i216-f-5.jpg w=373px id=i216-f-5
.ca
N^o. 5
4¼ ^{in} High, 4 ^{in} Diameter.
2½ ^{in} High, 3 ^{in} Diameter.
3¼ ^{in} High, 5¼ ^{in} Diameter.
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: No. 5
4¼ in. High, 4, in. Diameter.
2½ in. High, 3, in. Diameter.
3¼ in. High, 5¼ in. Diameter.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 265.png
.pn +1
.bn 266.png
.pn +1
.if h
.il fn=i216-f-6.jpg w=449px id=i216-f-6
.ca
N^o. 6.
5 ^{in} Long, 3 ^{in} Wide.
9 ^{in} in diameter, 3 ^{in} in height.
6 ^{in} in diameter, 7 ^{in} height,
.ca-
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: No. 6.
5 in. Long, 3 in. Wide.
9 in. in diameter, 3 in. in height.
6 in. in diameter, 7 in. in height.]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 267.png
.pn +1
.bn 268.png
.pn +1
“Such is the extremely disintegrated state of some
of these bones, and so little animal matter remains
in their composition, that I should suppose them to
belong to an ancient period in the history of our
aboriginal nations; a conjecture which is sustained
by the circumstances under which they were found.
One of these skeletons is that of a man perhaps
twenty-five years of age, with large bones and no
trace of epiphyses. A few fragments of cranial bones
are also large and massive; which remark is also
applicable to both the upper and lower jaws and the
teeth, which latter are singularly perfect. The os
calcis, (heel bone,) and other parts of the foot, are
of delicate proportions; thus presenting that contrast
between the broad head and small hands and feet, which
has long been observed as one of the characteristics of
our native tribes. Parts of a second skeleton, from the
same mound, have belonged to a smaller person; but
they are so much broken as to preclude any certain
indications of age or sex.
“Of the two remaining skeletons, only a few fragments
of the long bones, and others of the hands and
.bn 269.png
.pn +1
feet, remain. They are much larger than those already
mentioned, and have no doubt pertained to
individuals above the ordinary stature.
“I am extremely indebted to you for the opportunity
you have thus afforded me of examining and
comparing these ancient relics of our native Indian
race; for, dilapidated as they are, their characters, as
far as I can ascertain them, correspond with all the
osteological remains of that people which have hitherto
come under my observation; and go to confirm
the position, that all the American tribes (excepting
the Esquimaux, who are obviously of Asiatic origin)
are of the same unmixed race. I have examined
the sculls (now in my possession) of four hundred
individuals, belonging to tribes which have inhabited
almost every region of North and South America,
including the civilized as well as the savage communities,
and I find the same type of organization to
pervade and characterize them all.
“I much regret that we have in this country so
few sculls of the Mongolian or Polar tribes of northern
Asia. These are all-important in deciding the
question whether the aboriginal American race is
peculiar, and distinct from all others; a position
which I have always maintained, and which I think
will be verified when the requisite means of comparison
are procured.”
At Cape Catoche is an entire city buried beneath
the luxurious vegetation, which has not yet attracted
much attention from visitors. From this circumstance,
probably, some singular results might be the
.bn 270.png
.pn +1
reward of those who have the enterprise to examine
these ruins. Near the river Lagartos, and upon its
banks, stand two lonely pyramids. Upon the eastern
shore of the main land, opposite to the island of
Cozumel, there appears a long line of ruined edifices,
occupying an extent of ground nearly equal to that
over which are spread the ruins of Uxmal.
At point Soliman are other ruins of great interest
and little known. On the south side of Espiritu Santo
Bay are also very extensive ruins. In following the
route leading to Bacalar, one may discover towers,
whose summits overtop the surrounding trees.
All the Cordilleras, from Tecax to Muna, is strewed
with ruins of towns and isolated monuments. Who
shall tell how many myriads of men were required
to erect and to people such numerous and stupendous
cities!
There are many poisonous reptiles and insects in
Yucatan, whose bite is most deadly. The Indians,
however, have a ready specific in the various plants
which abound here, and which renders them entirely
harmless.
There is a district of country situated between
Guatemala, Yucatan, and Chiapas that has never yet
been subdued. This section is surrounded by mountains,
and is said to be inaccessible, except by one way,
and that not generally known. No one yet, who has
had the boldness to follow the inhabitants to their
wild retreat, has ever returned to render an account
of their journey. The inhabitants are represented
as speaking the Maya and Tchole languages, and
.bn 271.png
.pn +1
many of them as conversing well in Spanish. From
the latter circumstance, they are enabled to visit the
nearest cities, sell their tobacco, the principal article
they cultivate, and afterwards to return to their retreats.
They are constituted of the Lacandrones and
other savage tribes; are expert warriors, remarkably
athletic, and very cruel. They are worshippers of
idols, and their religious ceremonies are said to have
undergone little or no change.
Palenque is in the neighborhood of this settlement;
and Waldeck, who says he has conversed with some
of these people, understood that they had white persons
among them—but whether they stay voluntarily, or
are detained as prisoners, he has not mentioned. The
same nation is spoken of by Mr. Stephens. Their
number is estimated at thirty thousand; their secluded
mode of life makes it almost impossible to arrive
at any thing like correct impressions respecting them.
The Indians of Yucatan and the neighboring provinces
have been seen in conversation with persons
from this district; they, however, appear to know as
little of the people of whom I speak as others. Could
a friendly intercourse, by any possibility, be established
with this surprising country, there is scarcely a
doubt that a complete knowledge of the former inhabitants
of the immense ruins scattered throughout
the provinces would be revealed. That their temples
and records remain in safety, and are capable of
speaking to posterity, there can scarcely be a question.
I doubt if the above be a true estimate of their
.bn 272.png
.pn +1
numbers, since they have been enabled to sustain
themselves for ages (no one knows how long) against
enemies and intestine wars and dissolution. It would
be more reasonable to suppose that they are the outcast
Pelasgi of some invading nation, and the remnants
of a power that once defended those wasted
towns that now lie a huge mass of scattered ruins.
The gathered fragments of Palenque, and other conquered
places of equal importance, may have concentrated
their broken strength within the boundaries
of these hills, and, under the strong impulse of desperation,
they may have preserved their nationality
in defiance of all the force that surrounded them. It
may well excite universal astonishment, when the fact
becomes known, that there actually exists, within a
territory of five hundred miles, a distinct people, that
have governed themselves for ages, and that they
continue to do so without assistance or protection.
It would be a lesson to mankind to ascertain how
they have managed their self-governing principles,
and how they have preserved the national individuality.
Three centuries have transpired since the
conquest; and, if neither Yankee nor Irishman have
found his way among these Lacandrones before this,
it deserves the careful consideration both of the psychologist
and the statesman.
I had the pleasure of meeting two padres in Campeachy;
and, as this is my first offence of the kind, I
hope to be forgiven for mentioning their names—the
brothers Camacho. This I do solely with a view
of promoting antiquarian research. These gentlemen
.bn 273.png
.pn +1
have devoted themselves to science and learning; and
they are the only ones I encountered during my absence
who were enthusiasts in regard to the interesting ruins
of Yucatan. They have spent much labor in individual
examinations; have sacrificed liberally for the benefit
of travellers; and would, if they lived in a more enlightened
country, be respected and honored. My
visit to their house was an interesting one. They
were alone with their cats!—Their apartments presented
the appearance of a real curiosity-shop, or a
necromancer’s conjuring room, filled up, as they were,
with every thing wonderful, and strange, and antique.
They were extremely kind; and presented me many
interesting antiquities of their country. I left them
and their city with regret; they were among the very
few whom during my absence I had met with pleasure
and parted from with regret.
I must now close this rambling account of my journeying
in Yucatan.
I embarked from Campeachy on the eleventh day
of April at daylight, on board of a small American
schooner bound for New Orleans, where I arrived on
the twentieth, after an absence of four months, which
I calendar among the most instructive months of my
life.
Though my journal terminates here, I trust I shall
be pardoned, by a portion of my readers at least, for
soliciting their attention to some further particulars
connected with the present political condition of
Yucatan, and also to a brief criticism of the Maya
language, to which allusion has already been made.
.bn 274.png
.pn +1
However imperfect these discussions may be, I trust
they may not be found wholly without profit to the
very large portion of my countrymen who, like myself,
have never before had their attention distinctly called
to the consideration of these subjects.
.if h
.il fn=i223.jpg w=300px
.if-
.if t
.sp 2
.in 8
.ti -4
[Illustration: Decoration]
.in 0
.sp 2
.if-
.bn 275.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch13
CHAPTER XIII.
.pm ch-head
Political History of Yucatan—The Rochelanos—A Civil Revolution—A
Tumultuary Movement in the Interior—Santiago Iman—Attack
on Espita—Retreat to San Fernando—Quiet Restored for a Time—Colonel
Roqueña—Attack on Tizimin—Return of the Troops—Attack
on Valladolid—Capitulation—Succession of Events—A New
Constitution—The New Congress—New Party—Opinions—Physical
Incapacity for Independence—The Press of Yucatan.
.pm ch-head-end
It might be well enough for me to adopt the example
of Fielding, so far as to precede this chapter
with a stage direction of this kind: “To be skipped
by those who are not fond of politics.” The political
history of Yucatan necessarily possesses but little
interest to any class of foreign readers, and yet I could
not but think that some notice of that kind might add
symmetry to a work which relies so much for its
value upon its record of institutions and customs,
which are indebted for their shape and character to
the political condition of the people to whom they
belong. For that reason I present the substance of
my own observations and inquiries, without pretending,
however, that the following remarks will answer
half of the questions pertaining to this subject, which
a student of political science would be disposed
to ask.
.bn 276.png
.pn +1
Yucatan, since its conquest by the Spaniards, and
until the year 1839, was a province of the great Mexican
Confederacy, and formed one of the United Provinces
of Mexico. For several years, however, previous
to 1839, the tranquillity of Mexico had been
disturbed by a party called Rochelanos, who insisted
upon the independence of Yucatan, or else a more
liberal central government. Their agitations finally
placed their party at the head of the government.
In the year 1837 this party was overthrown and removed
from power, having lost the elections by an
overwhelming majority; indeed, so decided was the
triumph of their opponents, that they dared not resist,
and a civil revolution was effected, for the first time
since the independence of the country. They immediately
commenced agitating and plotting, but with
no decided success until the year 1839.
With a view of overturning the then existing government,
and ousting the incumbents of office from
their places, the Rochelanos favored covertly a design
on the part of those styling themselves Federalists, to
regain the power they had lost in 1834. The 29th
of May, 1839, witnessed a tumultuary movement in
the village of Tizimin, a small town of the interior,
where a militia captain, one Santiago Iman, at the
head of a handful of deserters from the third battalion
of local militia, counting on the co-operation of
several leading personages, set up the standard of revolt,
under the specious pretext of proclaiming the
Federal constitution of 1824. A feigned attack was
immediately made on the neighboring village of Espita,
.bn 277.png
.pn +1
a place of some importance, containing about
three thousand inhabitants, and distant from Tizimin
six leagues.
The military commander at Espita had engaged
himself to act in concert, but at the critical moment
he played false, and deceived the hopes of the leaders
in the plot. He received an intimation from Iman
to surrender, as had been previously agreed upon, but
retained the messengers, and made preparations for
defence. Iman marched to the attack in the night,
and, much to his surprise, met with resistance. A
very hot firing (as it was styled in the bulletins) was
kept up for nearly four hours; but, strange to say,
only one was killed, a negro, from the window of one
of the houses behind which he had posted himself.
Before daylight the firing ceased, and Iman returned
unmolested to Tizimin. Those who had instigated
him to take the step having failed in their engagements
to him, his situation now became very critical,
and he was left entirely to his own resources. A retreat
to San Fernando was determined on and executed.
This is a small village seven leagues from
Tizimin, to the northward, inhabited by a colony of
negroes from St. Domingo, numbering about seventy
males. Here he remained, and threw up some fortifications,
composed chiefly of stone barricades across
the roads at the entrance of the village, and for the
purpose of obstructing their advance, cut down the
trees lining the roads by which the troops were to
pass. Nearly two months elapsed before he was attacked—then
by about four hundred men, chiefly
.bn 278.png
.pn +1
militia, under the orders of the commander of Espita,
already named. As might have been anticipated
from the character of this person, nothing of importance
was effected; but after a great deal of noise
and smoke, the defenders ran away, and the attacking
party entered, without killing one or taking a
single prisoner. This was afterwards trumpeted as
a signal victory, and the “hero,” as he was styled,
greatly eulogized. The revolution was officially declared
to be terminated; but notwithstanding, as no
pursuit was ever made, a sufficiency of time was allowed
to the insurgents to reunite their scattered
numbers.
A long time was spent in inactivity on the part of
the government troops, until at last, after some slight
brushes, Tizimin was evacuated by its garrison, and
again occupied by Iman, who, finding himself with
no other resource, bethought himself of enlisting the
sympathies of the Indians, by offering them a discharge
for the future from the religious contributions
paid by them. This leader, who was destitute himself
of talent and instruction, and in every respect a
very common man, could not foresee the influence
this would have on the contest; but the most well
informed men in the country knew its importance,
and feared ultimately a re-enactment of the bloody
scenes of St. Domingo. Numbers of Indians flocked
to Tizimin, and contributed, with their persons and
such small means as they possessed, to the maintenance
of the struggle. Supplies of cattle, turkeys,
fowls, corn, &c., were carried by them to the general,
.bn 279.png
.pn +1
as they styled Iman, and the means thus furnished
him of sustaining himself. The government, at last
aware of the real importance of quelling in time this
movement, made every exertion, and a division of
about six hundred men marched for Tizimin, under
the command of Colonel Roquena. This officer,
who is said to possess talent and bravery, but who
exhibited neither on this occasion, attacked the place
on the 12th of December, in solid column, marching
directly to the point, without an effort to outflank,
select a weak point, or cut off the retreat of the enemy.
The whole column was held in check in a narrow
road before a common stone barricade for nearly
six hours. After losing about fifty men, one of the
companies carried the place at the point of the bayonet,
and the rest of the division then marched into
the place. The defenders retreated, almost without
loss or pursuit, just as at San Fernando, and a pompous
description was given of the brilliant victory.
The troops were afterwards stationed at different
points, and the colonel returned to Campeachy, believing
nothing more remained to be done! The
garrison of Tizimin was finally withdrawn, and the
place re-occupied by the insurgents. Things remained
in this state of indecision; the resources of the
government were absorbed uselessly in the maintenance
of troops and officers, who took no interest in
the cause, until the 11th of February, 1840, an attack
was made on the city of Valladolid, then garrisoned
by three hundred men, commanded by Lieutenant
Colonel Arans. This brave officer determined
.bn 280.png
.pn +1
to discharge his duty, and knowing his subordinates
to have been tampered with, marched in person at
the head of some guerrilla parties, to attack the insurgents,
who had obtained an entrance in the “barrio”
of Sisal. He was killed, and some two or three
others, by shots from the houses. Nothing was
thought of after his fall but capitulating. That night
the troops yielded up their arms to a motley looking
band of Indians, led on by some of the outcasts of
society, deserters, assassins, &c. A meeting was held
at the town hall, and the pronunciamiento of Valladolid
given to the world, seconding the plan of Iman,
and re-announcing the Constitution of 1824. From
the importance of the place, its example was followed
by the surrounding villages and towns, and in the
course of a week, Merida, the capital of the State,
declared for the new order of things; several of
the military taking a part in the proceedings. Nothing
was left but Campeachy, the head-quarters
of the Commanding General Rivas, with a garrison
of about one thousand men. Marches and
countermarches were effected, until the siege of the
place, which finally capitulated in June, leaving the
whole State in the hands of the so styled Federalists.
An effort had been made before the taking of Valladolid
to vary the plan of the revolution, providing
for the removal of the Commanding General Rivas,
who was particularly obnoxious, and changing the
personale of the administration; but Iman, who had
been abandoned to his own resources, was then obstinate
.bn 281.png
.pn +1
and could not be managed. At Merida likewise,
on the occasion of their pronunciamiento, the
Rochelanos endeavored to usurp the direction of the
movement, which had now become popular; for
many of the most influential and talented men, perceiving
the inability of the government to weather
the storm, owing to the bad faith and cowardice of
its supporters, had resolved upon taking an active
part, and endeavoring to guide and direct the mind
of the automaton Iman; who, possessing none of his
own, was pleased and glad to make use of the judgment
of others, as thus he was enabled to figure in
high sounding proclamations, to which he could
scarcely affix his signature. Several of the higher
clergy or curates came forward in opposition to these
revolutionary movements, actuated by various motives;
one of which we would fain believe was a disinterested
patriotism. They were well aware of the
danger that menaced the white race in Yucatan, surrounded
by an Indian population four times their
number, should the revolution be any longer protracted.
Another strong motive was the desire to save
their incomes and benefices, directly attacked by the
plan of Iman. This they succeeded in doing in part,
as the males still pay the usual religious contribution;
the females only being exempted by a decree of the
Legislature of 1840. The attempt of the Rochelanos
was a complete failure, and only served to sink
them still lower in public opinion, and to justify the
estimation in which they had always been held—of
artful and designing intriguers.
.bn 282.png
.pn +1
The work of the revolution was now completed,
as far as the original design went; namely, that of a
change of men, for of principles but few were involved.
The ball did not however stop here, as a number of
political schemers, with a view of grafting themselves
on, and identifying themselves with the revolution,
brought forward a number of new projects, which in
the first session of the legislature were carried out.
The clergy and the military were directly attacked,
deprived of their exclusive privileges, and many of the
latter dismissed. A new constitution for the State
was decreed on the thirty-first of March, 1841, not
essentially different from its predecessors, except in
the fact of its religious toleration. The governor of
the State is restricted to certain limited powers in the
constitution, but these restrictions in the end are nominal.
From some pretext or other, he is almost always
invested with extraordinary authority; enabling him
to punish without trial; not only the guilty, but even
such as he may choose to consider suspicious.
The Congress or Legislature was not elected for
the purpose of forming a new constitution, but it declared
itself to be invested with the necessary powers,
and proceeded to exercise them. It also passed a
tariff, greatly reducing the former scale of duties;
although the Federal Constitution of 1824, proclaimed
in the State, makes this entirely and exclusively
to lie within the prerogatives of the general Congress
under the new government. A thousand such infractions
have been committed, without exciting remark
or surprise. The tariff was altered and reduced, with
.bn 283.png
.pn +1
a view of discouraging smuggling, and thereby increasing
the revenue. It had this effect for a short
time; but the clandestine traffic is carried on as briskly
as ever, and the country having been overstocked
with goods, the amount of duties collected has greatly
fallen off. The whole income of the State does not
exceed at present seven hundred thousand dollars per
annum.
For the past year and a half, a new party, if such
it may be called, has attracted attention. The object
in view is to continue the separation from the rest of
the Mexican Republic. It is called the independent
party, and is composed of a few young enthusiasts,
and a number of older politicians, who, for the purpose
of gratifying their own ends and interests, and from
their connexion with some of the lawless men engaged
in the late revolution, contrive to make it appear
that there is a great deal of enthusiasm prevailing
among the people; and that public opinion is
decidedly in favor of the independence of the peninsula.
To enter into arguments for the purpose of
disproving this, is perfectly unnecessary. Such a
thing as public opinion is unknown; the masses are
too ignorant, and have been too long accustomed to
dictation and pupilage, to have any opinion. This
is demonstrated by the mere fact of every revolutionary
movement having triumphed since their emancipation
from the Spanish yoke; which clearly proves,
that either there is nothing deserving the name of
people, or else that they take no interest in public
affairs, but allow themselves to be the playthings of
every ambitious demagogue or military leader.
.bn 284.png
.pn +1
The country is not destined ever to be of any considerable
importance in the political scale. Its resources
are very limited; its capital small; its soil by
no means fertile; it possesses neither good roads to
any extent, nor a single navigable river; manufactures
are almost unknown, and agriculture is in the
most neglected state. How then can Yucatan sustain
itself alone, or ever figure as an independent nation?
The idea is absurd, and could only be entertained
by an enthusiast, and one totally ignorant of
the elements required to constitute national greatness
and prosperity.
Another circumstance worthy of consideration is
the existence of a large colored population, far outnumbering
the whites. Should Yucatan be left to
itself, an insurrection among the Indians would be
productive of the most awful calamities; and in that
case, being entirely isolated, no foreign aid could be
looked for to subdue the danger. The glimpse the
Indians have just caught of what they may do, and
their exertions in the last revolution being rewarded
by a diminution in the amount of their onerous religious
contributions, may probably stimulate them to
make an effort to free themselves from the bondage
of the whites. Many intelligent and well-informed
men, residents and natives of the country, fear this may
ultimately be the result; and it is on this account
chiefly they regret the employment of Indians in
the late contest. The chord touched by Iman
has vibrated, the way has been shown to designing
and unprincipled men, of causing an excitement
.bn 285.png
.pn +1
and making themselves fearful; they have only
to hold out promises, however fallacious, to this race,
and ensure themselves a certain measure of importance
and notoriety. Ere long some “Tecumseh” or
“Black Hawk” may rise up, and the most disastrous,
heart-rending, and bloody scenes will be re-enacted.
This is the distinguishing feature in the last revolution;
it is certainly fraught with danger to the
white race, yet in reward of his services the disinterested
patriot, the new Washington, as he is styled by
his sycophants, the leader and associate of deserters
and assassins, Santiago Iman, is now created Brigadier
General. The sphere is however too elevated
for him to hope to maintain his position; and the
slightest change will be sufficient to consign him to
his native insignificance.
The state of affairs is now very critical: General
Santa Ana, possessed, to say the least, of considerable
energy, is at the head of affairs in Mexico: he
menaces Yucatan with an invasion; and we know
enough of the state of the country, and the feelings
of its inhabitants, to say, that should he verify his intentions
by sending an expedition, however small, he
would meet with co-operation, and such aid as would
enable him quickly and with certainty to subjugate
the country.
In attempting to present a politico-historical
sketch of the province of Yucatan, my duty would be
but imperfectly discharged if I failed to notice its
newspaper press, an engine which in all civilized
countries at the present day has come to exercise
.bn 286.png
.pn +1
tremendous political influence. It is almost unnecessary
for me to say that the direct action of the press
upon public opinion here is quite inconsiderable, for
there is but little public opinion to work upon, and
but few papers competent to exercise any influence
upon it.
There are only two or three small papers published
at Merida. These are mostly filled with stories, local
news, and markets, an incomplete marine list, and a
collection of advertisements, that too plainly indicate
the fallen condition of trade. At Campeachy there is
a single small periodical, devoted to literature, and
very poorly patronised. These represent the whole
editorial strength of Yucatan. These papers never
pretend to differ in opinion with the government upon
any question of public policy. They do not aspire to
control public opinion, except that opinion may be at
variance with the wishes of the “powers that be.”
There is no freedom of discussion about the policy
of the government or the religious establishments of the
country, allowed or ever asked. What of interest
these papers possess, therefore, arises from the stories
which they occasionally publish, and the local news.
It is obvious that the full force and efficacy of the
newspaper have never been realized in any part of
Mexico.
.bn 287.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=ch14
CHAPTER XIV.
.pm ch-head
Remarks on American Languages in general—Conflicting Opinions of
Philologists—Religious Zeal a Stimulus that has produced the
Grammars and Vocabularies of the American Languages—Sketch
of the Grammar of the Maya Tongue—Concluding Observations
respecting its Origin.
.pm ch-head-end
The origin and the mutual relations of the American
languages have long been favorite topics of discussion
among philologists; but their researches and
speculations have led to results so contradictory and
utterly irreconcilable, that we are left, after a thorough
perusal of the leading works upon the subject,
in the same state of doubt and uncertainty with
which we commenced it. Mr. Gallatin, in the prefatory
letter to his learned and profound essay, entitled
“A Synopsis of the Indian Tribes within the
United States, East of the Rocky Mountains, and in
the British and Russian Possessions in North America,”
remarks, that “amid the great diversity of
American languages, considered only in reference to
their vocabularies, the similarity of their structure and
grammatical forms has been observed and pointed
out by the American philologists. The substance of
our knowledge in that respect will be found, in a condensed
form, in the appendix. The result appears
.bn 288.png
.pn +1
to confirm the opinions already entertained on that
subject by Mr. Du Ponceau, Mr. Pickering, and
others; and to prove that all the languages, not only
of our own Indians, but of the native inhabitants of
America, from the Arctic Ocean to Cape Horn, have,
as far as they have been investigated, a distinct character
common to all, and apparently differing from
those of the other continent with which we are the
most familiar.” Mr. Gallatin, however, in a note appended
to this paragraph, qualifies it by stating that
“the grammar of the language of Chili is the only one,
foreign to the immediate object of the ‘Synopsis,’ with
which a comparison has been introduced. Want of
space did not permit him to extend the inquiry into
the language of Mexico and other parts of Spanish
America.” Mr. Bradford, however, in his “Researches
into the Origin and History of the Red Race,” p.
309, states unqualifiedly that “philologists have examined
into the form and character of the American
languages, and have established satisfactorily that
they have all sprung from one common source. The
features of resemblance are such as enter into their
elementary construction; the diversities, those to
which all languages are exposed, by the separation
and dispersion of those who speak them.”
On the other hand, Baron Von Humboldt, in his
“Political Essay on the Kingdom of New Spain,”
vol. i. p. 138, after some remarks upon the migrations
of the American tribes, proceeds to state
that “the great variety of languages still spoken in
the kingdom of Mexico proves a great variety of
.bn 289.png
.pn +1
races and origin. The number of these languages
exceeds twenty, of which fourteen have grammars
and dictionaries tolerably complete. The following
are their names: the Mexican or Aztec language; the
Otomite; the Tarasc; the Zapotec; the Mistec; the
Maya or Yucatan; the Totonac; the Popolouc; the
Matlazing; the Huastec; the Mixed; the Caquiquel;
the Taraumar; the Tepehuan; and the Cora. It
appears that the most part of these languages, far from
being dialects of the same, (as some authors have falsely
advanced,) are at least as different from one another
as the Greek and the German, or the French and the
Polish. This is the case with at least seven languages
of New Spain, of which I possess the vocabularies.
The variety of idioms spoken by the people
of the new continent, and which, without the least
exaggeration, may be stated at some hundreds, offers
a very striking phenomenon, particularly when we
compare it with the few languages spoken in Asia and
Europe.”
We might give quotations from other writers, of an
equally contradictory nature, were it our design to
write a treatise upon the origin or the resemblances
of the American languages in general. We intend,
however, to confine our attention solely to the language
of Yucatan, or the Maya tongue, mentioned
above, by Humboldt, as one of the original languages
of New Spain.
The Maya was the sole language spoken throughout
the peninsula of Yucatan, and the northern portion
of Guatemala, at the time of the first settlement
.bn 290.png
.pn +1
of the Spaniards in Campeachy. The difficulty of
opening an intercourse with the Indians, and of mastering
their language, was at first exceedingly great;
but was finally surmounted by the learning and religious
zeal of the Catholic priesthood, who, after years
of incessant labor and self-denial, under the most discouraging
circumstances, succeeded not only in acquiring
a knowledge of the Maya tongue, sufficient to
enable them to converse with and preach to the natives,
but to invent a written language, and to compose
a grammar and a vocabulary. It is impossible to reflect
upon the physical and mental exertions of the
Catholic missionaries among the Indians of America,
without admiration. The Jesuits in Paraguay, Chili,
Peru, and, in truth, throughout the whole of South
America, animated by an unextinguishable zeal in the
cause of religion, buried themselves in the most remote
districts, in the midst of the most appalling dangers,
and quietly and undauntedly set about the task of
conquering the Indian, not with the sword, but with
the pen; and they ceased not until they had obtained
that key to his heart, in the shape of an embodied
language, which all the political changes of the continent,
during the lapse of centuries, have not been
able to wrest from them. The Indian in Yucatan
and Guatemala, as well as in South America, acknowledges
no authority but that of the priest, and it is
through the influence of the Church alone, that the
temporal power is enabled to keep up even the semblance
of government. The Padre is to the Indian
a guide, father, and friend; he consults him on all
.bn 291.png
.pn +1
occasions. We hazard little in saying that throughout
nine tenths of the peninsula of Yucatan, if we
except the seaport towns, the entire control of the
Indians is in the hands of the priesthood, and that
the political relations now existing as between the
government and the governed, would be instantly dissolved
were the clergy to withhold their co-operation;
and that the result would be the same, whatever
mutations may take place among the parties which
may now or hereafter contend for political supremacy.
Humboldt speaks of fourteen languages of New
Spain as having grammars and vocabularies tolerably
complete. We will endeavor, by means of the
Maya grammar and vocabulary in our possession, to
give such a slight sketch of its structure, as we
have been enabled to glean from its pages. The first
Maya grammar was composed by Father Louis de
Villalpando, the first Catholic priest that set foot
upon the peninsula of Yucatan, at Campeachy. This
grammar was never published, and was much improved
by Father Landa, the first provincial minister,
and the second bishop of Yucatan. His treatise,
with the additions of the bishop, remained in manuscript,
but was the basis of the grammars of Fathers
Juan Coronel and Gabriel de San Bonaventure, which
in their turn were largely used by the author of the
work in our possession. It is a remarkable fact, tending
to show the decline of literary taste among even
the priesthood of Yucatan, that we were unable, after
the most active research, to find any of the works
.bn 292.png
.pn +1
above mentioned, and we have reason to believe that
few if any copies now exist. The grammar in our
possession was written by Father Pedro Beltran, a
Franciscan, and published at the city of Mexico, in
1746, see note[3]. The author, in his preface, characterizes
the Maya, as “graceful in diction, elegant in
its periods, and concise in style; often, in a few words
of few syllables, expressing the meaning of many
sentences. If the learner can overcome the obstacle
presented by the difficulty of pronouncing some of
the consonants, which are intensely guttural, he will
find the language of easy acquisition.” After some
remarks upon the mode in which he proposes the
trial of his subject, he concludes with the following
remarks, which we have condensed here, to show
that religious zeal was the moving cause which produced
all the grammars and vocabularies of the Indian
languages: “I will not rest my appeal in behalf
of the Maya upon considerations of mere personal
interest, or of the pleasure which must be the result
of being able to communicate ideas in a foreign
tongue; I would elevate my thoughts above such
comparatively base and vulgar views; since I dedicate
my work as an instrument for the service of the
Divine Majesty, knowing, from my personal experience,
that the brethren of the church will obtain
abundant fruit among the poor Indians, by instructing
them from the pulpit and the confessional, and
likewise holding converse with them, in their native
tongue: since by this means we shall most successfully
thwart the Devil, who will be cast down if we
.bn 293.png
.pn +1
succeed, and who often interposes ridiculous difficulties
in our path, which we can easily surmount; the
Accursed One well knowing, that in turning aside,
and not acquiring this language, we deeply offend
God, in that we cause the ruin of many souls. Therefore,
beloved reader, apply yourself carefully to this
treatise, to the end that you may please God, by opening
the ears of this poor people, and feeding them
with spiritual bread.”
The Maya alphabet consists of only twenty-two
letters, of which the following, viz.,
.sp 2
.nf b
ↄ, ch, k, pp, th, tz,
.nf-
.sp 2
are peculiar to the language, and are very difficult of
pronunciation. Mechanical rules, representing their
sounds, are given in the grammar, but it is almost impossible
to acquire them without the assistance of a
native. It is deficient in the following letters:—
.sp 2
.nf b
d, f, g, j, q, r, s.
.nf-
.sp 2
The remaining letters are sounded as in Spanish.
The parts of speech are the same as in English.
The noun is indeclinable, that is, the cases are formed
solely by means of prepositions; the accusative, like
the objective in English, requiring no preposition
when governed by an active verb. The genders are
natural, as in English, and are designated by the particle
Ah, for the masculine, and Ix for the feminine,
neuter nouns having no prefix; thus—
.ta l:12 l:14
Ah cambezah, |... master.
Ix cambezah, |... mistress.
.ta-
These monosyllables, however, are generally written
simply H and X. They are often used in a pronominal
.bn 294.png
.pn +1
sense when mention is made of any peculiarity
or attribute of a living person; thus, nohoch
being an adjective, signifying great, and pol a noun,
meaning head, we should say—
.sp 2
.ta l:13 l:28
H nohoch pol, |... He with the large head.
X nohoch pol, |... She with the large head.
.ta-
.sp 2
The genders of beasts and birds are still further
designated by the prefix xibil for the male, and chupul
for the female.
The numbers are expressed by affixing to the substantive
the particle ob, to signify the third person
plural, and the personal pronouns to express the first
and second persons. The adjective is, like the substantive,
indeclinable; admitting only, as in English,
of the variation of degrees of comparison. These
are formed by doubling the last syllable, and prefixing
a pronoun for the comparative; as—
.sp 2
.ta r:6 c:6 l:11 l:16 l:10
tibil, |good. |û tibilil, |his, her, or its|better.
noh, |great. |û nohol, |––––––– " ––––––|greater.
kaz, |ugly. |û kazal, |––––––– " ––––––|more ugly.
lob, |bad. |û lobol, |––––––– " ––––––|worse.
.ta-
.sp 2
The prefix of u changed to y, and sounded with
the adjective, when it begins with a vowel. The final
syllable of all comparatives has been gradually corrupted
into il or el, in the spoken language.
The relation of comparison between two persons
or things is expressed by several words analogous to
than, in English; but this part of the subject belongs
more properly to the syntax.
The superlative degree is formed by simply prefixing
to the adjective the word hach, very; as—
.sp 2
.ta l:16 l:29
lob, bad.|hach lob, very bad, or worst.
ez, enchanted.|hach ez, most enchanted.
.ta-
.sp 2
.bn 295.png
.pn +1
The pronouns are very difficult to classify. The
author, however, arranges them in five divisions, of
which two are demonstrative, two mixed, or partaking
of the possessive nature, and one reciprocal or reflective.
The first, which is prefixed solely to active or
transitive verbs, or used as a relative, is declined as
follows:—
.sp 2
.ta l:6 l:6 l:4 l:6 l:6
Ten, |I; ||Toon, |We;
Tech, |Thou; ||Teex, |Ye;
Lay, |He. ||Loob, |They.
.ta-
.sp 2
The second is suffixed to all tenses of neuter or
substantive verbs, except the present and imperfect.
It also serves as an objective when following an active
verb, and, joined with a past participle, forms a
neuter verb. It is thus declined:—
.sp 2
.ta l:6 l:5 l:4 l:3 l:5
En, |I; ||On, |We;
Ech, |Thou; ||Ex, |Ye;
Laylo, |He. ||Ob, |They.
.ta-
.sp 2
The two demonstrative and possessive pronouns are as follows:—
.sp 2
.ta l:4 l:5 l:10 l:3 l:7 l:5 l:10
In, |I, |or mine; ||Ca, |We, |or ours;
A, |Thou, |or thine; ||A ex, |Ye, |or yours;
U, |He, |or his. ||V ob, |They, |or theirs.
.ta-
.sp 2
The numerous and delicate distinctions between
these last, as shown by the author in many examples,
would be fatiguing to the reader were they set
forth at length. It is enough to remark here, that
the first is used in the conjugation of certain tenses
.bn 296.png
.pn +1
of the verbs, and the second in certain others; and
that, as a possessive, the first is used before nouns
beginning with a consonant, and the second before
those commencing with a vowel.
The reciprocal or reflective pronoun is declined as follows:—
.sp 2
.ta l:7 l:9 l:4 l:11 l:12
Inba, |Myself; ||Caba, |Ourselves;
A ba, |Thyself; ||A ba ex, |Yourselves;
U ba, |Himself. ||U ba ob, |Themselves.
.ta-
.sp 2
This is used precisely as in English: thus, cimzah,
to kill; cimzahba, to kill one’s self.
The verbs are divided into four conjugations; of
which the first comprehends all absolute or neuter
verbs. The verbs of the other conjugations are all
active or transitive, but are rendered passive by being
conjugated after the first conjugation; whence all
passive verbs may be said likewise to be embraced
under this form. All verbs of this conjugation, with
a few exceptions, terminate, in the infinitive, in the
letter l, and are of more than one syllable. The perfect
tense ends always in i, and the future in c. We
give a few examples, to show the symmetry of the
arrangement of the Spanish grammarian.
.sp 2
.ta l:12 l:12 l:13 l:14
Etppizanhal, |etppizanhi, |etppitzanhac, |to resemble;
Elel, |eli, |elec, |to burn;
Hatzpahal, |hatzpahi, |hatzpahac, |to separate;
Mankinhal, |mankinhi, |mankinhac, |to persevere;
Uenel, |ueni, |uenec, |to sleep;
Xanhal, |xanhi, |xanac, |to delay.
.ta-
.sp 2
The second conjugation, which is the first of the
active verbs, is indicated by the termination, ah.
The perfect likewise ends in ah, being distinguished
.bn 297.png
.pn +1
from the present by a different pronoun, and the future
in z. A few examples follow:—
.sp 2
.ta l:12 c:12 l:12 l:12
Cambezah, |cambezah, |cambez, |to teach;
Yukkahzah, | " |yukkahez, |to examine;
Kochbezah, | " |kochbez, |to blame;
Xupzah, | " |xupez, |to destroy;
Zipzah, | " |zipez, |to provoke.
.ta-
.sp 2
The verbs of the third conjugation are all monosyllabic,
and form the preterite by the addition of ah,
and the future in é or ab indiscriminately; as, for example:—
.sp 2
.ta l:5 l:8 l:15 l:12
Kam, |kamah, |kamé or kamab, |to receive;
Mac, |macah, |macé or macab, |to shut;
Ux, |uxah, |uxé or uxab, |to gather;
Xoc, |xocah, |xocé or xocab, |to respect.
.ta-
.sp 2
The verbs of the fourth conjugation differ from
those of the third, in being polysyllabic. They form
the preterite by adding tah, and the future by adding
té to the body of the verb. If the infinitive end in
tah, the preterite remains the same. Some examples
follow:—
.sp 2
.ta l:12 l:15 l:15 l:15
Kabatah, |kabatah, |kabaté, |to number;
Kuul, |kuultah, |kuulté, |to worship;
Lolobthan, |lolobthantah, |lolobthanté, |to curse;
Nenol, |nenoltah, |nenolté, |to contemplate;
Tzolthan, |tzolthantah, |tzolthanté, |to interpret;
Zinché, |zinchétah, |zinchété, |to crucify.
.ta-
.sp 2
The irregular verbs, of which there are about as many
as in our own language, are to be learned only from
practice. The auxiliary verbs likewise require much
attention, to enable the student to conjugate the regular
verbs. They are used in the different tenses
.bn 298.png
.pn +1
and modes precisely as the auxiliaries in the modern
European languages, except that they sometimes follow
the participles in place of preceding them. We
give the reader a specimen of the mode of conjugating
a verb of the second conjugation in the present and
imperfect tenses, our limits not allowing us to give all
its modifications.
.sp 2
.nf c
PRESENT INDICATIVE.
.nf-
.ta l:15 l:14
Ten cambezic, |I teach;
Tech cambezic, |Thou teachest;
Lay cambezic, |He teaches.
Toon cambezic, |We teach;
Teex cambezic, |Ye teach;
Loob cambezic, |They teach.
.ta-
.sp 2
.nf c
IMPERFECT INDICATIVE.
.nf-
.ta l:20 l:20
Ten cambezic cuchi, |I was teaching;
Tech cambezic cuchi, |Thou wast teaching;
Lay cambezic cuchi, |He was teaching.
Toon cambezic cuchi, |We were teaching;
Teex cambezic cuchi, |Ye were teaching;
Loob cambezic cuchi, |They were teaching.
.ta-
.sp 2
Were we to give the remaining portions of this
verb, as conjugated by Father Beltran, the reader
would be filled with admiration at the clearness and
simplicity of his arrangement, and perceive how
much his labors have facilitated the acquisition of
this language.
The great obstacle, however, to the perfect knowledge
of the Maya, and which can only be removed
by continual converse with the natives themselves, is
the frequent use of elisions and syncopes. The author
has devoted several pages to this part of his
.bn 299.png
.pn +1
subject, and has laid down many rules to guide the
learner; but finally he is obliged to confess that no
written directions can be given to embrace every
case. The Maya tongue, in this respect, resembles
many other Indian languages, in which words are
elided, syncopated, and consolidated together, until
the grammatical construction can only be conjectured
by the philologist, and the radices become jumbled up
and difficult to distinguish. The utmost that the
grammarian can accomplish, is to separate the different
parts of speech, and to classify them scientifically.
A spoken language is always more or less elided in
conversation, however distinctly the words may be
written in books; but the written languages of South
America present consolidated masses of words truly
formidable to behold, and which tend utterly to discourage
the most patient philologist. Humboldt mentions
the word Notlazomahuiztespixcalatzin, signifying
“venerable priest, whom I cherish as my
father,” as used by the Mexicans when speaking to
the curates; and the vocabularies of Indian languages,
both of North and South America, exhibit
words of even greater longitude. It is evident that
so long as the words of a language are, as it were,
fused together, almost according to the fancy of the
speaker, grammatical rules will be of little practical
use to guide the scholar, and that he must acquire
the language mostly by the ear. This perhaps accounts
for the disappearance of all grammars and
vocabularies of the Maya tongue from the peninsula
of Yucatan, the priests finding it much easier to learn
.bn 300.png
.pn +1
the language directly from the Indian, than to acquire
it from books. I offer this, however, as a suggestion,
rather than as an explanation.
The brief sketch we have given of some of the features
of the Maya tongue, naturally leads to speculations
concerning its origin, and that of the nation by
which it is spoken.
There appears to be but little resemblance between
the Maya, and the Mexican or Aztec, although they
are both intensely guttural, and have a great similarity
when viewed superficially by a cursory observer.
The Maya bears evident marks of very great
antiquity, and may have been the language of Mexico
before the great invasions of the Toltecs and Aztecs.
There are some who suppose that the present inhabitants
of Yucatan are but the scattered remnants of a
great nation, which once ruled a large portion of the
continent, and had its central seat of power in the
peninsula; and that it was gradually forced to yield
to the assaults of more warlike nations, who invaded
it from the North, and retired within the boundaries
of the peninsula, where it decayed by degrees, until
all vestige of political power was lost, long before the
arrival of the Spaniards. Its temples and pyramids,
and its spoken tongue, are the only memorials from
which we can form any idea respecting its origin.
This question necessarily involves a solution
of the great problem of the origin of the American
race in general.
The opinions of writers upon this subject are diverse,
and are supported on each side with a great
.bn 301.png
.pn +1
variety of interesting facts and inferences. It has long
been a favorite idea with most who have treated of
this topic, that America originally derived its population
from Europe or Asia, or, to speak in the usual
manner, that the New World was peopled from the
Old. This hypothesis seems to have been assumed
in the first instance as a premise; at least, most arguments
upon this head seem to indicate that it has
served as a sort of basis to the train of deductions;
and the most ingenious suppositions and skilfully
arranged facts have been adduced to support a foregone
conclusion. Whether the American continent
was peopled at a very remote or a comparatively recent
date, is not of so much moment, although there
is a great diversity of opinion also in this respect.
Mr. Gallatin, in his “Prefatory Letter,” above mentioned,
is of opinion that “this continent received its
first inhabitants at a very remote epoch, probably not
much posterior to the dispersion of mankind;” thus
evidently referring to and supporting the theory of
immigration, and of the derivation of all diversities of
the human race from one type; while Mr. Bradford,
in the final chapter of his elaborate work, before
cited, agrees with Mr. Gallatin in the hypothesis that
“the Red Race penetrated at a very ancient period
into America,” but differs with him in the conclusion
that it “appears to be a primitive branch of the human
family.” Baron Von Humboldt, however, in his
great work upon New Spain, terms the Indians “indigenous,”
and, although he quotes the opinions of
many authors in favor of their Asiatic origin, he at
.bn 302.png
.pn +1
the same time combats their views with sundry striking
facts, and finally modestly dismisses the subject
with the remark, that “the general question of the first
origin of the inhabitants of a continent is beyond the
limits prescribed to history, and is not, perhaps, even
a philosophical question.”
We will candidly confess that we could never understand
why philosophers have been so predisposed
to advocate the theory which peoples America from
the Eastern hemisphere. We think the supposition
that the Red Man is a primitive type of a family
of the human race, originally planted in the
Western continent, presents the most natural solution
of the problem; and that the researches of physiologists,
antiquaries, philologists, and philosophers in
general, tend irresistibly to this conclusion. The
hypothesis of immigration, however inviting it appear
at first to the superficial observer, and however much
he may be struck with certain fancied analogies between
the architectural or astronomical peculiarities
of the American and the Asiatic, is, when followed
out, embarrassed with great difficulties, and leads to a
course of interminable and unsatisfying speculations.
.bn 303.png
.pn +1
.bn 304.png
.pn +1
.sp 4
.pb
.sp 4
.nf c
APPENDIX.
.nf-
.bn 305.png
.pn +1
.bn 306.png
.pn +1
.sp 4
.pb
.sp 4
.h2
APPENDIX.
.sp 4
.h3 id=vocab
A BRIEF MAYA VOCABULARY.
.sp 2
Acquaintance, kaholâl.
Adder, can, or cam.
——, (harmless,) tzelcam.
Afternoon, zezikin.
Age (an,) khinkatun.
Agony, takyekik, xulikal.
Air, l’k-ikal.
Alligator, ain, chinan.
Alms, ↄayatzil, zitl, matan.
Anger, campectzil.
Animal, balachi.
Ant, zinic, zacal.
Apartment, uay, kakal.
Appetite, ulolal.
Arm and hand, kab.
Ascend, nacal.
Ashes, ↄitaan.
Asthma, coc, coczen, cencoc.
Avarice, coczioïl.
Ax, baat.
.sp 2
Badger, ah, chab.
Ball, (dance,) okot.
Banner, lacân.
Basket, xac.
Bat, zoↄ.
Bath, katchu.
Beam, chalatché.
Beans, bouloul.
Beautiful man, chichcelem.
Bee, yikilkab.
Bed, uay, chac, chacché.
Bed canopy, yuub.
Bed-bug, kulimpic.
Bell, (small,) kilzimoc.
Bench, xacamache.
Bird, chich.
Birth, züan.
To Bleed, tock.
Bleeding, tockil.
Blood, kik, olâm.
Blemish, yikub.
Blind, ekmaï.
Blister, ppool, choolax.
Body, uinclil, cucut.
Bow, pump.
Boy, pal.
Brain, ↄomel.
Bread, uah.
To Break, noppah.
Breast, tzem.
Broom, mizib.
Bug, (flying,) pic.
Butter, tratz.
Buttock, ppucit.
.sp 2
Calabash, chu.
Caldron, mazcabcun.
Calf of the leg, ppuloc.
Cancer, ↄunuz, ↄunuztacon.
.bn 307.png
.pn +1
Candle, yibac.
Candle, (wax,) yibaccib.
Cane, ochux.
Cat, mix, miztun.
Caterpillar, nok, nokol.
Chair, yec.
Chamber, unoyna.
Chastisement, tzeac.
Cheek, ppuc.
Chicken, cach
Chin, meex.
Cholic, kuxnakil, yanakil.
Circle, peet, petil.
Claws, (beast’s,) mol.
Cloak, (sort of,) zuyem.
Cloudy, nocoycan.
Coal, thabaantchuc, tchuc, cimenchuc.
Cochineal, mukaï.
Cold weather, ceec.
Cold in the head, zizhalil.
Cold, (any thing,) ziz.
Consumption, tzemztemil, nichoïl.
Contagion, bambanicimil.
Cook, or cookery, coben.
Corn, yxim.
Corner, tunk.
Cord, (line,) kaan.
Costiveness, natzhalil, zunↄnalil.
Courage, ikal, ↄabaïl.
Court, tancabal.
Covetousness, natzil.
Crab, ixbau.
Cramp, lotheek, zizoc.
Cricket, maaz.
Cripple, mech, moch.
Crown, nac.
Cruelty, yxmaↄnↄilil.
.sp 2
Dauphin, ahzibic.
Day, kin.
Day-break, yaja-cab.
Day after to-morrow, cabej.
Dead, cimen.
Deaf, cooc.
Deafness, coocil.
Death, cimil, cimen.
Deceit, tabzah.
Deer, ceb.
To Deflower, zat zubuyil.
Descend, emel.
Desire, ↄibolal.
Diamond, kabliztoc.
To Die, cimil.
Dinner, (to eat,) hanal.
Discord, kexolal.
Dog, pek.
Door, hol.
Doubt, picolal.
Drake, (wild,) catzhâa.
Drawers, ex, humpel, sacech.
Drink, ukil.
Drop, chibaloc, can-nohol.
Dropsy, zot, chupil.
Dumb, tot.
Dumbness, totil.
.sp 2
Eagle, coot.
Ear, leexicên.
Early, matukin.
East, lakin.
Earthen dish, xamah.
Earthquake, cicilan, cicilancal.
.bn 308.png
.pn +1
Eat, (bread,) hantachouaj.
Egg, hue, cel.
Elbow, cué.
Embroider, chuy.
Enchanter, ahez, ahcunyha, ahcunal.
Ennui, tukolal.
Enter, ocol.
Entrails, hobnel, tzuc.
Eye-lash, matzab.
Eye-lid, pachich.
Eyes, ouich, or ych.
.sp 2
Fair, kinic.
To Fall, nenel.
Family, balnaïl, cuchteïl.
Fan, ual, picit.
Far, naach.
Fast, tumut, hana.
Fat, yek, yekil.
Father, hachyum.
Fear, zablemotal.
Feather, kukum.
Feebleness, tzemil.
Female, chupal.
Fever, chacauil, chocuil.
Fever, (intermittent,) yaxcal.
Fiction, iktili, iktilican.
Fields, hotoch.
Fight, tock.
Fingers, jalkab.
Finger, (middle,) chumuckab.
——, (ring,) ahoïpit.
Fire, kak.
Firewood, zi.
Fish, (lake,) hulum.
——, (peculiar to America,) tzan.
To Fish, tchoukaï.
Flame of fire, leↄka.
Flatulency, baalanik.
Flea, chic.
Flint, tock.
Flux, xaankik.
Foot and leg, oc.
Fore-finger, tuchub.
Foreigner, nachiluinic, ↄul.
Forest, kax.
Forehead, chi-lec.
Forgetfulness, tumbobal.
Fornication, pakkeban.
Foundation, ↄec, ↄecil.
Fraud, tabzah.
Fresh, (a thing,) ziz.
Froth, (scum,) om.
.sp 2
Gall, ka, kha, kah.
Giant, ahuanchac.
Girl, tchoupal.
Glow-worm, cocaï.
Goat, chupul, yuc.
God, Kù.
Godfather, yumilan, yeyum.
Godmother, naylan, naylah.
Gold, kantakin.
Gossip, etyum, yumlàh.
Gravel, kaluix, kataczah, kazab.
Great, nohoch, mapal, nuc.
Grief, okomolal.
Groin, heh, mah.
Gum, chunco.
Gutter, ocoyhaa, oc.
——, (sewer,) beelhaa, yachhaa.
.sp 2
Hale, bat.
.bn 309.png
.pn +1
Half, tancoh.
Hammock, yaabkaan.
Hamper, baas.
Hands, kab.
Hand-worm, pech.
Hare, (two species,) halu, tzub.
Hat, pooc.
Hatred, uyah.
Head, hoot, pol.
Headache, kuxpolil, yapolil.
Hedge-hog, kixpachok.
Heart, puzcical.
To Heat, kilcab.
Heaven, caan.
Heel, toucuy, chol.
Hen, chcach.
Hermaphrodite, hazakam, cobol.
Hern, bac-haa-zacboc.
Hiccough, toucub.
Hip, bobox.
Honey, cab.
Honey bear, zambhol.
Hope, alabolal.
Horse, tzot, tzotzel.
Host, ula.
Hot, chocouhàa.
House, na, otoch.
——, (stone,) nocac.
Humanity, uinicil.
Hump-backed, ppuz, buz.
Hunger, uüh.
To Hunt, tzonaï.
Husband, ichambil.
.sp 2
Image, vimba.
Imagination, ↄüolâl.
Incest, onelbilkeban.
Inconstancy, hebolal.
Industry, ytzatil.
Infant, hcho, schuchul.
Infirmity, kohanil, chapaïl.
Intention, olil.
Intestine, zal.
Itch, uech.
.sp 2
Jar, (large,) calamacat.
Jaws, camach.
Jewel, ↄipit, kab.
Jug, buleb, zuleb.
.sp 2
Kidneys, yz.
To Kill, cimzah.
To Kiss, machü, ↄuↄ.
Knee, pix.
.sp 2
Ladder-step, ↄac, ↄacal.
Languor, kohanil, chapaïl.
Lead, tau.
League, luub.
To Learn, cambal.
Learning, miatzil.
Left, ↄic.
Level ground, poctchê.
Lie, tuz.
Light, zaz, zazil, zalilil.
Lightning, lemba, lembaïl.
License, zipitolal.
Lime, taan.
Linen, nok.
——, (dirty,) cicinok.
——, (clean,) yamaxihutnok.
Lion, (wild,) kancoh.
——, (white,) ↄacek. [bo, aï.
——, and Leopard, coh, chac-
.bn 310.png
.pn +1
Liver, tamnel.
Living, ahcuxan.
Lizard, ixmemech, xzeluoh.
——, (kind of,) huh.
Louse, uc.
Love, yecunah.
.sp 2
Madam, colel.
Madness, cooïl.
Man, uinic.
Man, (handsome,) chichcelem.
Market, kinic.
Marrow, ↄubac.
Mask, kohob.
Mat, (rush,) poop.
Mature, takin.
Measles, uzankak.
Meat, baak.
Melancholy, ppoolcmolal, tzemolal.
Memory, kehlaï.
Menses, ilmah-u.
Midnight, tantchoumoukacab.
Midwife, etnaa, nalha.
Milk, ucabim.
Mirror, nen.
Mist, yeeb.
Mole, ba.
Monkey, maax.
Month, ilaxnoc.
Moon, umpekin.
Moth, xthuyul.
Mother, hachnàa.
Mould, ↄalâb.
Mouth, cha, xi.
Murmur, campectzil.
.sp 2
Nail, (claw,) laxquetlac.
Near, nasaan.
Necklace, kanthixal.
Negligence, nayolal.
Negro, ekbok.
Nerve, xich.
Night, acâb, acbil.
Nipple, polim.
No, ma.
Nobody, mamac.
Noise, hum.
Noon, tantchoumoukin.
North, nohol.
Nose, nü.
Nostrils, holnil.
Nothing, mabal.
.sp 2
Obstinacy, nolmaïl.
Oil, tzatza, kaabil.
Ornament, cen, cenanil tap.
Outcry, auac.
Owl, icim.
.sp 2
Pain, ya, yoïl, kinàm.
——, (in the side,) auat-mô.
——, (mouth, teeth,) chacnik.
——, (breast,) tuzik.
Palace, ahauna, papilote.
Palate, mabcaan.
Palm of the hand, tancab.
Palm-tree, haaz.
Pantaloons, humpel ech.
Partridge, num.
Paste, takab, takeb.
Pavement, taztunichil.
Peg, ecbe.
Pearl, yaxiltun.
.bn 311.png
.pn +1
Pen, cheb.
Period of time, katum, kin-katun.
Petticoat, paytem, bon.
Physician, ahↄuyah.
Pigeon, zacpacal.
Piles, kabak, ixmumuz.
Pillow, kumchuy.
Pitcher, ppul.
Plate, chob.
Poet, hiktan.
Poison, uay, yaah, tenↄac.
Porridge-pot, cucul, yaan.
Pride, nonohbaïl.
To Produce, alan, alan cal.
Promise, zebchiil.
Provisions, nech.
Pulse, tipontip.
Pupil, (of the eye,) nenel, ich.
To Purge, kalab, halabↄac.
Putrefaction, tuil, hio.
.sp 2
Quinsy, zippcal, yacalil.
.sp 2
Rabbit, thul, muy.
Rain, chuluhhàa.
Rainbow, cheel.
Remedy, ↄaↄacil.
To Retake, mol.
.sp 2
Rib, chalat.
Right, noh.
Ring, ↄipit, kab.
Rivulet, haltun.
Rust, yx, akzah.
.sp 2
Saliva, tub, baba, cilbaïl.
Salt, taab.
Salutation, peul, peultah.
Scorpion, zinan.
Scull, tzec, tzekil.
Sea, kanaps.
Serpent, kanal, can, ixkukilcan.
To Sew, embroider, chuy.
Shade, booy.
Shark, ahcanxok.
Shin-bone, tul, tzelec.
Shirt, xicul.
To Shirt, buuc.
Shoes, chanal.
Shoulder, celembal, pach.
Side, tzel.
To Sing, kaay.
Sir, yum.
Skeleton, tzitzak.
Skin, (human,) oth, othel.
——, (animal,) kcuel.
To sleep, uenel.
Sleep, uenel.
Sleeve, teppliz, tzotiz.
Small-pox, kake.
Snails, mexenhubo.
Soil, bitun.
Sorcerer, ahez, ahcunyha, ahcunal
Sore, pomaetel.
Sore eyes, ya ichil.
Soul, pixan.
South, chanian.
Sparrow-hawk, hii.
Spider, leum.
Spine, chacpich.
——, (animal,) zibnel.
Spot, yihul.
Squirrel, cuc, cuceb.
Star, eck.
.bn 312.png
.pn +1
Steps, eb.
——, (stone,) ebtun.
——, (wood,) ebché.
Stomach, ychpuzical.
Stone, tunieh.
Stool, (cricket,) yculxec.
Stove, mohob, mob.
Stranger, omon.
Stud, moo.
To Suck, ↄuuc.
Sugar, momcab, mom.
Sun, khin.
Swallow, cuzân.
To Sweep, miz.
Sweat, keluc.
Sweet, chahuc, chaku.
Swim, tahal, tahalhaa.
To Swoon, nuniltameaz, haↄik.
Swooning, zalalol, zaccimil, thoyol.
Sword, (sabre,) haↄab.
.sp 2
Table, mayac.
——, (of stone,) mayac tun.
To Take, chaa.
Tarantula, am.
Tear, kabich, yatilich.
Teeth, (grinders,) cham.
Tempest, chacakal.
Temple, machunhach.
Thigh, chacbacal.
Thirst, ukah, ukhil.
Thorn, hiix.
Throat, cal.
Throne, nac ↄam.
Thumb, naakab.
Thunder, humchac, peechac.
Thunderbolt, uhaↄchac.
Thus, or so, beï.
Tiger, balam, chacekel.
Timidity, oyomolal.
Toad, much.
Tobacco, kutz.
To-day, béjélaé, or bechlaé.
To-morrow, saamal.
Tooth, co.
——, (canine,) ↄay.
Tortilla, (corn bread,) pakach, pecuah.
Tortoise, ack.
To Touch, tal.
Treason, kubilah.
Treasure, tzoy.
Tree, (trunk of,) out-choun-tchai.
Tripe, choch.
Trough, poxché, pokoatché.
Turtle, ae.
.sp 2
Understanding, naat.
.sp 2
Vanity, pezbaïl.
Vein, ychac.
Vengeance, tohbaïl.
Venom, soliman, chihimtie.
Vial, ppool, choolax.
Village, cacab.
Vinegar, zuↄci, pahcii.
Viper, ahaucan.
Virgin, zuhuy.
Voice, than.
Vow, ppaachii.
Vulture, (species of,) ouxcil.
.sp 2
To Wake, ximbal.
.bn 313.png
.pn +1
To Walk, ximbalni.
Wall, pak.
——, (enclosure,) tulum, paa.
Wallet, mucuc, chim.
War, katun, bateil, ppizba.
Wart, ax, chuc.
Washerwoman, humpel, schpo, xpo.
Washing hands, pocolkab.
Water, haa.
Wax, cib.
Weasel, zabin.
To Weep, okol.
Well, cheen.
West, chikin.
Wheel, cocoↄ.
To Whistle, chouchoub.
Wild-boar, ac.
Wild-cat, akxux, zacoboly.
Wild-hog, citân.
Wild-turkey, ahau, cutz.
Will, olha.
Wind, (blustering,) ciz.
Wing, xik.
Wolf, cabcoh.
Woman, or wife, attambil.
Wood-louse, (Indian,) xkuluck.
To Work, meyach.
World, jocokab.
Wound, cimil, centanil.
Wrist, kalcab.
.sp 2
Year, oumpe-hab.
Yes, matan la.
Yesterday, joolgé, or hooljé.
Youth, paal, baac.
.sp 2
.tb
.pn +1
.sp 2
.h3 id=numbers
NUMBERS TO ONE HUNDRED.
.sp 2
1, hun.
2, ca
3, ox
4, can.
5, ho.
6, uac.
7, uuc.
8, uaxac.
9, bolon.
10, lahun.
11, buluc.
12, lahca.
13, oxahun.
14, canlahun.
15, holhun.
16, uaclahun.
17, uuclahun.
18, uaxaclahun.
19, bolonlahun.
20, hunkal.
21, huntukal.
22, catukal.
23, oxtukal.
24, cantukal.
25, hotukal.
26, uactukal.
27, uuctukal.
28, uaxactukal.
29, bolontukal.
30, lahucakal.
.bn 314.png
.pn +1
31, buluctukal.
32, cahcatukal.
33, oxlahutukal.
34, canlahutukal.
35, holucukal.
36, uaclahutukal.
37, uuclahutukal.
38, uaxaclahutukal.
39, bolonlahutukal.
40, cakal.
41, huntuyoxkal.
42, catuyoxkal.
43, oxtuyoxkal.
44, cantuyoxkal.
45, hotuyoxkal.
46, uactuyoxkal.
47, uuctuyoxkal.
48, uaxactuyoxkal.
49, bolontuyoxkal.
50, lahuyoxkal.
51, buluctuyoxkal.
52, lahcatuyoxkal.
53, oxlahutuyoxkal.
54, canlahutuyoxkal.
55, holhuyoxkal.
56, uaclahutuyoxkal.
57, uuclahutuyoxkal.
58, uaxaclahutuyoxkal.
59, bolonlahutuyoxkal.
60, oxkal.
61, huntucankal.
62, catucankal.
63, oxtucankal.
64, cantucankal.
65, hotucankal.
66, uactucankal.
67, uuctucankal.
68, uaxactucankal.
69, bolontucankal.
70, lahucankal.
71, buluctucankal.
72, lahcatucankal.
73, oxlahutucankal.
74, canlahutucankal.
75, holhucankal.
76, uaclahutucankal.
77, uuclahutucankal.
78, uaxaclahutucankal.
79, bolonlahutucankal.
80, cankal.
81, hutuyokal.
82, catuyokal.
83, oxtuyokal.
84, cantuyokal.
85, hotuyokal.
86, uactuyokal.
87, uuctuyokal.
88, uaxactuyokal.
89, bolontuyokal.
90, lahuyokal.
91, buluctuyokal.
92, lahcatuyokal.
93, oxlahutuyokal.
94, canlahutuyokal
95, holhuyokal.
96, uaclahutuyokal.
97, uuclahutuyokal.
98, uaxaclahutuyokal.
99, bolonlahutuyokal.
100, hokal.
.bn 315.png
.pn +1
.sp 2
.tb
.sp 2
.h3 id=migr
TRADITION OF THE MEXICAN NATIVES RESPECTING THEIR MIGRATION FROM THE NORTH.
.sp 2
In corroboration of Mr. Atwater’s opinion with respect to the
gradual remove of the ancient people of the West toward Mexico,
we subjoin what we have gathered from the Researches of Baron
Humboldt on that point. See Helen Maria Williams’ translation
of Humboldt’s Researches in America, vol. ii. p. 67; from which
it appears the people inhabiting the vale of Mexico, at the time
the Spaniards overran that country, were called Aztecs, or Aztecas;
and were, as the Spanish history informs us, usurpers,
having come from the north, from a country which they called
Aztalan.
This country of Aztalan, Baron Humboldt says, “we must look
for at least north of the forty-second degree of latitude.” He
comes to this conclusion from an examination of the Mexican or
Azteca manuscripts, which were made of a certain kind of leaves,
and of skins prepared; on which an account in painted hieroglyphics,
or pictures, was given of their migration from Aztalan to
Mexico, and how long they halted at certain places; which, in the
aggregate, amounts to “four hundred and sixteen years.”
The following names of places appear on their account of their
journeyings, at which places they made more or less delay, and
built towns, forts, tumuli, &c.:—
1st. A place of Humiliation and a place of Grottoes. It would
seem at this place they were much afflicted and humbled, but in
what manner is not related; and also at this place, from the term
grottoes, that it was a place of caverns and dens, probably where
they at first hid and dwelt, till they built a town and cleared the
ground. Here they built the places which they called Tocalco
and Oztatan.
2d journey. They stopped at a place of fruit-trees; probably
meaning, as it was further south, a place where nature was abundant
in nuts, grapes, and wild fruit-trees. Here they built a mound
or tumulus; and, in their language, it is called a Teocali.
3d journey; when they stopped at a place of herbs, with broad
leaves; probably meaning a place where many succulent plants
.bn 316.png
.pn +1
grew, denoting a good soil, which invited them to pitch their
tents here.
4th journey; when they came to a place of human bones;
where they, either during their stay, had battles with each other,
or with some enemy; or they may have found them already there,
the relics of other nations before them; for, according to Humboldt,
this migration of the Aztecas took place A. D. 778; so that
other nations certainly had preceded them, also from the north.
5th journey; they came to a place of eagles.
6th journey; to a place of precious stones and minerals.
7th journey; to a place of spinning, where they manufactured
clothing of cotton, barks, or of something proper for clothing of
some sort, and mats of rushes and feathers.
8th journey; they came to another place of eagles, called the
Eagle Mountain: or, in their own language, Quauktli Tepec:
Tepec, says Humboldt, in the Turkish language, is the word for
mountain; which two words are so near alike, tepec, and tepe,
that it would seem almost an Arab word, or a word used by the
Turks.
9th journey; when they came to a place of walls, and the seven
grottoes; which shows the place had been inhabited before, and
these seven grottoes were either caves in the earth, or were made
in the side of some mountain, by those who had preceded them.
10th journey; when they came to a place of thistles, sand, and
vultures.
11th journey; when they came to a place of Obsidian mirrors,
which is much the same with that of ising-glass, scientifically called
mica membranacea. This mineral substance is frequently found
in the tumuli of the west, and is called by the Mexicans the shining
god. The obsidian stone, however, needs polishing before it will
answer as a mirror.
12th journey; came to a place of water, probably some lake
or beautiful fountains, which invited their residence there, on the
account not only of the water, but for fishing and game.
13th journey; they came to the place of the Divine Monkey,
called, in their own language, Teozomoco. In the most ancient
Hebrew, this animal is called K-oph, Kooph, and Kuphon: in the
.bn 317.png
.pn +1
Arabic, which is similar to the Hebrew, it is called K-ha-noos,
Khanassa, and Chanass; all of which words bear a strong resemblance
to the Mexican Te-oz-o-moco, especially to the Arabic
Khanoos. Here, it would seem, they set up the worship of the
monkey, or baboon, as the ancient Egyptians are known to have
done. This animal is found in Mexico, according to Humboldt.
14th journey; when they came to a high mountain, probably
with table lands on it, which they called Chopaltepec, or mountain
of locusts: “A place,” says Baron Humboldt, “celebrated for the
magnificent view from the top of this hill;” which, it appears, is
in the Mexican country, and probably not far from the vale of
Mexico, where they finally and permanently rested.
15th journey; when they came to the vale of Mexico; they
here met with the prodigy, or fulfilment of the prophecy, or oracle,
predicted at their outset from the country of Aztalan, Huehuetlapallan,
and Amaquemacan; which was (see Humboldt, vol. ii.
p. 185), that the migrations of the Aztecs should not terminate till
the chiefs of the nation should meet with an eagle, perched on a
cactus-tree, or prickly pear; at such a place they might found a
city. This was, as their bull-hide books inform us, in the vale
of Mexico.
We have related this account of the Azteca migration from the
country of Aztalan, Huehuetlapallan, and Amaquemacan, from the
regions of north latitude forty-two degrees, merely to show that the
country, provinces, or districts, so named in their books, must have
been the country of Ohio, Mississippi, and Illinois, with the whole
region thereabout; for these are not far from the very latitude
named by Humboldt as the region of Aztalan, &c.
The western country is now distinguished by the general name
of the “lake country;” and why? because it is a country of lakes;
and for the same reason it was called by the Mexicans Azteca, by
the Indians, Aztalans, because in their language ATL is water, from
which Aztalan is doubtless a derivative, as well also as their own
name as a nation or title, which was Astecas, or people of the lakes.
This account, derived from the Mexicans since their reduction
by the Spaniards, is gathered from the researches of learned travellers,
who have, for the very purpose of learning the origin of the
.bn 318.png
.pn +1
people of this country, penetrated not only into the forest retreats
in the woods of Mexico, but into the mysteries of their hard language,
their theology, philosophy, and astronomy. This account
of their migration, as related above, is corroborated by the tradition
of the Wyandot Indians.
We come to a knowledge of this tradition by the means of a Mr.
William Walker, some time Indian agent for our government.
A pamphlet, published in 1823, by Frederick Falley, of Sandusky,
contains Mr. Walker’s account, which is as follows: A
great many hundred years ago, the ancient inhabitants of America,
who were the authors of the great works of the West, were driven
away from their country and possessions by barbarous and savage
hordes of warriors, who came from the north and north-east, before
whose power and skill in war they were compelled to flee,
and went to the south.
After having been there many hundred years, a runner came
back into the same country whence the ancient people had
been driven, which we suppose is the very country of Aztalan,
or the region of the Western States, bringing the intelligence that
a dreadful beast had landed on their coast along the sea, which
was spreading among them havoc and death, by means of fire and
thunder; and that it would no doubt travel all over the country, for
the same purpose of destruction. This beast, whose voice was
like thunder, and whose power to kill was like fire, we have no
doubt represents the cannon and small arms of the Spaniards,
when they first commenced the murder of the people of South
America.—[Priest.]
.sp 2
.tb
.pn +1
.sp 2
.h3 id=mosaic
TRAITS OF THE MOSAIC HISTORY FOUND AMONG THE AZTECA NATIONS.
.sp 2
The tradition commences with an account of the deluge, as
they had preserved it in books made of the buffalo and deer skin,
on which account there is more certainty than if it had been preserved
by mere oral tradition, handed down from father to son.
.bn 319.png
.pn +1
They begin by painting, or, as we would say, by telling us that
Noah, whom they call Tezpi, saved himself, with his wife, whom
they call Xochiquetzal, on a raft or canoe. Is not this the ark?
The raft or canoe rested on or at the foot of a mountain, which
they call Colhuacan. Is not this Ararat? The men born after
this deluge were born dumb. Is not this the confusion of language
at Babel? A dove from the top of a tree distributes languages to
them in the form of an olive leaf. Is not this the dove of Noah,
which returned with that leaf in her mouth, as related in Genesis?
They say, that on this raft, besides Tezpi and his wife, were several
children, and animals, with grain, the preservation of which
was of importance to mankind. Is not this in almost exact accordance
with what was saved in the ark with Noah, as stated in
Genesis?
When the Great Spirit, Tezcatlipoca, ordered the waters to
withdraw, Tezpi sent out from his raft a vulture, which never returned,
on account of the great quantities of dead carcasses which
it found to feed upon. Is not this the raven of Noah, which did
not return when it was sent out the second time, for the very reason
here assigned by the Mexicans? Tezpi sent other birds, one
of which was the humming-bird; this bird alone returned, holding
in its beak a branch covered with leaves. Is not this the
dove? Tezpi, seeing that fresh verdure now clothed the earth,
quitted his raft near the mountain of Colhuacan. Is not this an
allusion to Ararat of Asia? They say the tongues which the
dove gave to mankind, were infinitely varied; which, when received,
they immediately dispersed. But among them there were
fifteen heads or chiefs of families, which were permitted to speak
the same language, and these were the Taltecs, the Aculhucans,
and Azteca nations, who embodied themselves together, which
was very natural, and travelled, they knew not where, but at
length arrived in the country of Aztalan, or the lake country in
America.
Among the vast multitude of painted representations found by
Humboldt, on the books of the natives, made also frequently of
prepared skins of animals, were delineated all the leading circumstances
and history of the deluge, of the fall of man, and of
.bn 320.png
.pn +1
the seduction of the woman by the means of the serpent, the first
murder as perpetrated by Cain, on the person of his brother Abel.
Among the different nations, according to Humboldt, who inhabited
Mexico, were found paintings which represented the deluge,
or the flood of Tezpi. The same person among the Chinese
is called Fohi and Yu-ti, which is strikingly similar in sound to
the Mexican Tezpi, in which they show how he saved himself
and his wife, in a bark, or some say, in a canoe, others on a raft,
which they call, in their language, a huahuate.
Tezpi sent out other birds, one of which was the humming-bird;
this bird alone returned again to the boat, holding in its beak
a branch, covered with leaves. Tezpi now knowing that the
earth was dry, being clothed with fresh verdure, quitted his bark
near the mountain Colhucan, or Ararat. A tradition of the same
fact, the deluge, is also found among the Indians of the Northwest.
I received (says a late traveller) the following account from a
chief of one of the tribes, in his own words, in the English:—“An
old man, live great while ago, he wery good man, he have
three son. The Great Spirit tell him, go make raft—build wigwam
on top: for he make it rain wery much. When this done,
Great Spirit say, put in two of all the creatures, then take sun,
moon—all the stars, put them in—get in himself, with his Equa,
(wife,) children, shut door, all dark outside. Then it rain much
hard, many days. When they stay there long time—Great Spirit
say, old man, go out. So he take diving animal, sa goy see if
find the earth: so he went, come back, not find anything. Then
he wait few days—send out mushquash, see what he find. When
he come back, brought some mud in he paw; old man wery glad;
he tell mushquash, you wery good, long this world stand, be
plenty mushquash, no man ever kill you all. Then few days
more, he take wery prety bird, send him out, see what it find; that
bird no come back: so he send out one white bird, that come
back, have grass in he mouth. So old man know water going
down. The Great Spirit say, old man, let sun, moon, stars go
out, old man too. He go out, raft on much big mountain, when
he see prety bird, he send out first, eating dead things—he say,
bird, you do no right, when me send, you no come back, you must
.bn 321.png
.pn +1
be black, you no prety bird any more—you always eat bad things
So it was black.”
The purity of these traditions is evidence of two things: first,
that the book of Genesis, as written by Moses, is not, as some
have imagined, a cunningly devised fable, as these Indians cannot
be accused of Christian nor of Jewish priestcraft, their religion
being of another cast. And second, that the continents of America,
Europe, Africa, and Asia, were anciently united, so that the
earlier nations came directly over after the confusion of the ancient
language and dispersion—on which account its purity has
been preserved more than among the more wandering tribes of the
old continents.
As favoring this idea of their (the Mexicans) coming immediately
from the region of the tower of Babel, their tradition goes
on to inform us, that the tongues distributed by this bird were infinitely
various, and dispersed over the earth; but that it so happened
that fifteen heads of families were permitted to speak the
same language. These travelled till they came to a country
which they called Aztalan, supposed to be in the regions of the
now United States, according to Humboldt. The word Aztalan
signifies, in their language, water, or a country of much water.
Now, no country on the earth better suits this appellation than
the western country, on account of the vast number of lakes found
there, and it is even, by us, called the lake country.
It is evident that the Indians are not the first people who found
their way to this country. Among these ancient nations are
found many traditions corresponding to the accounts given by
Moses respecting the creation, the fall of man by the means of a
serpent, the murder of Abel by his brother, &c.; all of which
are denoted in their paintings, as found by the earlier travellers
among them, since the discovery of America by Columbus, and
carefully copied from their books of prepared hides, which may be
called parchment, after the manner of the ancients of the earliest
ages. We are pleased when we find such evidence, as it goes
to the establishment of the truth of the historical parts of the Old
Testament, evidence so far removed from the skeptic’s charge
.bn 322.png
.pn +1
of priestcraft here among the unsophisticated nations of the woods
of America.
Clavigero, in his history of Mexico, says that among the Chiapanese
Indians was found an ancient manuscript in the language
of that country, made by the Indians themselves, in which it was
said, according to their ancient tradition, that a certain person,
named Votan, was present at that great building, which was made
by order of his uncle, in order to mount up to heaven: that then
every people was given their language, and that Votan himself was
charged by God to make the division of the lands of Anahuac—so
Noah divided the earth among his sons. Votan may have been
Noah, or a grandson of his.
Of the ancient Indians of Cuba, several historians of America
relate, that when they were interrogated by the Spaniards concerning
their origin, they answered, they had heard from their
ancestors, that God created the heavens and the earth, and all
things; that an old man, having foreseen the deluge with which
God designed to chastise the sins of men, built a large canoe and
embarked in it with his family, and many animals; that when the
inundation ceased, he sent out a raven, which, because it found
food suited to its nature to feed on, never returned to the canoe;
that he then sent out a pigeon, which soon returned, bearing a
branch of the Hoba tree, a certain fruit-tree of America, in its
mouth; that when the old man saw the earth dry, he disembarked,
and having made himself wine of the wood grape, he became intoxicated
and fell asleep; that then one of his sons made ridicule
of his nakedness, and that another son piously covered him; that,
upon waking, he blessed the latter and cursed the former. Lastly,
these islanders held that they had their origin from the accursed
son, and therefore went almost naked; that the Spaniards, as they
were clothed, descended perhaps from the other.
Many of the nations of America, says Clavigero, have the same
tradition, agreeing nearly to what we have already related. It was
the opinion of this author, that the nations who peopled the Mexican
empire belonged to the posterity of Naphtuhim—(the same,
we imagine, with Japheth;) and that their ancestors, having left
Egypt not long after the confusion of the ancient language, travelled
.bn 323.png
.pn +1
towards America, crossing over on the isthmus, which it is
supposed once united America with the African continent, but
since has been beaten down by the operation of the waters of the
Atlantic on the north, and of the Southern ocean on the south, or
by the operation of earthquakes.
Now we consider the comparative perfection of the preservation
of this Bible account as an evidence that the people among
whom it was found must have settled in this country at a very
early period of time after the flood, and that they did not wander
any more, but peopled the continent, cultivating it, building towns
and cities, after their manner, the vestiges of which are so abundant
to this day; and on this account, viz., their fixedness, their
traditionary history was not as liable to become lost, as it would
have undoubtedly been had they wandered, as many other nations
of the old world have done. As evidence of the presence of a
Hindoo population in the southern, as well as the western parts
of North America, we bring the Mexican traditions respecting
some great religious teacher who once came among them. These
say, that a wonderful personage, whom they name Quetzalcoatl,
appeared among them, who was a white and bearded man. This
person assumed the dignity of acting as a priest and legislator,
and became the chief of a religious sect, which, like the Songasis,
and the Buddhists of Hindostan, inflicted on themselves the most
cruel penances. He introduced the custom of piercing the lips
and ears, and lacerating the rest of the body, with the prickles of
the agave and leaves, the thorns of the cactus, and of putting reeds
into the wounds, in order that the blood might be seen to trickle
more copiously. In all this, says Humboldt, we seem to behold
one of those Rishi, hermits of the Ganges, whose pious austerity
is celebrated in the books of the Hindoos.
Respecting this white and bearded man, much is said in their
tradition, recorded in their books of skin; and among other things,
that after a long stay with them he suddenly left them, promising
to return again in a short time, to govern them and renew their
happiness. This person resembles, very strongly, in his promise
to return again, the behavior of Lycurgus, the Spartan lawgiver,
who, on his departure from Lacedæmon, bound all the citizens
.bn 324.png
.pn +1
under an oath, both, for themselves and posterity, that they would
neither violate nor abolish his laws till his return; and soon after,
in the Isle of Crete, he put himself to death, so that his return became
impossible.
It was the posterity of this man whom the unhappy Montezuma
thought he recognised in the soldiers of Cortez, the Spanish
conqueror of Mexico. “We know,” said the unhappy monarch,
in his first interview with the Spanish general, “by our books,
that myself, and those who inhabit this country, are not natives,
but strangers, who came from a great distance. We know, also,
that the chief who led our ancestors hither returned, for a certain
time, to his primitive country, and thence came back to seek those
who were here established, who after a while returned again,
alone. We always believed that his descendants would one day
come to take possession of this country. Since you arrive from
that region where the sun rises, I cannot doubt but that the king
who sends you is our natural master.”
Humboldt says that the Azteca tribes left their country, Aztalan,
in the year of our Lord 544; and wandered to the south or
southwest, coming at last to the vale of Mexico. It would appear
from this view, that as the nations of Aztalan, with their fellow
nations, left vast works, and a vast extent of country, apparently
in a state of cultivation, with cities and villages, more in number
than three thousand, as Breckenridge supposed, they must, therefore,
have settled here long before the Christian era.
And this Quetzalcoatl, a celebrated minister of these opinions,
appears to have been the first who announced the religion of the
east among the people of the west. There was also one other
minister, or Brahmin, who appeared among the Mozca tribes in
South America, whom they named Bochica. This personage
taught the worship of the sun; and, if we were to judge, we should
pronounce him a missionary of the Confucian system, a worshipper
of fire, which was the religion of the ancient Persians, of
whose country Confucius was a native. This also is evidence
that the first inhabitants of America came here at a period near
the flood, long before that worship was known, or they would
have had a knowledge of this Persian worship, which was introduced
.bn 325.png
.pn +1
by Bochica among the American nations, which, it seems,
they had not, until taught by this man.
Bochica, it appears, became a legislator among those nations,
and changed the form of their government to a form, the construction
of which, says Baron Humboldt, bears a strong analogy
to the governments of Japan and Thibet, on account of the pontiffs
holding in their hands both the secular and the spiritual
reins. In Japan, an island on the east of Asia, or rather many
islands, which compose the Japanese empire, is found a religious
sect, styled Sinto, who do not believe in the sanguinary rites of
shedding either human blood, or that of animals, to propitiate
their gods; they even abstain from animal food, and detest bloodshed,
and will not touch any dead body.—(Morse’s Geography,
p. 523.)
There is in South America a whole nation who eat nothing but
vegetables, and who hold in abhorrence those who feed on flesh.—(Humboldt,
p. 200.)
Such a coincidence in the religion of nations can scarcely be
supposed to exist, unless they are of one origin. Therefore, from
what we have related above, and a few pages back, it is clear,
both from the tradition of the Aztecas, who lived in the western
regions before they went to the south, and from the fact that nations
on the Asiatic side of Bhering’s Strait have come annually
over the strait to fight the nations of the northwest, that we, in this
way, have given conclusive and satisfactory reasons why, in the
western mounds and tumuli, are found evident tokens of the presence
of a Hindoo population; or, at least, of nations influenced
by the superstitions of that people, through the means of missionaries
of those castes, and that they did not bring those opinions
and ceremonies with them when they first left Asia, after the
confusion of the antediluvian language, as led on by their fifteen
chiefs; till, by some means, and at some period, they finally found
this country—not by the way of Bhering’s Strait, but by some
nearer course.
Perhaps a few words on the supposed native country of Quetzalcoatl
may be allowed; who, as we have stated, is reported to
have been a white and bearded man, by the Mexican Aztecas.
.bn 326.png
.pn +1
There is a vast range of islands on the northeast of Asia, in the
Pacific, situated not very far from Bhering’s Strait, in latitude between
forty and fifty degrees north. The inhabitants of these
islands, when first discovered, were found to be far in advance in
the arts and civilization, and a knowledge of government, of their
continental neighbors, the Chinese and Tartars. The island of
Jesso, in particular, is of itself an empire, comparatively, being very
populous, and its people are also highly polished in their manners.
The inhabitants may be denominated white—their women especially,
whom Morse, in his geography of the Japan, Jesso, and other
islands in that range, says expressly are white, fair, and ruddy.
Humboldt says they are a bearded race of men, like Europeans.
It appears that the ancient government of these islands, especially
that of Japan, which is neighbor to that of Jesso, was in the hands
of spiritual monarchs and pontiffs till the seventeenth century.
As this was the form of government introduced by Quetzalcoatl,
when he first appeared among the Azteca tribes, which we suppose
was in the country of Aztalan, or Western States, may it not
be conjectured that he was a native of some of those islands, who
in his wanderings had found his way hither, on errands of benevolence;
as it is said in the tradition respecting him, that he
preached peace among men, and would not allow any other offering
to the divinity than the first fruits of the harvest, which doctrine
was in character with the mild and amiable manners of the
inhabitants of those islands. And that peculiar and striking record,
found painted on the Mexican skin-books, which describes
him to have been a white and bearded man, is our other reason for
supposing him to have been a native of some of these islands, and
most probably Jesso, rather than any other country.
The inhabitants of these islands originated from China, and with
them undoubtedly carried the Persian doctrines of the worship of
the sun and fire; consequently, we find it taught to the people of
Aztalan and Mexico, by such as visited them from China or the
islands above named; as it is clear the sun was not the original
object of adoration in Mexico, but rather the power which made
the sun. So Noah worshipped.
Their traditions also recognise another important chief, who led
.bn 327.png
.pn +1
the Azteca tribes first to the country of Aztalan, long before the
appearance of Quetzalcoatl or Bochica among them. This great
leader they name Tecpaltzin, and doubtless allude to the time
when they first found their way to America, and settled in the
western region.—[Priest.]
.sp 2
.tb
.pn +1
.sp 2
.h3 id=fire
ORIGIN OF FIRE-WORSHIP.
.sp 2
For many ages the false religions of the East had remained
stationary; but in this period, magianism received considerable
strength from the writings of Zoroaster. He was a native of Media.
He pretended to a visit in heaven, where God spoke to him
out of a fire. This fire he pretended to bring with him on his
return. It was considered holy—the dwelling of God. The
priests were for ever to keep it, and the people were to worship
before it. He caused fire-temples everywhere to be erected, that
storms and tempests might not extinguish it. As he considered
God as dwelling in the fire, he made the sun to be his chief residence,
and therefore the primary object of worship. He abandoned
the old system of two gods, one good and the other evil,
and taught the existence of one Supreme, who had under him a
good and evil angel—the immediate authors of good and evil.
To gain reputation, he retired into a cave, and there lived a long
time a recluse, and composed a book called the Zend-Avesta,
which contains the liturgy to be used in the fire-temples, and the
chief doctrines of his religion. His success in propagating his
system was astonishingly great. Almost all the eastern world, for
a season, bowed before him. He is said to have been slain, with
eighty of his priests, by a Scythian prince, whom he attempted to
convert to his religion.
It is manifest that he derived his whole system of God’s dwelling
in the fire, from the burning bush, out of which God spake to
Moses. He was well acquainted with the Jewish Scriptures. He
gave the same history of the creation and deluge that Moses had
given, and inserted a great part of the Psalms of David into his
.bn 328.png
.pn +1
writings. The Mehestani, his followers, believed in the immortality
of the soul, in future rewards and punishments, and in the
purification of the body by fire; after which they would be united
to the good.—(Marsh’s Ecclesiastical History, p. 78.) From the
same origin, that of the burning bush, it is altogether probable the
worship of fire, for many ages, obtained over the whole habitable
earth; and is still to be traced in the funeral piles of the Hindoos,
the beacon-fires of the Scotch and Irish, the periodical midnight
fires of the Mexicans, and the council-fires of the North American
Indians, around which they dance.
A custom among the natives of New Mexico, as related by
Baron Humboldt, is exactly imitated by a practice found still in
some parts of Ireland, among the descendants of the ancient
Irish.
At the commencement of the month of November, the great fire
of Sumhuin is lit up, all the culinary fires in the kingdom being
first extinguished, as it was deemed sacrilege to awaken the winter’s
social flame except by a spark snatched from this sacred fire;
on which account, the month of November is called, in the Irish
language, Sumhuin.
To this day, the inferior Irish look upon bonfires as sacred;
they say their prayers walking round them, the young dream upon
their ashes, and the old take this fire to light up their domestic
hearths, imagining some secret undefinable excellence connected
with it.—[Priest.]
.sp 2
.tb
.pn +1
.sp 2
.h3 id=cal
GREAT STONE CALENDAR OF THE MEXICANS.
.sp 2
This stone was found near the site of the present city of Mexico,
buried some feet beneath the soil, on which is engraven a great
number of hieroglyphics, signifying the divisions of time, the
motions of the heavenly bodies, the twelve signs of the Zodiac,
with reference to the feasts and sacrifices of the Mexicans, and is
called by Humboldt the Mexican Calendar, in relief, on basalt, a
kind of stone.
.bn 329.png
.pn +1
This deservedly celebrated historiographer and antiquarian has
devoted a hundred pages and more of his octavo work, entitled
“Researches in America,” in describing the similarity which exists
between its representations of astrology, astronomy, and the divisions
of time, and those of a great multitude of the nations of
Asia—Chinese, Japanese, Calmucks, Mongols, Mantchaus, and
other Tartar nations; the Egyptians, Babylonians, Persians, Phœnicians,
Greeks, Romans, Hebrews, and ancient Celtic nations of
Europe. (See the American edition by Helen Maria Williams,
vol. i.) The size of this stone was very great, being a fraction
over twelve feet square, three feet in thickness, weighing twenty-four
tons. It is of the kind of stone denominated trappean porphyry,
of the blackish gray color.
The place where it was found was more than thirty miles from
any quarry of the kind; from which we discover the ability of the
ancient inhabitants not only to transport stones of great size, as
well as the ancient Egyptians, in building their cities and temples
of marble, but also to cut and engrave on stone, equal with the
present age.
It was discovered in the vale of Mexico, in A. D. 1791, in the
spot where Cortez ordered it to be buried, when, with his ferocious
Spaniards, that country was devastated. That Spaniard
universally broke to pieces all images of stone which came in his
way, except such as were too large and strong to be quickly
and easily thus affected. Such he buried, among which this
sculptured stone was one. This was done to hide them from the
sight of the natives, whose strong attachment, whenever they saw
them, counteracted their conversion to the Roman Catholic religion.
The sculptured work on this stone is in circles; the outer one
of all is a trifle over twenty-seven feet in circumference—from
which the reader can have a tolerable notion of its size and appearance.
The whole stone is intensely crowded with representations
and hieroglyphics, arranged, however, in order and harmony,
every way equal with any astronomical calendar of the
present day. It is further described by Baron Humboldt, who
saw and examined it on the spot:—
.bn 330.png
.pn +1
“The concentric circles, the numerous divisions and subdivisions
engraven on this stone, are traced with mathematical precision.
The more minutely the detail of this sculpture is examined,
the greater the taste we find in the repetition of the same
forms. In the centre of the stone is sculptured the celebrated sign
nahuiolin-Tonatiuh, the Sun, which is surrounded by eight triangular
radii. The god Tonatiuh, or the sun, is figured on this
stone, opening his large mouth, armed with teeth, with the tongue
protruded to a great length. This yawning mouth and protruded
tongue is like the image of Kala, or, in another word, Time—a
divinity of Hindostan. Its dreadful mouth, armed with teeth,
is meant to show that the god Tonatiuh, or Time, swallows the
world, opening a fiery mouth, devouring the years, months, and
days, as fast as they come into being. The same image we find
under the name of Moloch among the Phœnicians, some of the ancient
inhabitants on the eastern side of the Mediterranean, from
which very country there can be but little doubt America received
a portion of its earliest inhabitants.” Hence a knowledge of the
arts to great perfection, as found among the Mexicans, was thus
derived. Humboldt says the Mexicans have evidently followed
the Persians in the division of time, as represented on this stone.
The Persians flourished one thousand years before Christ.
“The structure of the Mexican aqueducts leads the imagination
at once to the shores of the Mediterranean.”—(Thomas’s
Travels, p. 293.) The size, grandeur, and riches of the tumuli on
the European and Asiatic sides of the Cimmerian strait (which
unites the Black sea with the Archipelago, a part of the Mediterranean,
the region of ancient Greece, where the capital of Turkey
in Europe now stands, called Constantinople), “excite astonishing
ideas of the wealth and power of the people by whom they were
constructed.”
But whatever power, wealth, genius, magnitude of tumuli,
mounds and pyramids are found about the Mediterranean—where
the Egyptian, the Phœnician, the Persian, and the Greek, have
displayed the monuments of this most ancient sort of antiquities—all,
all is realized in North and South America, and doubtless under
the influence of the same superstition and eras of time,—
.bn 331.png
.pn +1
having crossed over, as before argued; and among the various
aboriginal nations of South and North America, but especially the
former, are undoubtedly found the descendants of the fierce Medes
and Persians, and other warlike nations of the old world.
The discoveries of travellers in that country show, even at the
present time, that the ancient customs in relation to securing their
habitations with a wall still prevail. Towns in the interior of
Africa, on the river Niger, of great extent, are found to be surrounded
by walls of earth, in the same manner as those of the
West in North America.
See the account as given by Richard Lander: “On the 4th of
May, we entered a town of prodigious extent, fortified with three
walls of little less than twenty miles in circuit, with ditches or
moats between. This town, called Boo-hoo, is in the latitude of
about eight degrees forty-three minutes north, and longitude five
degrees and ten minutes east. On the 17th, we came to Roossa,
which is a cluster of huts walled with earth.”
This traveller states that there is a kingdom in Africa called
Yaorie, which is large, powerful, and flourishing, containing a city
of prodigious extent. The wall surrounding it is of clay, very
high, and in circuit between twenty and thirty miles. He
mentions several other places, similarly enclosed by earth walls.
It is easy to perceive the resemblance between these walled
towns in central Africa, and the remains of similar works in this
country, America.—[Priest.]
.sp 2
.tb
.pn +1
.sp 2
.h3 id=sci
SCIENTIFIC ACQUIREMENTS OF ANCIENT BUILDERS IN THE WEST.
.sp 2
As it respects the scientific acquirements of the builders of the
works in the West, now in ruins, Mr. Atwater says: “When
thoroughly examined, they have furnished matter of admiration to all
intelligent persons who have attended to the subject. Nearly all
the lines of ancient works found in the whole country, where the
form of the ground admits of it, are right ones, pointing to the
.bn 332.png
.pn +1
four cardinal points. Where there are mounds enclosed, the
gateways are most frequently on the east side of the works, towards
the rising sun. Where the situation admits of it, in their
military works, the openings are generally towards one or more of
the cardinal points. From which it is supposed they must have
had some knowledge of astronomy, or their structures would not,
it is imagined, have been thus arranged. From these circumstances,
also, we draw the conclusion, that the first inhabitants of
America emigrated from Asia, at a period coeval with that of
Babylon, for here it was that astronomical calculations were first
made, 2234 years before Christ.
“These things could never have so happened, with such invariable
exactness in almost all cases, without design. On the
whole,” says Atwater, “I am convinced from an attention to many
hundreds of these works, in every part of the West which I have
visited, that their authors had a knowledge of astronomy.
“Our ancient works continued into Mexico, increasing in size
and grandeur, preserving the same forms, and appear to have been
put to the same uses. The form of our works is round, square,
triangular, semicircular, and octangular, agreeing, in all these respects
with those in Mexico. The first works built by the Mexicans
were mostly of earth, and not much superior to the common
ones on the Mississippi.” The same may be said of the works
of this sort over the whole earth, which is the evidence that all
alike belong to the first efforts of men in the very first ages after
the flood.
“But afterwards temples were erected on the elevated squares,
circles, &c., but were still, like ours, surrounded by walls of earth.
These sacred places, in Mexico, were called ‘teocalli’ which in
the vernacular tongue of the most ancient tribe of Mexicans, signifies
‘mansions of the gods.’ They included within their sacred
walls, gardens, fountains, habitations of priests, temples, altars,
and magazines of arms. This circumstance may account for
many things which have excited some surprise among those who
have hastily visited the works on Paint creek, at Portsmouth,
Marietta, Circleville, Newark, &c.
“It is doubted by many to what use these works were put;
.bn 333.png
.pn +1
whether they were used as forts, camps, cemeteries, altars, and
temples; whereas they contained all these either within their walls
or were immediately connected with them. Many persons cannot
imagine why the works at the places above mentioned were so
extensively complicated, differing so much in form, size, and elevation,
among themselves.” But the solution is, undoubtedly,
“they contained within them altars, temples, cemeteries, habitations
of priests, gardens, wells, fountains, places devoted to sacred
purposes of various kinds, and the whole of their warlike munitions,
laid up in arsenals. These works were calculated for defence,
and were resorted to in cases of the last necessity, where
they fought with desperation. We are warranted in this conclusion,
by knowing that these works are exactly similar to the most
ancient now to be seen in Mexico, connected with the fact, that
the Mexican works did contain within them all that we have
stated.”—[Priest.]
.sp 2
.tb
.pn +1
.sp 2
.h3 id=pyr
PREDILECTION OF THE ANCIENTS TO PYRAMIDS.
.sp 2
In those early ages of mankind, it is evident there existed an
unaccountable ambition among the nations, seemingly to outdo
each other in the height of their pyramids; for Humboldt mentions
the pyramids of Porsenna, as related by Varro, styled the
most learned of the Romans, who flourished about the time of
Christ; and says there were at this place four pyramids, eighty
meters in height, which is a fraction more than fifteen rods perpendicular
altitude: the meter is a French measure, consisting of
three feet three inches.
Not many years since was discovered, by some Spanish hunters,
on descending the Cordilleras toward the Gulf of Mexico,
in the thick forest, the pyramid of Papantla. The form of this
teocalli or pyramid, which had seven stories, is more tapering
than any other monument of this kind yet discovered, but its
height is not remarkable, being but fifty-seven feet—its base but
twenty-five feet on each side. However, it is remarkable on one
.bn 334.png
.pn +1
account: it is built entirely of hewn stones, of an extraordinary
size, and very beautifully shaped. Three stair-cases lead to its
top, the steps of which were decorated with hieroglyphical sculpture
and small niches, arranged with great symmetry. The number
of these niches seems to allude to the 318 simple and compound
signs of the days of their civil calendar. If so, this monument
was erected for astronomical purposes. Besides, here is
evidence of the use of metallic tools, in the preparation and building
of this temple.
In those mounds were sometimes hidden the treasures of kings
and chiefs, placed there in times of war and danger. Such was
found to be the fact on opening the tomb of a Peruvian prince,
when was discovered a mass of pure gold, amounting to 4,687,500
dollars.—(Humboldt’s Researches, vol. i. p. 92.)
There is, in Central America, to the south-east of the city of
Cuernavaca, on the west declivity of Anahuac, an isolated hill,
which, together with the pyramid raised on its top by the ancients
of that country, amounts to thirty-five rods ten feet altitude. The
ancient tower of Babel, around which the city of Babylon was
afterward built, was a mere nothing compared with the gigantic
work of Anahuac, being but twenty-four hundred feet square, which
is one hundred and fifty rods, or nearly so; while the hill we are
speaking of, partly natural and partly artificial, is at its base twelve
thousand and sixty-six feet: this, thrown into rods, gives seven
hundred and fifty-four, and into miles, is two and three eighths,
wanting eight rods, which is five times greater than that of Babel.
This hill is a mass of rocks, to which the hand of man has
given a regular conic form, and which is divided into five stories
or terraces, each of which is covered with masonry. These terraces
are nearly sixty feet in perpendicular height, one above the
other, besides the artificial mound added at the top, making its
height near that of Babel; besides, the whole is surrounded with
a deep broad ditch, more than five times the circumference of the
Babylonian tower.
We learn from Scripture that in the earliest times the temples
of Asia, such as that of Baal-Berith, at Shechem, in Canaan, were
not only buildings consecrated to worship, but also intrenchments
.bn 335.png
.pn +1
in which the inhabitants of a city defended themselves in times
of war; the same may be said of the Grecian temples, for the
wall which formed the parabolas alone afforded an asylum to the
besieged.—[Priest.]
.sp 2
.tb
.pn +1
.sp 2
.h3 id=cities
THE REMAINS OF CITIES.
.sp 2
The remains of cities and towns of an ancient population exist
everywhere on the coast of the Pacific, which agree in fashion
with the works and ruins found along the Chinese coasts, exactly
west from the western limits of North America; showing beyond
all dispute that in ancient times the countries were known to each
other, and voyages were reciprocally made. The style of their
shipping was such as to be equal to voyages of that distance, and
also sufficient to withstand stress of weather, even beyond vessels
of the present times, on account of their great depth of keel
and size.—[Priest.]
.sp 2
.tb
.pn +1
.sp 2
.h3 id=otolum
RUINS OF THE CITY OF OTOLUM, DISCOVERED IN NORTH AMERICA.
.sp 2
“Some years ago, the Society of Geography, in Paris, offered
a large premium for a voyage to Guatemala, and for a new survey
of the antiquities of Yucatan and Chiapa, chiefly those fifteen miles
from Palenque.”
“They were surveyed by Captain Del Rio, in 1787, an account
of which was published in English in 1822. This account describes
partly the ruins of a stone city, of no less dimensions than
seventy-five miles in circuit, length thirty-two, and breadth
twelve miles, full of palaces, monuments, statues, and inscriptions;
one of the earliest seats of American civilization, about equal to
Thebes of ancient Egypt.”
It is stated in the Family Magazine, Vol. I., p. 266, as follows:
.bn 336.png
.pn +1
“Public attention has been recently excited respecting the ruins
of an ancient city found in Guatemala. It would seem that these
ruins are now being explored, and much curious and valuable
matter in a literary and historical point of view is anticipated.
We deem the present a most auspicious moment, now that the
public attention is turned to the subject, to spread its contents before
our readers, as an introduction to future discoveries during
the researches now in progress.”
The following are some particulars, as related by Captain Del
Rio, who partially examined them as above related, 1787: From
Palenque, the last town northward in the province of Ciudad
Real de Chiapa, taking a southwesterly direction, and ascending
a ridge of high land that divides the kingdom of Guatemala from
Yucatan, at the distance of six miles, is the little river Micol,
whose waters flow in a westerly direction, and unite with the
great river Tulija, which bends its course towards the province
of Tabasco. Having passed Micol, the ascent begins; and at
half a league, or a mile and a half, the traveller crosses a little
stream called Otolum; from this point heaps of stone ruins are
discovered, which render the roads very difficult for another half
league, when you gain the height whereon the stone houses are
situated, being still fourteen in number in one place, some more
dilapidated than others, yet still having many of their apartments
perfectly discernible.
Here is a rectangular area, three hundred yards in breadth by four
hundred and fifty in length, which is a fraction over fifty-six rods
wide, and eighty-four rods long, being, in the whole circuit, two
hundred and eighty rods, which is three-fourths of a mile, and a
trifle over. This area presents a plain at the base of the highest
mountain forming the ridge. In the centre of this plain is situated
the largest of the structures which has been as yet discovered
among these ruins. It stands on a mound or pyramid twenty
yards high, which is sixty feet, or nearly four rods in perpendicular
altitude, which gives it a lofty and beautiful majesty, as if it
were a temple suspended in the sky. This is surrounded by
other edifices, namely, five to the northward, four to the southward,
one to the southwest, and three to the eastward—fourteen
.bn 337.png
.pn +1
in all. In all directions the fragments of other fallen buildings
are seen extending along the mountain that stretches east and
west either way from these buildings, as if they were the great
temple of worship, or their government house, around which they
built their city, and where dwelt their kings and officers of state.
At this place was found a subterranean stone aqueduct, of great
solidity and durability, which in its course passes beneath the
largest building.
Let it be understood, this city of Otolum, the ruins of which
are so immense, is in North, not South America, in the same
latitude with the island of Jamaica, which is about eighteen degrees
north of the equator, being on the highest ground between the
northern end of the Caribbean sea and the Pacific ocean, where
the continent narrows towards the isthmus of Darien, and is about
eight hundred miles south of New Orleans.
The discovery of these ruins, and also of many others, equally
wonderful, in the same country, is just commencing to arouse
the attention of the schools of Europe, who hitherto have denied
that America could boast of her antiquities. But these immense
ruins are now being explored under the direction of scientific persons,
a history of which, in detail, will be forthcoming doubtless,
in due time; two volumes of which, in manuscript, we are informed,
have already been written, and cannot but be received
with enthusiasm by Americans.
By those deeply versed in the antiquities of past ages, it is
contended that the first people who settled America came directly
from Chaldea, immediately after the confusion of language at Babel.—(See
Description of the Ruins of the American City, published
in London, 1832, p. 33, by Dr. Paul Felix Cabrera.) Whoever
the authors of the city may have been, we seem to find, in their
sculptured deities, the idolatry of even the Phœnicians, a people
whose history goes back nearly to the flood, or to within a hundred
and fifty years of that period.
It appears from some of the historical works of the Mexicans,
written in pictures, which fell into the hands of the Spaniards,
that there was found one which was written by Votan, who sets
himself forth to be the third Gentile, (reckoning from the flood or
.bn 338.png
.pn +1
family of Noah,) and lord of the Tapanahuasec, or the sacred drum.
In the book above alluded to, Votan says that he saw the great
house which was built by his grandfather, meaning the tower of
Babel, which went up from the earth to the sky. In one of those
picture books, the account is given by the Indian historian, whoever
he was, or at whatever time he lived, that Votan had written
it himself. He gives the account that he made no less than
four voyages to this continent, conducting with him at one time
seven families. He says that others of his family had gone away
before himself, and that he was determined to travel till he should
come to the root of heaven, the sky, (in the west,) in order to discover
his relations the Culebras, or Snake people, and calls himself
Culebra, (a snake,) and that he found them, and became their captain.
He mentions the name of the town which his relation had
built at first, which was Tezequil.
Agreeing with this account, it is found by exploring the ruins
of this city, and its sculptures, that among a multitude of strange
representations are found two which represent this Votan, on
both continents. The continents are shown by being painted in
two parallel squares, and standing on each is this Votan, showing
his acquaintance with each of them. The pictures engraven on
the stones which form the sides of the houses or temples of this
ruined city, are a series of hieroglyphics, which show, beyond all
doubt, that the era of its construction, and of the people who
built it, excels in antiquity those of the ancient Greeks, the Romans,
and the most celebrated nations of the old world, and is
worthy of being compared even with the first progenitors of the
Hebrews themselves, after the flood.—(See History of American
City, as before quoted, p. 39.)
It is found that the gods of the ancient Egyptians, even Osiris,
Apis, and Isis, are sculptured on the stones of this city, the worship
of which passed from Egypt to many nations, and is found
under many forms, but all traceable to the same original. We
have examined the forms of the figures cut on the side of the famous
Obelisk of seventy-two feet in height, brought not long since
from Egypt, by the French government, and erected in Paris;
and have compared them with some of the sculptured forms of
.bn 339.png
.pn +1
men, found on the stones of this city, in which there is an exact
correspondence in one remarkable particular. On the obelisk is
represented a king or god seated on a throne, holding in one
hand a rod grasped in its middle, having on its top the figure of a
small bird.
The arm holding this is extended toward a person who is resting
on one knee before him, and offers from each of his hands
that which is either food, drink, or incense, to the one on the
throne. The head ornaments are of the most fantastic construction.
The same without variation is cut in the stones of the
ruined American city in many places; with this difference only,
the American sculpture is much larger, as if representing gigantic
beings, but is of the same character. Can we have a better
proof than this, that Egyptian colonies have reached America
in the very first ages of the world after the flood, or some people
having the notions, the religion, and the arts of the Egyptians,
and such were the most ancient people of Canaan, the Hivites,
Perizzites, and Hitites, which names denote all these nations as
serpent worshippers.
As it respects the true founders of this city, the discovery and
contents of which are now causing so great and general interest
in both this country and Europe, it is ascertained in the most
direct and satisfactory way, in the work to which we have just
alluded, published in London, 1832, on the subject of this city,
that they were the ancient Hivites, one of the nations which inhabited
Palestine, or Canaan, a remnant of which, it is ascertained,
fled into the kingdom of Tyre, and there settled, and into
Africa, to avoid annihilation by the wars of Joshua, the captain
of the Jews; and that among them was one who acted as a leader,
and was called Votan, and that he sailed from a port in ancient
Tyre, which before it was known by that name, was called
Chivim, and that this Votan was the third in the Gentile descent
from Noah, and that he made several voyages to and from America.
But the kingdom which was founded by Votan, was finally
destroyed by other nations, and their works, their cities and towns,
turned into a wilderness, as they are now found to be. (The
word Hivite, which distinguished one of the nations of old Canaan
.bn 340.png
.pn +1
in the time of Joshua, signifies the same thing in the Phœnician
language, Serpent people or worshippers.) The Hivites,
it appears, were the ancestors of the Moors, who spread themselves
all along the western coast of Africa, at an early period,
and in later times they overran the country of Spain, till the Romans
supplanted them; who in their turn were supplanted by the
northern nations of Germany, the Goths, &c. The Moors were
not the proper Africans, as the hair of their heads was long,
straight, and shining. They were a different race, and of different
manners and attainments. The contour of the faces of the authors
of the American city, found sculptured on the stones of its
ruins, are in exact correspondence with the forehead and nose of
the ancient Moors, the latter of which was remarkable for its aquiline
shape, and was a national trait, characteristic of the Moors
as well as the Romans.
When the Spaniards overran Peru, which lies on the western
side of South America, on the coast of the Pacific were found
statues, obelisks, mausolea, edifices, fortresses, all of stone, equal
with the architecture of Egypt, Greece, and Rome, six hundred
years before the Christian era. Roads were cut through the Cordillera
mountains; gold, silver, copper, and lead mines, were
opened and worked to a great extent; all of which is evidence
of their knowledge of architecture, mineralogy, and agriculture.
In many places of that country are found the ruins of noble aqueducts,
some of which, says Dr. Morse, the geographer, would
have been thought works of difficulty in civilized nations. Several
pillars of stone are now standing, which were erected to point
out the equinoxes and solstices. In their sepulchres were found
paintings, vessels of gold and silver, implements of warfare, husbandry,
&c. To illustrate the architectural knowledge of the
Peruvians, as well as of some other provinces of South America,
we quote the following from Baron Humboldt’s Researches, 1st
vol. Eng. Trans., Amer. ed., p. 255:—“The remains of Peruvian
architecture are scattered along the ridge of the Cordilleras, from
Cuzco to Cajambe, or from the 13th degree of north latitude to
the equator, a distance of nearly a thousand miles. What an empire,
and what works are these, which all bear the same character
.bn 341.png
.pn +1
in the cut of the stones, the shape of the doors to their stone
buildings, the symmetrical disposal of the niches, and the total
absence of exterior ornaments! This uniformity of construction
is so great, that all the stations along the high road, called in that
country palaces of the Incas, or kings of the Peruvians, appear
to have been copied from each other; simplicity, symmetry, and
solidity, were the three characters by which the Peruvian edifices
were distinguished. The citadel of Cannar, and the square building
surrounding it, are not constructed with the same quartz sandstone
which covers the primitive slate, and the porphyries of Assuay;
and which appears at the surface, in the garden of the
Inca, as we descend toward the valley of Gulan; but of trappean
porphyry, of great hardness, enclosing nitrous feldspar and hornblende.
This porphyry was perhaps dug in the great quarries
which are found at 4000 meters in height, (which is 13,000 feet
and a fraction, making two and a third miles in perpendicular
height,) near the lake of Culebrilla, or Serpent lake, ten miles
from Cannar. To cut the stones for the buildings of Cannar, at
so great a height, and to bring them down and transport them
ten miles, is equal with any of the works of the ancients, who
built the cities of Pompeii, Herculaneum, and Stabia, long before
the Christian era.
“We do not find, however,” says Humboldt, “in the ruins of
Cannar, those stones of enormous size, which we see in the Peruvian
edifices of Cuzco and the neighboring countries. Acosto,
he says, measured some at Traquanaco, which were twelve meters
(thirty-eight feet) long, and five meters eight tenths (eighteen
feet) broad, and one metre nine tenths (six feet) thick.” The
stones made use of in building the temple of Solomon were but a
trifle larger than these, some of which were twenty-five cubits
(forty-three feet nine inches) long, twelve cubits (twenty-nine
feet) wide, and eight cubits (fourteen feet) thick, reckoning
twenty-one inches to the cubit.”
“One of the temples of ancient Egypt is now, in its state of
ruin, a mile and a half in circumference. It has twelve principal
entrances. The body of the temple consists of a prodigious hall
or portico; the roof is supported by 134 columns. Four beautiful
.bn 342.png
.pn +1
obelisks mark the entrance to the shrine, a place of sacrifice,
which contains three apartments, built entirely of granite. The
temple of Luxor probably surpasses in beauty and splendor all
the other ruins of Egypt. In front are two of the finest obelisks
in the world; they are of rose-colored marble, one hundred feet
high. But the objects which most attract attention, are the sculptures
which cover the whole of the northern front. They contain,
on a great scale, a representation of a victory gained by one
of the ancient kings of Egypt over an enemy. The number of human
figures cut in the solid stone amounts to fifteen hundred;
of these, five hundred are on foot, and one thousand in chariots.
Such are the remains of a city which perished long before the
records of ancient history had a being.”—Malte-Brun.
We are compelled to ascribe some of the vast operations of the
ancient nations of this country, to those ages which correspond
with the times and manners of the people of Egypt, which are
also beyond the reach of authentic history. It should be recollected
that the fleets of king Hiram navigated the seas in a surprising
manner, seeing they had not, as is supposed, (but not
proved,) a knowledge of the magnetic needle; and in some voyage
out of the Mediterranean, into the Atlantic, they may have been
driven to South America; where having found a country rich in
all the resources of nature, more so than even their native country,
they founded a kingdom, built cities, cultivated fields, marshalled
armies, made roads, built aqueducts, became rich, magnificent, and
powerful, as the vastness and extent of the ruins of Peru, and
other provinces of South America, plainly show.
Humboldt says, that he saw at Pullal three houses made of
stone, which were built by the Incas, (kings,) each of which was
more than fifty meters, or a hundred and fifty feet long, laid in a
cement, or true mortar. This fact, he says, deserves attention,
because travellers who had preceded him had unanimously overlooked
this circumstance, asserting that the Peruvians were unacquainted
with the use of mortar, but this is erroneous. The Peruvians
not only employed a mortar in the great edifices of Pacaritambo,
but made use of a cement of asphaltum; a mode of construction
which, on the banks of the Euphrates and the Tigris,
.bn 343.png
.pn +1
may be traced back to the remotest antiquity. The tools made
use off to cut their stone were of copper, hardened with tin, the
same metal used among the Greeks and Romans, and other nations.
To show the genius and enterprise of the natives of Mexico,
before America was last discovered, we give the following as but
a single instance: Montezuma, the last king but one of Mexico,
A. D. 1446, forty-six years before the discovery of America by
Columbus, erected a dike to prevent the overflowing of the waters
of certain small lakes in the vicinity of their city, which had
several times deluged it. This dike consisted of a bank of stones
and clay, supported on each side by a range of palisadoes; extending
in its whole length about seventy miles, and sixty-five
feet broad, its whole length sufficiently high to intercept the overflowings
of the lakes in times of high water, occasioned by the
spring floods. In Holland, the Dutch have resorted to the same
means to prevent incursions of the sea; and the longest of the
many is but forty miles in extent, nearly one half short of the
Mexican dike. “Amidst the extensive plains of Upper Canada,
in Florida, near the gulf of Mexico, and in the deserts bordered
by the Orinoco, in Colombia, dikes of a considerable length,
weapons of brass, and sculptured stones, are found, which are the
indications that those countries were formerly inhabited by industrious
nations, which are now traversed only by tribes of savage
hunters.”—[Priest.]
.sp 2
.tb
.pn +1
.sp 2
.h3 id=lang
ANCIENT LANGUAGES OF THE FIRST INHABITANTS OF AMERICA.
.pm ch-head
Letter to M. Champollion, on the Graphic Systems of America,
and the Glyphs of Otolum or Palenque, in Central America.—By
C. S. Rafinesque.
.pm ch-head-end
You have become celebrated by deciphering, at last, the glyphs
and characters of the ancient Egyptians, which all your learned
predecessors had deemed a riddle, and pronounced impossible to
.bn 344.png
.pn +1
read. You first announced your discovery in a letter. I am going
to follow your footsteps on another continent, and a theme equally
obscure; to none but yourself can I address with more propriety
letters on a subject so much alike in purpose and importance, and
so similar to your own labors.
I shall not enter at present into any very elaborate discussion.
I shall merely detail, in a concise manner, the object and result
of my inquiries, so as to assert my claim to a discovery of some
importance in a philological and historical point of view: which
was announced as early as 1828 in some journals (three letters to
Mr. McCulloch on the American nations), but not properly illustrated.
Their full development would require a volume, like that
of yours on the Egyptian antiquities, and may follow this perhaps
at some future time.
It may be needful to prefix the following principles as guides to
my researches, or results of my inquiries:—
1. America has been the land of false systems; all those made
in Europe on it are more or less vain and erroneous.
2. The Americans were equal in antiquity, civilization, and
sciences, to the nations of Africa and Europe—like them, the
children of the Asiatic nations.
3. It is false that no American nations had systems of writing,
glyphs, and letters. Several had various modes of perpetuating
ideas.
4. There were several such graphic systems in America to express
ideas, all of which find equivalents in the east continent.
5. They may be ranged in twelve series, proceeding from the
most simple to the most complex.
1st Series.—Pictured symbols or glyphs of the Toltecas, Aztecas,
Huaztecas, Skeres, Panos, &c.; similar to the first symbols
of the Chinese, invented by Tien-hoang, before the flood and
earliest Egyptian glyphs.
2d Series.—Outlines of figures or abridged symbols and glyphs,
expressing words or ideas, used by almost all the nations of North
and South America, even the most rude; similar to the second
kind of Egyptian symbols, and the tortoise letters brought to
China by the Longma (dragon and horse) nation of barbarous
horsemen, under Sui-gin.
.bn 345.png
.pn +1
3d Series.—Quipos or knots on strings used by the Peruvians
and several other South American nations; similar to the third
kind of Chinese glyphs introduced under Yong-Ching, and used
also by many nations of Africa.
4th Series.—Wampums, or strings of shells and beads, used by
many nations of North America; similar to those used by some
ancient or rude nations in all parts of the world, as tokens of
ideas.
5th Series.—Runic glyphs or marks, and notches on twigs or
lines, used by several nations of North America; consimilar to
the Runic glyphs of the Celtic and Teutonic nations.
6th Series.—Runic marks and dots, or graphic symbols, not on
strings nor lines, but in rows, expressing words or ideas; used by
the ancient nations of North America and Mexico, the Talegas,
Aztecas, Natchez, Powhatans, Tuscaroras, &c., and also the Muhizcas
of South America; similar to the ancient symbols of the
Etruscans, Egyptians, Celts, &c., and the Ho-tu of the Chinese,
invented by Tsang-hie, called also the Ko-teu-chu letters, which
were in use in China till 827 before our era.
7th Series.—Alphabetical symbols, expressing syllables or
sounds, not words, but grouped, and the groups disposed in rows;
such is the graphic system of the monuments of Otolum, near
Palenque, the American Thebes; consimilar to the groups of
alphabetical symbols used by the ancient Libyans, Egyptians,
Persians, and also the last graphic system of the Chinese, called
Ventze, invented by Sse-hoang.
8th Series.—Cursive symbols in groups, and the groups in
parallel rows, derived from the last (which are chiefly monumental),
and used in the manuscripts of the Mayas, Guatemalans, &c.;
consimilar to the actual cursive Chinese, some demotic Egyptian,
and many modifications of ancient graphic alphabets, grouping the
letters or syllables.
9th Series.—Syllabic letters, expressing syllables, not simple
sounds, and disposed in rows. Such is the late syllabic alphabet
of the Cherokees, and many graphic inscriptions found in North
and South America. Similar to the syllabic alphabets of Asia,
Africa, and Polynesia.
.bn 346.png
.pn +1
10th Series.—Alphabets, or graphic letters, expressing simple
sounds, and disposed in rows. Found in many inscriptions,
medals, and coins in North and South America, and lately introduced
everywhere by the European colonists; similar to the
alphabets of Asia, Africa, and Europe.
11th Series.—Abbreviations, or letters standing for whole words,
or part of a glyph and graphic delineation, standing and expressing
the whole; used by almost all the writing nations of North and
South America, as well as Asia, Europe, and Africa.
12th Series.—Numeric system of graphic signs, to express
numbers. All the various kinds of signs, such as dots, lines,
strokes, circles, glyphs, letters, &c., used by some nations of
North and South America, as well as in the eastern continent.
Some years ago, the Society of Geography, of Paris, offered a
large premium for a voyage to Guatemala, and a new survey of
the antiquities of Yucatan and Chiapa, chiefly those fifteen miles
from Palenque, which are wrongly called by that name. I have
restored to them the true name of Otolum, which is yet the name
of the stream running through the ruins. I should have been
inclined to undertake this voyage and exploration myself, if the
civil discords of the country did not forbid it. My attention
was drawn forcibly to this subject as soon as the account of
those ruins, surveyed by Captain Del Rio as early as 1787, but
withheld from the public eye by Spain, was published in 1822, in
English.
This account, which partly describes the ruins of a stone city
seventy-five miles in circuit (length thirty-two English miles,
greatest breadth twelve miles), full of palaces, monuments, statues,
and inscriptions—one of the earliest seats of American civilization,
about equal to Thebes of Egypt—was well calculated to
inspire me with hopes that they would throw a great light over
American history, when more properly examined.
I have been disappointed in finding that no traveller has dared
to penetrate again to that recondite place, and illustrate all the ruins
and monuments, with the languages yet spoken all around. The
Society of Geography has received many additional accounts, derived
from documents preserved in Mexico; but they have not
.bn 347.png
.pn +1
been deemed worthy of the reward offered for a new survey, and
have not even been published. The same has happened with
Tiahuanaco, in Bolivia, in South America, another mass of ancient
ruins, and a mine of historical knowledge, which no late
traveller has visited or described.
Being, therefore, without hope of any speedy accession to our
knowledge of those places, I have been compelled to work upon
the materials now extant, which have happily enabled me to do a
great deal, notwithstanding all their defects, and throw some light
on that part of the history of America.
Philadelphia, January, 1832.
.sp 2
.tb
.pn +1
.sp 2
.h3 id=sketch
HISTORICAL SKETCH OF MEXICO.
.sp 2
From Clavigero, Storia del Messico—from Solis, Boturini,
Herrera, Bernal Dias, and other authors, we learn the state of
the arts in Mexico prior to the invasion of the Spaniards; the
progress made by that people in science; the form of their government,
and of their hierarchy: and from the simple and unaffected
narrative of Cortez, contained in his letters to Charles the
Fifth, we may gather pretty accurate knowledge of their resources,
and of the number and character of the population.
Some idea may be formed of the civilization of a people, by the
nature of their government, their civil institutions, and the laws
by which they are governed. In Mexico, the monarch was elected
from among the members of the reigning family, by six electors,
chosen from among the thirty princes of the first rank. The political
system was feudal. The first class of nobles, consisting
of thirty families, had each one hundred thousand vassals. There
were more than three thousand families in the second class. The
vassals were serfs attached to the soil, over whom the lord exercised
the right of life and death. All the lands were divided into
allodial, hereditary, and contingent estates—the latter depending
upon places in the gift of the crown.
The priests were charged with the education of the youth; and
.bn 348.png
.pn +1
on their testimony of the merit of their scholars, depended their
future rank. Each province was subject to a tribute, except certain
nobles who were compelled to take the field, in case of a war,
with a stated number of followers. The tribute was paid in kind,
and was fixed at one thirtieth part of the crop. Besides which, the
governors of provinces vied with each other in the magnificence
of the presents which they sent to the emperor.
In the quarto edition of Lorenzano, there are plates of the
figures, by means of which the receivers and administrators kept
an account of the tribute due by each province.
There was an Octroi upon provisions, levied in every city.
Posts were established between the capital and the remotest provinces
of the empire.
Sacrilege, treason, and murder, were punished with death; and
Cortez protests that the Mexicans respected the laws of the empire
fully as much as the Spaniards did those of Spain.
The emperor was served with great magnificence and Asiatic
pomp.
The attention of the government was principally directed toward
the internal commerce, so as to secure an abundant supply to the
people.
A court of ten magistrates determined the validity of contracts;
and officers were constantly employed to examine the measures
and the quality of the goods exposed for sale.
Under Montezuma, the government was despotic, and, in his
turn, he was governed by the high-priest. It will be recollected
that at the last siege of the capital, when the emperor and his
council had resolved to accept any terms rather than prolong a
hopeless contest, the high-priest opposed them and broke off the
treaty.
Besides the empire of the Mexicans, there were other powerful
states, whose form of government was republican; and Cortez
compared them to the republics of Pisa, Venice, and Genoa.
I must refer the reader to Clavigero and Lorenzano, for the
history of Tlascala, the most powerful of those states, the
government of which existed some time after the conquest of
Mexico.
.bn 349.png
.pn +1
Tlascala was a thickly-settled, fertile, and populous country,
divided into several districts, under the authority of a chief.
These chiefs administered justice, levied the tribute, and commanded
the military forces; but their decrees were not valid, or
of force, until confirmed by the senate of Tlascala, which was
the true sovereign.
A certain number of citizens, chosen from the different districts
by popular assemblies, formed this legislative body. The senate
elected its own chief. The laws were strictly and impartially
executed; and Cortez represents this people as numerous, wealthy,
and warlike.
The Mexicans possessed some knowledge of astronomy, and
their calendar was constructed with more exactness than that of
the Greeks, the Romans, or the Egyptians. Their hieroglyphic
drawings and maps—their cities and artificial roads, causeways,
canals, and immense pyramids—their government and hierarchy,
and administration of laws—their knowledge of the art of
mining, and of preparing metals for armament and use—their
skill in carving images out of the hardest stone—in manufacturing
and dyeing cloths, and the perfection of their agriculture,
inspire us with a high opinion of the civilization of the Mexicans
at the time of the conquest: especially when we take into consideration
the period when they are described to have reached
this state of excellence in the arts and sciences. We ought
always to bear in mind the state of Europe at the same period,
before the Reformation, and before the discovery of the art of
printing. Cortez compares Mexico with Spain, and frequently
to the advantage of the former. The only circumstance wanting
to have rendered their state of society more perfect than that of
Spain, appears to have been a more pure religion, and the use of
animals for domestic purposes.
The peasants were compelled to carry heavy loads, like beasts
of burden; and in their religious worship the most shocking superstition
prevailed. Their altars were frequently stained with
the blood of human sacrifices.
We cannot judge of the character of the population, prior to
the conquest, by the Indians we now see. The priests, who possessed
.bn 350.png
.pn +1
all the learning, were destroyed; the princes and nobles
were deprived of their property, and in fact reduced to a level
with the lowest class; and the serfs, who are, and always have
been an oppressed and degraded people, are alone to represent the
former Mexicans.
Humboldt says, that “it is difficult to appreciate, justly, the
moral character of the native Mexicans, if we consider this caste,
which has so long suffered under a barbarous tyranny, only in its
present state of degradation. At the commencement of the Spanish
conquest, the wealthy Indians, for the most part, perished,
victims of the ferocity of the Europeans. Christian fanaticism
persecuted the Aztec priests; they exterminated the Teopixqui, or
ministers of the Divinity, all who inhabited the teocalli, or temples,
and who could be regarded as depositaries of historical, mythological,
and astronomical knowledge. The monks burnt the
hieroglyphic paintings, by which knowledge of every sort was
transmitted from generation to generation. Deprived of these
means of instruction, the people relapsed into a state of ignorance
so much the more profound, that the missionaries, little skilled in
the Mexican languages, substituted few new ideas for the ancient.
The Indian women, who preserved some fortune, preferred allying
themselves with the conquerors, to partaking the contempt entertained
for the Indians. There remained, therefore, of the natives,
none but the most indigent, the poor cultivators, mechanics, porters,
who were used as beasts of burden—and, above all, the
dregs of the people, that crowd of beggars, which marked the imperfection
of the social institutions and the feudal yoke, and who,
even in the time of Cortez, filled the streets of the great cities of
Mexico. How, then, shall we judge from these miserable remains
of a powerful people, either of the degree of civilization
to which it had reached, from the twelfth to the sixteenth
century, or of the intellectual development of which it is susceptible?”
Shortly after Cortez landed his small army at Vera Cruz, he
received messengers from Montezuma, bringing with them presents
to a considerable amount, and entreating the Spanish commander
not to march further into the country. The sight of this
.bn 351.png
.pn +1
display of wealth stimulated the cupidity of the Spaniards, and
confirmed Cortez in his determination to penetrate to the capital.
In his route he had to contend against the republic of Tlascala, a
nation continually involved in war with the empire of Mexico.
Cortez vanquished the republicans in two battles, and, after compelling
them to make peace, he found no difficulty in enlisting
them against Montezuma. Six thousand Tlascalans were added
to his European troops as auxiliaries, and he continued his march
upon the capital of the empire in the guise of friendship. As he
advanced, he continued to augment his forces by treaties with
other nations or tribes, which were inimical to Montezuma; and
with a European force of five hundred infantry and fifteen horsemen,
and a large army of Indians, he reached the city of Tenochtitlan
on the 8th of November, 1519. The emperor received him
with a degree of magnificence that excited the astonishment of the
Spaniards. The whole army was lodged and entertained sumptuously,
and Cortez himself received presents to a great amount.
Some of these he enumerates to Charles the Fifth, in order to
give him an idea of the riches and ingenuity of this extraordinary
people.
It is not surprising, that at the sight of so much wealth, Cortez
should form the wish to become possessed of it. He soon acquired
an ascendency over the timid Mexicans, and Montezuma
found that in admitting an armed and powerful friend into the heart
of his capital, he had delivered himself and his people into the
hands of a ferocious enemy.
The Mexican general, Qualpopoca, who had committed some
hostilities upon the colony left by the Spaniards at Vera Cruz,
was, on the demand of Cortez, delivered up to him, bound hand and
foot, and by his order was burnt alive. Soon after this barbarous
act, he contrived to get possession of the person of Montezuma,
and detained him prisoner. But what, perhaps, irritated the people
more even than this violation of the person of the emperor, was
the contempt with which their religious rites and idols were treated
by the Spaniards.
The arrival of Narvaez on the coast, with a large force, despatched
by Velasco to deprive Cortez of the command, compelled
.bn 352.png
.pn +1
the latter to leave Alvarado in command of the force at Tenochtitlan,
and to march against this unexpected enemy. His departure
from the capital was the signal for the people to manifest the hostile
feeling they had long indulged toward the Spaniards. They
took up arms against them, burnt the vessels which Cortez had
constructed to command the lake, and laid siege to the building in
which the Spaniards were lodged.
At this period Cortez returned, after having surprised and vanquished
Narvaez. By this action he acquired a great accession
of force; and he is said to have had, after his arrival at the capital,
one thousand infantry and one hundred horse. The siege was
prosecuted with vigor and determination on the part of the natives,
and the place defended with equal obstinacy and valor on the
part of the Spaniards. Montezuma, who had ascended the terrace
to address his subjects and to quell the insurrection, was
killed by a stone or arrow, and his brother Quetlavaca proclaimed
his successor. This gave renewed vigor to the Mexicans,
and Cortez was compelled to retreat. His own account of
his flight, in one of his letters, is well worth reading. The night
of this disastrous retreat was called La Noche triste, the melancholy
night.
Cortez continued to retreat upon Tlascala, the Mexicans pursuing
and harassing his rear. At Otumba, he was obliged to turn
and give them battle. He describes his own troops as worn out
with fatigue, but says that the enemy were so numerous that they
could neither fight nor fly; and that the slaughter continued the
whole day, until one of their principal chiefs was killed, which
put an end to the battle and to the war. He reached Tlascala
without further trouble, with the remnant of his forces, and was
well received by his old allies.
He was urged by his officers, and by the garrison of Vera Cruz,
to retire to the coast, but refused to abandon the conquest of
Mexico; and, in order to maintain the ascendency he had acquired
over the people of Tlascala, he made incursions into the territories
of the neighboring nations, whence he always returned victorious,
and loaded with spoil.
In December, 1521, he again marched upon Tenochtitlan, and
.bn 353.png
.pn +1
took up his quarters in Tezcuco. From this place he carried on
the war against the Mexicans and their allies, until the arrival of
the frames of thirteen small vessels, which he had ordered to be
constructed in Tlascala. They were brought by such a multitude
of Indians, Cortez says, that “from the time the first began to
enter the city until the last finished, more than six hours elapsed.”
In order to launch these brigantines, as he calls them, a canal of
half a mile in length was cut from the lake, of such ample dimensions,
that eight thousand Indians worked every day at it, for fifty
days, before it was completed.
On reviewing his troops, after the vessels were on the lake, he
found that he had eighty-six horsemen, one hundred and eighteen
fusiliers, and upward of seven hundred infantry, armed with
swords and bucklers, three large iron field-pieces, and fifteen
small ones of bronze, with ten quintals of powder. He does not
give the number of Indians then with him, but on the following
day he despatched messengers to Tlascala and other provinces,
to inform these people that he was ready to proceed against Tenochtitlan.
In consequence of this advice, the captains of Tlascala
arrived with their forces, well appointed and well armed;
and, according to their report, they amounted to upward of fifty
thousand.
He divided his forces into three corps: one, consisting of thirty
horsemen, eighteen fusiliers, and one hundred and fifty infantry,
armed with sword and buckler, and twenty-five thousand Tlascalans,
was commanded by Pedro de Alvarado, and was to occupy
Tacuba. Another, commanded by Christoval Olid, consisted of
thirty-three horsemen, eighteen fusiliers, and one hundred and
seventy infantry, armed with sword and buckler, together with
upward of twenty thousand Indians, was to take possession of
Cuyoacan. The third division was intrusted to Gonzalo de Sandoval;
it amounted to twenty-four horsemen, fifteen fusiliers, and
one hundred and fifty infantry, armed with sword and buckler,
with thirty thousand Indians. This division was to march upon
Iztapalapan, destroy that town, and then, under cover of the vessels,
form a junction with that of Olid. Cortez himself commanded
the fleet. As soon as they reached their several destinations,
.bn 354.png
.pn +1
Alvarado and Olid destroyed the aqueducts, and cut off the
supply of water from the city.
After a siege of seventy-five days, during which both parties
displayed the most obstinate courage, the besieged, reduced to the
last extremity by disease and famine, made an attempt to evacuate
the city by water. They were pursued by the light squadron of
the Spaniards; and the canoe which carried the person of the
emperor was captured by Garcia Holguin. This capture put an
end to the war. When Gautimotzin, who had succeeded to the
throne on the death of his uncle, was brought before Cortez, on
the terrace where he was standing, and which overlooked the lake—he
advanced, says Cortez, toward me, and said that he had
done everything which his duty required, to defend himself and his
subjects, until he was reduced to this state, and that I might now
do with him what I thought proper; and put his hand on a dagger
that I wore, telling me to stab him.
The siege was commenced on the 30th of May, 1521, and terminated
on the 13th of August; and Cortez says, that during these
seventy-five days, not one passed without some combat between
the besieged and the Spaniards.
The captured Mexicans were divided among the conquerors;
and Cortez informs the emperor that he had preserved his share
of the gold and silver, and his fifth of the slaves, and other things,
which by right belonged to his Majesty—and as slaves they continued
to be treated for centuries, notwithstanding the humane laws
passed in Spain for their relief.
It would be tedious and unprofitable to trace the colonial history
of Mexico from the conquest to the revolution. From great natural
advantages, this country has become rich and powerful, in
spite of a most impolitic colonial system. In justice to the government
of Spain, it must be acknowledged that the laws of the
Indies were wise and just, and the regulations relating to the poor
Indians framed in the very spirit of humanity; but their administration
was bad, and the Creoles were oppressed by their European
masters—and, in their turn, harassed and oppressed the unfortunate
natives. Almost the only bright spot in the page of this history,
is the period of the administration of the viceroy Revillagigedo.
.bn 355.png
.pn +1
Good roads, leading from the capital to different parts
of the kingdom, were laid out and constructed by his orders; and
the streets of the principal cities were paved and lighted, and a
good police established. The only authentic statistical account
of this country was made out at this period; and almost every
salutary law or regulation now in existence may be traced to the
administration of Revillagigedo.
The immediate causes of the revolution of the Spanish colonies
are too generally known to require any further explanation. The
invasion of Spain by Napoleon only accelerated a revolution,
toward which the Americans were slowly but irresistibly impelled
by the conduct of the mother country, and by the political events
of the age.—[Poinsett.]
.sp 4
.pn +1
.pb
.sp 4
.h2 id=footnotes
FOOTNOTES.
.sp 2
.fm lz=th rend=th
.sp 4
.nf b
THE END.
.nf-
.bn 356.png
.pn +1
.sp 4
.pb
.sp 4
.nf c
VALUABLE NEW WORKS
PUBLISHED BY
J. & H. G. LANGLEY,
57 CHATHAM-STREET, NEW-YORK.
Important National Work Printed under Authority of Congress,
In three vols. octavo.
THE MADISON PAPERS;
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Comprising the Debates of James Madison in the Congress of the
Federation of 1782-83, and 1787, with Letters and other extracts; also
his Debates in the Federal Convention of 1787. Now published from the
Original Manuscripts, deposited in the Department of State, by direction
of the joint committee of Congress, under the superintendence of Henry
Gilpin, Esq. Illustrated by fac-similes of the original manuscripts,
including that of the Declaration of Independence. Price $9
muslin, $10 sheep.
.in -2
.fs 85%
The character of Mr. Madison’s Writings, especially those portions which
refer to the transactions of the Congress of the
Confederation—constituting a part of our national archives at one of its
most eventful crises—possesses, not only great historical value, but
acquires an increasing interest as the great epoch to which they relate
becomes more and more remote. The Debates and the Correspondence refer
with brevity to a variety of subjects in the order of their occurrence,
and also to the remarks, conduct, and opinions of many distinguished
persons in public life. Besides much of the proceedings of Congress,
these volumes comprise portions of the Diplomatic Correspondence, which
is exceedingly valuable, and letters of eminent men of the time, &c.
“The publication of these long-desired ‘Madison Papers’ affords one of
the few instances in literary history, in which the public expectation,
though raised to a high pitch, has been fully satisfied. The nature of
the subject with which the work is occupied, sufficiently establishes
its intrinsic importance. By a fortunate concurrence of circumstances,
this precious document is presented to us in a form so nearly perfect,
that it would perhaps be difficult to point out any particular of the
least consequence in which it could be improved. Prepared, elaborated
and perfected, it has at length come before the country. We receive it
with welcome, as a precious treasure for ourselves and our offspring
through all future time.”—Alex. H. Everett, in Democratic Review.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
M. DE TOCQUEVILLE’S GREAT WORK
DEMOCRACY IN AMERICA,
By Alexis De Tocqueville.
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
New complete edition, in 2 vols. 8vo. Corrected and Enlarged, with a Map and
Original Index. Translated by Henry Reeve, Esq., with Introductory Prefaces,
by the Hon. John C. Spencer. Price $4 00 in muslin, $4 50 sheep.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“This work is one of the most profound and philosophical ever written
upon the character and institutions of our country.”—Boston
Traveller.
“As a study of political science, this book stands unrivalled in our
times, equally remarkable for lucidity
.bn 357.png
.pn +1
of style,
acuteness and delicacy of reasoning, and for the moral and intellectual
vigor with which it has been conceived and completed.”—London
Times.
“We recommend M. De Tocqueville’s work as the very best on the subject
of America we have ever met with.”—Blackwood.
“In our deliberative judgment, this is the most original, comprehensive
and profound treatise that has ever appeared regarding our republic. A
treatise which is destined to live and take rank with the master works
of former ages. It is a text book for those who wish to arrive at a
right understanding of the political and social structure of the
institutions of our country.”—Merchants’ Magazine.
“We cordially recommend this important and interesting work to all
classes of readers; while we hesitate not to bespeak for it an
immortality of fame, as a classic of the age, believing as we do that it
will ere long become the text-book for the student of political ethics
in every college throughout our land.”—Brother Jonathan.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
DE TOCQUEVILLE ABRIDGED,
Designed for District School Libraries, Colleges, &c.
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
In accordance with the recommendation of several superintendents of District
Schools, the Publishers beg to announce that they have in active preparation, a
condensed edition of the above standard work, adapted expressly for the use of
District Schools, Colleges, &c., to form 2 vols. 12mo., and at a price which will
render it accessible to all classes.
.in -2
.tb
.nf c
THE CLIMATE OF THE UNITED STATES.
IN ONE OCTAVO VOLUME, WITH EXPLANATORY MAPS.
THE CLIMATE OF THE UNITED STATES,
AND ITS ENDEMIC INFLUENCES;
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Based chiefly on the Records of the Medical Department and Adjutant General’s
Office, United States Army. By Samuel Forry, M.D. Price $2 50, muslin.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“The highest praise that we can award to this great labour—for so it may
be truly designated—is, that the older country, with all its industrious
intelligence, has nothing of the kind: most of the contributions in
local medical topography that adorn the pages of the Transactions of the
Provincial Medical Association will not bear comparison; and it reflects
altogether the highest credit on the medical literature of the United
States.”—London Literary Gazette.
“It is with particular pleasure that we hail the treatise before us, a
pleasure which we are sure will he reciprocated at large by our medical
brethren.”—American Jour. of Med. Sciences.
“A volume of highly interesting facts. It is creditable to the medical
science of the United States.”—London Athenæum.
“This is a sensible and useful work upon a subject of much importance
and daily increasing interest.”—Dublin Journal of Med. Science.
“The present work of Dr. Forry comes out under particularly imposing
auspices. This is just such a volume as every physician has felt the
want of.”—Bell’s Select Med. Library.
“Dr. Forry’s work is unquestionably one of the most interesting
productions that have appeared on this interesting
subject.”—Dunglison’s American Med. Intelligencer.
“Dr. Forry, in the successful accomplishment of the task of which this
book is the fruit, has laid the profession under deep obligations, and
has made an accession to the scientific literature of the country, of
which it may feel justly proud. It must us a matter of course, find its
way to the hands of every one of our readers, and occupy a place in
every library.”—N. Y. Lancet.
“A work well suited by its subject and by the valuable knowledge it
contains far general perusal. The public are much indebted to Dr. Forry
for the industry, method and good sense which he has brought to the
composition of this work, and the mass of information which he has
collected and digested into fixed results.”—N. Y. Evening
Post.
.fs 100%
.bn 358.png
.pn +1
.tb
.nf c
MR. C. EDWARDS LESTER’S NEW WORK
In two vols. 12mo. beautifully printed and embellished by finely engraved plates from
designs of Chapman.
THE CONDITION AND FATE OF ENGLAND.
BY THE AUTHOR OF “THE GLORY AND SHAME OF ENGLAND.”
Price $1 75.
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
The above new work is designed as a continuation and summing up of the
arguments comprised in the author’s former volumes, “The Glory and
Shame of England;” it presents a graphic picture of the
actual condition of the English people, deduced from statistical
documents of unimpeachable authority;—developing scenes of terrific and
startling interest descriptive of the appalling distress of the British
manufacturing classes, including notices of the present portentous
aspect of affairs in that country.
.in -2
.fs 85%
The following is a synopsis of the topics comprised in these interesting volumes:—
Book I. Embraces a view of the power and magnificence of the
British Empire, with illustrations of the spirit of the feudal and of
the modern age.
Book II. The general condition of the mass of the British
people in past ages,—their burdens and sufferings during
centuries of unrelieved oppression.
Book III. The injustice, wrongs, and oppressive laws under
which the majority of the British people are now struggling.
Book IV. A continuation of the same subject, including a Reply
to a recent publication, entitled “The Fame and Glory of England
Vindicated,” by an anonymous libeler of the Democratic Institutions
of this country, written over the signature of “Libertas.”
Book V. The sufferings and crime, the ignorance and degradation
caused by the oppressive burdens of the people.
Book VI. Glances at the woes and struggles of Ireland under the
tyrannical power of England, and her only hope of relief.
Book VII. The feelings of the people under a sense of the deep
injustice they have so long endured, and their determination to suffer
the slavery no longer.
Book VIII. The opposition of the Aristocracy to the Liberties of the People, and their determination
still to keep them in subjection.
Book IX. The progress of the Democratic Principle throughout
the world, and especially in Great Britain.
Book X. The final issue of this conflict,—Reform or Revolution.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
COMPLETE HISTORY OF LITERATURE,
In one vol. 12mo. Fifth Edition.
LECTURES ON THE HISTORY OF LITERATURE,
BY FREDERIC VON SCHLEGEL. TRANSLATED BY J. G. LOCKHART.
Price $1 25, muslin.
.nf-
.fs 85%
“By far the most rational and profound view of the History of Literature
which has yet been presented.”—Blackwood.
“One of the most valuable works that ever adorned a
library.”—Herald.
“This work is destined to universal popularity: its beneficial influence
will be coeval with the existence of literature and
civilization.”—Literary Gazette.
“Schlegel, standing as it were upon the Alp of time, sketches
with an artist hand the glorious literary panorama lying beneath the
horizon of the past. With the intuitive perception of genius, he unfolds
to us the mechanism of each system of ancient philosophy that spent its
ephemeral breath in struggling for a supremacy, which, if temporarily
attained, was early lost from the want of an innate, self-sustaining,
vital principle. The occult sciences, poetry, languages, exploded
sophisms, &c. are presented to the eager eye in groups wrought with the
same vivid, life-like portraiture, with here and there—like the
air amid the most complex sounds in music—an acute critical
aphorism interspersed; so fascinating in its keen subtlety that we are
lost in admiration.”—Louisville Journal.
.fs 100%
.bn 359.png
.pn +1
.tb
.nf c
THE RUINS OF CENTRAL AMERICA.
In one beautifully printed volume octavo, embellished by nearly fifty Illustrations,
executed in a novel and effective style, from drawings taken on the
spot, a new and extremely interesting work, entitled
RAMBLES IN YUCATAN;
OR, NOTES OF TRAVEL THROUGH THE PENINSULA,
INCLUDING A VISIT TO ITS REMARKABLE RUINS.
BY A MODERN ANTIQUARY.—Price $2 00.
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
This new and beautiful volume, besides presenting a synoptical account
of those interesting vestiges of antiquity in Central America, which
have become recently so much the objects of public attention, will be
found to comprise a Geographical, Political, and Statistical description
of Yucatan, and the ancient cities of Chichen, Kahbah, Zayi, Uxmal, and
also other places not previously visited by any other tourist; including
a graphic and detailed account of their numerous stupendous ruins,—and
an unique collection of rare and curious Idols, which have never before
been discovered: to which is appended notices of the manners and customs
of the present inhabitants of the peninsula, including brief historical
sketches of its churches, colleges, and other public institutions, &c.
&c.
.in -2
.fs 85%
The following are among the principal embellishments:—Frontispiece in
colours,—Vignette,—The Temple,—The Pyramid at Chichen,—The House of
the Caciques,—The Front View of the House of the Caciques,—The Nuns’
House,—Pyramids,—Uxmal Ruins,—The Governor’s House,—The Pigeon
Houses,—The Façade of Governor’s House,—Zayi Ruins,—Lonato, or Natural
Wall,—The Road Side,—Yucateco Indian House,—The Plantain,—The Agave
Americana,—Idols,—Map and Plans.
Still more remarkable Ruins in Central America.—We have lately
looked over some drawings made by a traveller, recently returned from
Central America, representing the ruins of an ancient city, not yet
visited by any traveller, which are perhaps more remarkable than even
those visited by Stephens and Catherwood.—N. Y. Evening Post.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
SEQUEL TO THE WORKS OF BURNS.
Second edition, in one vol. 12mo. Price $1 00, muslin.
THE LIFE AND LAND OF BURNS,
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
By Allan Cunningham, with contributions by Thomas Campbell, Esq., Author of
“The Pleasures of Hope,” to which is prefixed an Essay on the Genius and Writings
of Burns, by Thomas Carlyle, Esq.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“This book is invaluable as completing the works of Burns, and as being
also illustrative of them.”—Cincinnati Gazette.
“Written with all a poet’s thought and feeling.”—Tattler.
“Another tribute to the memory of one of the truest poets that the
world, perhaps, has ever seen. This posthumous volume will be regarded
of peculiar and permanent value, as being a sequel to all editions of
the writings of the poet extant, to which it is the clue for their
complete elucidation. The Essay of Carlyle, included in the present
work, is a splendid effort, and among the finest specimens of this
original and beautiful writer. The work will commend itself not only to
every son of Scotia, but to all the admirers of poetry throughout our
far-spread borders.”—New World.
“All the admirers of Scotland’s sweetest bard—and who will acknowledge
that he is not one—will be delighted with this volume, filled as it is
with various reminiscences and particulars about him, that have never
before appeared. It would be enough to say that it is a joint tribute to
the memory of the poet of nature, by Cunningham, Campbell, and Carlyle;
but it has even more than this to recommend it. It has several original
letters, never before published in this country, and is altogether one
of the pleasantest books that have appeared for a long while.”—N. Y.
Review.
.fs 100%
.bn 360.png
.pn +1
.tb
.nf c
D’ISRAELI’S NEW WORK,
SIXTH EDITION.
THE AMENITIES OF LITERATURE,
By J. D’ISRAELI, Esq.
Author of “The Miscellanies of Literature,” “The Curiosities of Literature,”
beautifully printed in two vols. 12mo. Price $2 00, muslin.
.nf-
.fs 85%
“Quite worthy of an author who has done perhaps more than any other to
illustrate and adorn the English language and literature: this work will
rank in all public and private libraries with the author’s previous
delightful miscellanies, “The Curiosities of Literature,” “The
Miscellanies of Literature,” &c.—New World.
“The volumes are as invaluable and curious as interesting, and form
history enough of the subject for any save the antiquary—and no modern
history would content him.”—Brother Jonathan.
“Amenities of Literature.—We have ever considered the author of
these volumes as a literary benefactor, one, who in his own peculiar
province has done more to advance the cause of letters than any other
writer, by rescuing from oblivion and doing justice to the primitive
sons of genius who laid the basis of English literature. ‘The Amenities’
we regard superior to its brothers, ‘The Curiosities’ and ‘The
Miscellanies,’ inasmuch that there is more unity in its design, a
greater depth of research, and as it were, a kind of history of the
minds of authors as well as of their writings. Like whatever comes from
the pen of this accomplished individual, it is remarkable for purity of
style and interesting anecdote, and must become an especial favourite
with all classes of readers.”—Lit. Gaz.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
MISCELLANIES OF LITERATURE,
By J. D’ISRAELI, Esq.
12mo. New Edition, with numerous Additions and Revisions by the author.
Price $3 00, muslin.
.nf-
.fs 85%
“In the volumes before us, there is not an uninteresting line from title
page to finis.”—Bro. Jonathan.
“It is a work that enchains you from beginning to end; in the perusal of
which you feel reluctant to pause, till you find yourself compelled by
the unwelcome finis.”—Merchants’ Magazine.
“This valuable work puts us at once into fellowship with the master
spirits of the past, and brings up the scenes and events of other days
with life-like freshness. This work supplies us with what we have long
needed—a home description of literature and the master builders of it;
their difficulties, hardships, dispositions, social wants and pleasures.
It is a good counterpart to the ‘Curiosities of Literature,’ and like
that will amuse as well as instruct.”—New Yorker.
“The writings of D’Israeli belong to a class no less peculiar in their
character, than they are valuable in their kind. Few authors have
laboured so assiduously, or rendered such efficient service to the
interests of literature. His style is pre-eminent for its nervousness
and classic beauty, and it is doubtless to this cause no less than to
the immense collection of amusing and characteristic anecdote which he
has supplied that we are to ascribe the high estimation with which his
former writings have been received. We cordially recommend these
delightful volumes to all who can appreciate the pleasing combination of
the utile et dulce in books.”—New World.
“Take up either of the volumes, and open where you please, the reader
will at once find his attention chained by something curious and new,
though very old: indeed for casual and curious reading D’Israeli is
incomparable.”—N. Y. American.
“Had this popular author now for the first time appeared before the
reading world, these volumes would be amply sufficient to ensure him a
proud rank among the first writers of the age. The work abounds in
entertaining anecdotes, pertinent quotations, and philosophical
reflections; there in a power of thought and patient research manifested
throughout which has rarely if ever been equalled.”—The Classic.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
ON CAPITAL PUNISHMENT.
Second Edition. Price 50 cents paper, or 75 cents muslin.
Report in Favour of the Abolition of the Punishment of Death by Law,
Made to the Legislature of the State of New York, April 14, 1841.
BY JOHN L. O’SULLIVAN,
Member of the Assembly from the City of New York.
.nf-
.bn 361.png
.pn +1
.tb
.nf c
THE ANTHROPOLOGICAL WORKS
OF ALEXANDER WALKER.
New Complete Uniform Edition in three volumes. Price $3 75, muslin.
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
As an evidence of the great value of these popular writings on Physiological Science,
it is sufficient to state that over thirty thousand copies of his several works have
been sold since their first appearance in the United States. These works comprise
a large amount of curious and valuable information, equally adapted for popular
use, and the advancement of science.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“If ever writer chose an attractive theme, Mr. Walker is certainly that
writer. His volumes contain a vast fund of original, profound, acute,
curious, and amusing observation, highly interesting to all.”—London
Literary Gazette.
“A rich accession to our literature in every sense. The author comes to
the performance of his work with qualifications of a high order, and has
supported it with extensive philosophical research, and delightful
attractions in illustrative anecdote.”—Spectator.
.fs 100%
.nf c
INTERMARRIAGE;
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Or, the Mode in which, and the Causes why, Beauty, Health and Intellect, result from
certain Unions; and Deformity, Disease, and Insanity from others. Illustrated by
Drawings. By Alexander Walker. With an Introductory Preface and Notes
by an American Physician. Eighteenth Edition, in one vol. 12mo. Price $1 25,
muslin.
.in -2
.nf c
WOMAN;
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Physiologically considered as to Mind, Morals, Marriage, Matrimonial Slavery, Infidelity
and Divorce. By Alexander Walker, author of “Intermarriage,” with
Notes and an Appendix, adapting the work to this country, by an American Physician.
Tenth Edition, in one vol. 12mo. Price $1 25.
.in -2
.nf c
BEAUTY;
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Illustrated chiefly by an analysis and classification of Beauty in Woman. By Alexander
Walker. With Notes and an Explanatory Introduction, by an American
Physician. Sixth Edition, in one vol. 12mo. Price $1 25, muslin.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“We have read this work with great delight; the subject is treated in a
masterly manner. To a complete knowledge of the scientific part of his
subject, the author adds immense practical information, and an elegance
of style rarely found in works of science.”—London Athenæum.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
PATHOLOGY;
FOUNDED ON THE NATURAL SYSTEM OF ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY,
By Alexander Walker.
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
A Philosophical Sketch, in which the natural classification of diseases,
and the distinction between morbid and curative symptoms, afforded by
pain or its absence, are pointed out, as well as the errors of
Homœopathy and other hypotheses. One vol. Price 75 cents, muslin.
.in -2
.fs 85%
Another work from the pen of this popular Physiologist, embracing a new
order of subjects though not the less interesting, as the title fully
exhibits. To the many admirers of his former works, this new production
cannot fail of receiving a cordial welcome.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION, BY THE SAME AUTHOR,
PHYSIOGNOMY;
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Founded on Physiology, and applied to various Countries, Professions, and Individuals;
Illustrated with engravings. By A. Walker, author of “Intermarriage,”
“Woman,” “Beauty,” &c. Notes and an Introductory Essay by an American.
.in -2
.bn 362.png
.pn +1
.tb
.nf c
ALEX. DUMAS’ NEW WORK,
Second edition, in one vol. 12mo. Price $1 00, muslin.
THE PROGRESS OF DEMOCRACY,
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Illustrated in the History of Gaul and France, from the earliest period to the present
day. Translated from the French of Alex. Dumas, by an American.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“As a historian, our author has displayed eminent ability, as the work
now before us abundantly testifies; its style, moreover, is the most
delightfully interesting that we remember ever to have met
with.”—Knickerbocker.
“The political theory of the work is original, striking and beautifully
developed.”—Phila. Ledger.
“One of the most valuable as well as interesting compends that has
appeared.”—Boston Atlas.
“This work is one of the most valuable, as well as most attractive,
historical compends that have been published for many years.”—Courier
and Enquirer.
“It is one of the most useful and readable books of the day: full of
striking and profound reflections, and enlivened by a style, the
raciness and brilliancy of which no living French writer can
surpass.”—N. Y. Commercial Advertiser.
“We are glad of an opportunity to call the attention of our readers to
this work in an English dress: a work, the most original in design, and
at least among the most able in execution, of all contemporary
productions.”—New World.
“This work is a fit companion for the celebrated volumes of De
Tocqueville, which, have recently been issued in a splendid edition by
the same publishers.”—Brother Jonathan.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
New Medical Work for Family Use,
Preparing for publication, in one vol. 12mo.
THE SICK ROOM;
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Or, Inquiries concerning the Domestic Management of Sickness in aid of Medical
Treatment. By Dr. A. T. Thompson. With Notes and Additions by an American
Physician.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“Such a volume as the present has long been a desideratum in the opinion
of every Medical Practitioner whose practice is sufficiently extensive
to enable him to observe the almost general ignorance which prevails
respecting the Domestic Management of the Sick-Room, and to feel the
influence of that ignorance on his treatment of disease. The most
judicious plan of medical management may be devised, and the plainest
directions for its fulfilment may be delivered to the attendants of the
sick-room; but, without more information than is at present possessed by
the females of a household, and especially by those whose duty it is to
superintend the execution of the orders of the Physician, little benefit
can be anticipated to the invalid. The object of this volume is to
afford the instruction which is essential under such circumstances, and
to render the management of the sick-room as satisfactory, as it is a
labour of love, to her who is unhappily doomed to watch over it.”
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
JAMES’S NEW HISTORICAL WORK,
Life and Times of Richard Cœur-de-Lion,
By G. P. R. James, Esq.,
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Author of “Richelieu,” and “The Ancient Regime,” &c. &c. 2 vols. 12mo.
Price $1 50, muslin.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“This new historical work by the author of ‘Richelieu,’ is characterized
by all the usual fascinations of style for which his pen is so
distinguished; he has also chosen an epoch in English history, the most
romantic and chivalrous that could have been selected, and the result
has been he has given us a most interesting and attractive
book.”—Boston Post.
“Indeed, the general history of the period of which he writes, is so
rich and interesting, that had the subject of the Life of Richard fallen
into far inferior hands, a readable and entertaining work might have
been reasonably expected.”—Albany Evening Journal.
.bn 363.png
.pn +1
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
DR. STEWART’S NEW WORK,
Fourth Edition, Improved. One vol. 8vo. Price $3 00, muslin.
A TREATISE
ON THE DISEASES OF INFANTS,
BY C. M. BILLARD,
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Founded on recent Clinical Observations and Investigations in Pathological Anatomy,
made at the “Hospice des Enfans-Trouvés,” at Paris, with a Medico-Legal Dissertation
on the Viability of the Child. Translated from the French, with Notes, by
James Stewart, M.D.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“The original work of M. Billard has long held the highest rank among
treatises on the diseases of children in this country, though there are
many to whom it has hitherto been a sealed book, from their ignorance of
the French language. This difficulty is now overcome, and in a way to
enhance the value of the work; for it is not merely translated by Dr.
Stewart, but enriched with an appendix of valuable comments on M.
Billard’s descriptions, supplying occasional deficiencies and affording
the reader an opportunity of comparing disease as it appears in France
and America.”—Dublin Journal of Medicine, May, 1840.
“The work of M. Billard is generally acknowledged to be one of the most
important on the subject of which it treats, of any that have hitherto
been published. For minute but cautious reasoning, it may serve as a
model; and what it lacks in therapeutic detail, is supplied by the
experienced translator in the appendix.”—American Jour. of the Med.
Sciences, Nov. 1839.
“We know not where we have found, within the same compass, so much
valuable information in relation to the treatment of the diseases of
children; and every reader must admire the candour, modesty and
philosophical clearness, with which the author sets forth his views,
while at the same time he adopts them as his own.”—N. Y. Medical
Journal.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
STANDARD TEXT-BOOK FOR MEDICAL SCHOOLS.
Fourth edition, revised. One vol. 12mo. Price $1 75, muslin or sheep.
THE DUBLIN DISSECTOR;
.nf-
.fs 85%
.in +2
.ti -2
Or Manual of Anatomy; comprising a Description of the Bones, Muscles,
Vessels, Nerves, and Viscera; also the relative Anatomy of the different
regions of the Human Body, together with the Elements of Pathology, by
Robert Harrison, A.M., &c. First American from the fifth enlarged Dublin
edition, with additions by Robert Watts, jr., M.D., Professor of Anatomy
in the College of Physicians and Surgeons in the City of New-York, &c.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“This work has long been considered the best of its kind in the English
language, and it is only necessary to say that the present edition is
the most valuable and convenient for the dissecting-room of
any extant.”—Journal of Medical Science.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
DR. MARTYN PAINE’S NEW WORK,
In one vol. 12mo. Price $1 00, muslin.
A PHILOSOPHICAL VIEW OF THE MATERIA MEDICA;
.nf-
.fs 85%
.in +2
.ti -2
With an arrangement of the articles in their several groups, according
to their relative value. By Martyn Paine, M.D., A.M., Professor
of the Institutes of Medicine and Materia Medica, in the Medical
Department of the New-York University.
.in -2
.bn 364.png
.pn +1
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
DR. THOMSON’S CONSPECTUS,
Preparing for immediate publication. One volume 18mo.
A Conspectus of the Pharmacopœias;
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Thoroughly revised and greatly improved, containing the alterations and additions of
the last London Pharmacopœia, together with the French and American remedies.
Edited by an American Physician.
.in -2
.fs 85%
In this manual will be compressed the most useful part of the
information which is obtained from larger works: and by affording a
facility of re-examination, keeps in view remedies not constantly or
generally employed.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
SIR JAMES CLARKE’S NEW WORK,
Preparing for immediate publication in one vol. 12mo.
THE SANATIVE INFLUENCE OF CLIMATES,
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
With an account of the best places of resort for invalids in England, the South of
Europe, &c. By Sir James Clarke, Bart. M.D., F.R.S., with Notes and an Appendix,
adapting the work to this country, with an account of the Mineral Springs,
&c., by an American Physician.
.in -2
.tb
.nf c
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN,
Second edition, in one vol. 12mo.
An Inquiry Concerning the Diseases and Functions of the Brain,
THE SPINAL CORD AND NERVES.
By AMARIAH BRIGHAM, M.D.
.nf-
.tb
.nf c
TEMPERANCE TEXT-BOOK,
Fifth Edition, in one volume 12mo. Price $1 25, muslin.
BACCHUS;
THE NEW TEMPERANCE PRIZE ESSAY.
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
An Essay on the Nature, Causes, Effects and Cure of Intemperance. By Ralph
Barnes Grindrod. Second American, from the third English edition. Edited
by Charles A. Lee, A.M., M.D., &c.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“A work so admirably complete must be hailed by the advocates of
Temperance as an invaluable addition to the cause.”—New Era.
“The work is such a thorough examination of the theme that it must serve
as a text-book on the subject.”—Pennsylvanian.
“The most thorough, learned and satisfactory publication on this subject
ever yet offered to the public in any language.”—Christian
Intelligencer.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
ELIZA COOK’S COMPLETE POEMS,
Preparing for publication in one handsome volume 12mo.
MELAIA AND OTHER POEMS.
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
The above work will comprise all the Lyrics and Poems of this favourite poetess,
many of which have thus become gems of poesy and song combined, and which
have rendered them among the most popular of the day. This forthcoming edition
will be richly embellished by a series of highly-finished Engravings, rendering the
volume admirably adapted for a Gift Book, &c.
.in -2
.bn 365.png
.pn +1
.tb
.nf c
THE MISCELLANEOUS WRITINGS
OF THE LATE
WILLIAM HAZLITT, ESQ.,
Preparing for speedy publication, in 2 vols. 12mo.,
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
With a Biographical Sketch of the Author, by Sir E. L. Bulwer, Bart.—with remarks
by Sarjeant Talfourd, &c. Edited by Park Godwin, Esq.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“We have no hesitation in saying that the writings of few essayists
surpass the varied excellence of those of Hazlitt;—whether we regard the
philosophical subtlety of their spirit of observation, the fearless
force of their satire, the unrivalled critical acumen of their literary
discussions, the felicitous truth of their pictures of society, or the
power, the purity and the brilliancy of their style.”—Court
Journal.
“Hazlitt’s relish for wit and humour, and his acute perception of the
critical value of the good things he enjoyed, give to these discourses a
raciness and gusto.—It is like reading our favourite authors over again,
in company with one who not only laughs with us, but points out the
felicitous thoughts that please. He was a fine critic and always writes
from the impulse of thought; and, brilliant as is his style, he never,
like too many of our would-be brilliants, sacrifices sense to
sound.”—Spectator.
“Valuing, as we do, the stern, fidelity with which Hazlitt adheres to
his subject, we are rejoiced to see these searching papers rescued from
the obscurity of magazines and reviews,—they breathe the true feeling of
the enthusiastic critic.”—Athenæum.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
RYAN’S ALGEBRA—Price $1 00, sheep.
AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON ALGEBRA;
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Theoretical and Practical, adapted for Schools, Colleges, &c., by James Ryan; to
which is added an Appendix by Robert Adrain, Professor of Mathematics in Columbia
College. Eighth edition, greatly enlarged and improved by the author.
.in -2
.tb
.nf c
BEAUTIFUL NEW JUVENILES.
New Edition with numerous beautiful coloured drawings.
ROBIN HOOD AND HIS MERRY FORESTERS.
By Stephen Percy, Author of the “Kings of England,” &c.
Price $1 00 coloured—plain 75 cents.
.nf-
.tb
.nf c
TALES FROM THE
ARABIAN NIGHTS’ ENTERTAINMENTS,
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Entirely re-written and adapted for Children. Embellished with nearly fifty beautiful
illustrations. Price 75 cents, muslin, gilt.
.in -2
.tb
.nf c
THE ANNALS OF THE POOR:
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
Comprising “The Dairyman’s Daughter,” “The Negro Servant,” “The Young Cottager,”
“The Cottage Conversation,” “A Visit to the Infirmary,” &c.
.in -2
.nf c
By Rev. Legh Richmond.
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
A new edition, enlarged and illustrated with an Introductory Sketch of the author,
by Rev. John Ayre, A.M. 1 vol. 18mo. cloth gilt. With plates. Price 75 cents,
muslin.
.in -2
.fs 85%
“The above popular works need no recommendation, having been long among
the choicest works designed for present-books for the young:—it is only
necessary to allude to the elegant style in which the present editions
have been produced and which entitle them to take rank with the best
specimens of the day.
.fs 100%
.bn 366.png
.pn +1
.tb
.nf c
THE WESTERN ANTIQUITIES
In one vol. 12mo.
LEGEND OF THE MOUND BUILDERS;
A TALE OF THE FAR WEST.
One volume 12mo. muslin. Price 50 cents.
.nf-
.fs 85%
“This is a book of a novel character, and treating of a novel subject.
The antiquities of America have been so little known, that many are
almost entirely unacquainted with their existence. Attention has of late
however been directed to their investigation and this mine of hidden
treasures has been partially explored.”—N. Y. Times.
“The author, whoever he may be, is a man of genius. His style is fresh
and vigorous, and he displays much ingenuity in weaving an interesting
narrative from the vague materials furnished by our aboriginal
traditions. The book is worthy of praise if only for its truly American
character and the novelty of its descriptions.”—N. Y. Mirror.
.fs 100%
.tb
.nf c
THE ATHENIAN CAPTIVE;
By Thomas Noon Talfourd.
A TRAGEDY IN FIVE ACTS.
Price 25 cents.
.nf-
.tb
.nf c
GREAT NATIONAL WORK.
Preparing for Publication in royal octavo, an important original work entitled an
Illustrated Life of Washington,
By WASHINGTON IRVING.
Profusely Embellished with Engravings from Designs by Chapman and\
other eminent artists.
.nf-
.in +2
.ti -2
This magnificent work will contain an entirely new biographical memoir
of General Washington, divided into three distinct sections, viz: his
personal and domestic history, his military, and also his political
career; the whole derived from authentic sources, and original
documents, which will be richly embellished by about 500 illustrations
exquisitely engraved on wood and steel by the first artists, from the
beautiful designs of Chapman, including also copies from a series of
great historical pictures in the possession of J. K. Paulding, Esq.
Numerous other facilities have been added to the otherwise ample
resources of this distinguished artist, who will remain with the several
members of the Washington family during the winter for the purpose of
collecting materials, much of which, it is understood will be
exclusive and of great value. In a word, it is the determination of the
publishers to produce a work in every respect worthy of the present
advanced state of art, and befitting the national tribute to the memory
of one whose name is destined to be ever redolent with the incense of a
nation’s praise. The work will form two large octavo volumes, printed
from new and beautiful type, on the finest paper, and appropriately
bound, and gilt. Many of the illustrations are already in the hands of
the engravers, and the work will be produced with all convenient speed
commensurate with the care required for such a costly publication.
.in -2
☞ The publication will be commenced early in the ensuing season, in monthly
parts.
.bn 367.png
.pn +1
.tb
.nf c
THE UNITES STATES MAGAZINE
AND
DEMOCRATIC REVIEW.
JOHN L. O’SULLIVAN, Editor
.nf-
.fs 85%
By an increase in the number of pages, and by an alteration in its
typographical arrangements, the quantity of matter heretofore furnished
to the readers of the Democratic Review, will be increased in its future
numbers about
.fs 100%
.nf c
SEVENTY-FIVE PER CENT.
.nf-
.fs 85%
The following are among the contributors to this work:
.fs 100%
Bancroft,
J. F. Cooper,
Amos Kendall,
Paulding,
Sedwick,
Gilpin,
Parke Godwin,
Hawthorne,
Davezac,
Eames,
A. H. Everett,
Brownson,
J. L. Stephens,
Tilden,
Whittier,
Bryant,
Cass,
C. J. Ingersoll,
Butler,
Cambreleng.
.fs 85%
The Monthly Financial and Commercial articles, which have frequently
been, pronounced by the most intelligent criticisms during the past year
in themselves alone worth the subscription to the work, will be
continued from the same able hand.
An arrangement has been made, by which the Boston Quarterly
Review, edited by Mr. Brownson, is now merged in the
Democratic Review, the latter being furnished to the subscribers of the
former, and Mr. Brownson being a frequent and regular contributor to its
pages. It is proper to state that Mr. Brownson’s articles will be marked
by his name—though to most readers they would doubtless reveal
themselves by their internal evidence; and that it has been agreed,
under the circumstances, that these contributions shall be independent
of the usual liability to editorial revision and control—the author
alone having a similar responsibility for whatever peculiarity of views
they may contain, as though appearing in the original work which has
been heretofore edited with such distinguished ability by himself.
Terms.—Five Dollars per annum payable in advance; each number
will contain one hundred and twelve closely printed pages and
embellished with a finely engraved portrait.
Any person taking four copies, or becoming responsible for four
subscribers,
.fs 100%
.nf c
WILL BE ENTITLED TO A FIFTH COPY GRATIS.
.nf-
.fs 85%
Committees or Societies on remitting to the Publishers $50 in current
New-York funds, can receive thirteen copies of the work.
Persons residing in the country, who may wish to receive the work by
mail, can have it punctually forwarded, strongly enveloped, by remitting
the amount of subscription to the publishers.
Remittances may be made by enclosing the money and mailing the same in
the presence of a Postmaster. Banknotes that pass current in business
generally in the State of N. Y. will be received.
The work will be punctually delivered free of expense to subscribers in
the principal cities of the Union on the first of the month, and
forwarded to mail subscribers and agents on the 25th of the month
preceding publication. All communications for the Editor to be addressed
(post-paid) to
.fs 100%
.nf r
J. & H. G. LANGLEY, Publishers,
57 Chatham-street, New-York.
.nf-
.tb
.nf c
TO LITERARY MEN, ADVERTISERS, &c.
PUBLISHED MONTHLY, IN ROYAL OCTAVO,
The United States Literary Advertiser,
AND PUBLISHERS’ CIRCULAR.
.nf-
.fs 85%
This Circular is devoted to the interest of the Booksellers and
publishers of the United States; and is designed as a medium of
communication between the several members of the trade. It comprises not
only the Advertisements and Announcements of the several Publishing
houses, but also includes an unusual amount of Literary Intelligence,
respecting new works in preparation, American and Foreign, together with
other occasional information connected with Literature, &c. Besides
being indispensable to every Bookseller, it will prove scarcely less
acceptable to Literary men, members of Book Societies, Public Libraries,
&c. throughout the country.
The United States Literary Advertiser and Publishers’ Circular is
issued on the 1st of every month and regularly mailed to every
Bookseller and Publisher throughout the United States gratis.
The above work which is forwarded gratuitously to any person on
application to the Publishers, and also all Public Institutions,
Libraries &c. being sustained alone by its advertising patronage, all
desirous of availing themselves of it as a medium for their
announcements and advertisements will find the charges not only
extremely moderate, but the benefits superior to almost any other, from
its peculiar and exclusive circulation to all the literary avenues of
the country. All communications to be addressed to the Publishers
(post-paid.)
.fs 100%
.nf r
J. & H. G. LANGLEY, Publishers,
57 Chatham-street, New-York.
.nf-
.sp 2
.pb
\_ // this gets the sp 4 recognized.
.sp 4
.dv class=tnbox
.ul
.it Transcriber’s Notes:
.ul indent=1
.it The Table of Contents was reformatted to make more room.
.it Missing or obscured punctuation was corrected.
.it Typographical errors were silently corrected.
.it Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation were made consistent only when a\
predominant form was found in this book.
.if t
.it Text that was in italics is enclosed by underscores (_italics_).
.if-
.ul-
.ul-
.dv-